GOOD GUYS INC
10-K, 1999-12-23
RADIO, TV & CONSUMER ELECTRONICS STORES
Previous: AEGIS COMMUNICATIONS GROUP INC, SC 13G, 1999-12-23
Next: CARNEGIE TAX EXEMPT INCOME TRUST, 24F-2NT, 1999-12-23



<PAGE>   1
                                    FORM 10-K

                       SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

                             Washington, D.C. 20549

                       ----------------------------------

[X]  Annual Report pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities
     Exchange Act of 1934

     For the fiscal year ended September 30, 1999

[ ]  Transition report pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities
     Exchange Act of 1934

Commission File Number 0-14134

                       -----------------------------------

                               THE GOOD GUYS, INC.
                               -------------------
             (Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

         Delaware                                    94-2366177
- -------------------------------           -----------------------------------
(State or other jurisdiction of           (I.R.S. employer identification no.)
incorporation or organization)

             7000 Marina Boulevard, Brisbane, California 94005-1840
             -------------------------------------------------------
                    (Address of principal executive offices)

Registrant's telephone number, including area code: (650) 615-5000

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:

                          Common Stock, $.001 par value
                          -----------------------------
                                (Title of Class)

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required
to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during
the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was
required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing
requirements for the past 90 days. Yes [X]  No [ ]

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405
of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the
best of registrant's knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements
incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this
Form 10-K. [ ]

The aggregate market value of the voting stock held by nonaffiliates of the
registrant was approximately $141,554,105 as of December 17, 1999.

Indicate the number of shares outstanding of each of the issuer's classes of
common stock, as of the latest practicable date.

On December 17, 1999, there were 19,654,249 shares of common stock outstanding.

DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE

      (1)   Portions of Annual Report to Shareholders for fiscal year ended
            September 30, 1999. (Part II of Form 10-K)

      (2)   Portions of definitive proxy statement filed with Securities and
            Exchange Commission relating to the Company's 2000 Annual Meeting of
            Shareholders. (Part III of Form 10-K)



                                      -1-
<PAGE>   2

                                     PART I.

ITEM 1.        BUSINESS.

General

               The Good Guys, Inc. was incorporated in California in 1976. On
March 4, 1992, the Company changed its state of incorporation from California to
Delaware by merging into a wholly owned Delaware subsidiary formed for that
purpose. In September 1995, The Good Guys, Inc. transferred substantially all of
its assets and liabilities to The Good Guys - California, Inc., its wholly owned
operating subsidiary. Unless the context otherwise requires, the terms "Company"
or "Good Guys" refers to The Good Guys, Inc., together with its operating
subsidiary.

               The Company is a leading specialty retailer of consumer
electronics products. The Company currently operates 79 stores: In California,
20 stores are located in the San Francisco Bay area, 27 in the greater Los
Angeles/Orange County metropolitan area, 3 in Sacramento, 7 in San Diego, and
one each in Bakersfield, Fresno, Modesto and Stockton. In Washington, Oregon and
Nevada, the Company operates nine stores, five stores and four stores,
respectively.

               On June 30, 1999, Robert A. Gunst resigned as President, Chief
Executive Officer and a Director of the Company and on July 1, 1999, Ronald A.
Unkefer, the Founder of the Company, became Chairman of the Board and Chief
Executive Officer. At the time of Mr. Unkefer's return to the Company, he
purchased for $4.7 million in cash 1,450,000 shares of restricted common stock
of the Company and received a warrant for 1,435,000 shares exercisable at a
price of $3.39612 per share.

               In July 1999, the Company announced its strategy for returning
the Company to profitability, which included as key elements the elimination of
computers and home office products from the Company's overall product mix, cost
reductions, adoption of a new integrated branding and marketing campaign and
focus on providing early adopters, product-savvy consumers and middle and
upper-income customers a distinctive selection of electronics products and
services.

               In August 1999, the Company completed a private placement of
3,250,000 shares of the Company's common stock in exchange for net proceeds of
approximately $15,350,000. The purchasers of those shares also received warrants
to purchase an additional 1,625,000 shares of common stock at a price of $6.125
per share.

Information Regarding Forward-Looking Statements

               The Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995 provides
companies with a "safe harbor" when making forward-looking statements.
Statements of the Company that are not historical facts, including statements
about management's expectations for fiscal year 2000 and beyond, are
forward-looking statements and involve certain risks and uncertainties. Factors
that could cause the Company's actual results to differ materially from
management's projections, forecasts, estimates and expectations or affect the
decision to invest in the Company's securities include, but are not limited to,
the following:

               Recent Operating Losses and Restructuring. The Company
experienced operating losses for the fiscal years ended September 30, 1998 and
September 30, 1999, aggregating approximately $8.9 million and $39.3 million,
respectively. Operating results for fiscal 1999


                                      -2-
<PAGE>   3

include one-time charges of $9.3 million, primarily related to personnel
reduction and inventory and accounts receivable write-offs. Although the Company
believes it will be able to successfully implement its turn-around strategy and
return to profitability in fiscal 2000, there can be no assurance that it will
be able to do so. Failure to return to profitability could have a material
adverse effect on the Company's relationships with its vendors and lenders.

               Dependence on Key Personnel. The Company's success depends upon
the active involvement of senior management personnel, particularly Ronald
Unkefer, the Chairman and Chief Executive Officer. The loss of the full-time
services of Ronald Unkefer or other members of senior management could have a
material adverse effect on the Company's results of operations and financial
condition. Except for an employment contract with Ronald Unkefer and severance
agreements with some officers, the Company does not have employment agreements
with any members of its senior management team.

               Risks Associated With Competition. The retail consumer
electronics industry is highly competitive. The Company competes against a
diverse group of retailers, including several national and regional large format
merchandisers and superstores, such as Circuit City and Best Buy. Those
competitors sell, among other products, audio and video consumer electronics
products similar and may be identical to those the Company sells. Certain of
these competitors have substantially greater financial resources than those of
the Company. A number of different competitive factors could have a material
adverse effect on the Company's results of operations and financial condition,
including, but not limited to:

               o   Increased operational efficiencies of competitors;

               o   Competitive pricing strategies;

               o   Expansion by existing competitors;

               o   Entry by new competitors into markets in which Good Guys is
                   currently operating; or

               o   Adoption by existing competitors of innovative store formats
                   or retail sales methods.

               Seasonal and Quarterly Fluctuations in Sales. Like many
retailers, seasonal shopping patterns affect the Company's business. The fourth
calendar quarter, which is the Company's first fiscal quarter and which includes
the December holiday shopping period, has historically contributed, and is
expected to continue to represent, a substantial portion of the Company's
operating income for the entire fiscal year. As a result, any factors negatively
affecting the Company during such calendar quarter of any year, could have a
material adverse effect on results of operations for the entire year. More
generally, the Company's quarterly results of operations also may fluctuate
based upon such factors as:

               o   Competition;

               o   General regional and national economic conditions;

               o   Consumer trends;

                                      -3-
<PAGE>   4

               o   Changes in the Company's product mix;

               o   Timing of promotional events;

               o   New product introductions; and

               o   The Company's ability to execute its business strategy
                   effectively.

               Changes In Consumer Demand and Preferences. The Company's success
depends on its ability to anticipate and respond in a timely manner to consumer
demand and preferences regarding audio and video consumer products and changes
in such demand and preferences. Consumer spending patterns, particularly
discretionary spending for products such as those the Company offers, are
affected by, among other things, prevailing economic conditions. In addition,
the periodic introduction and availability of new products and technologies at
price levels which generate wide consumer interest stimulate the demand for
audio and video consumer electronics products. It is possible that these
products or other new products will never achieve widespread consumer
acceptance. Furthermore, the introduction or expected introduction of new
products or technologies may depress sales of existing products and
technologies. Significant deviations from the projected demand for products the
Good Guys sells would have a materially adverse effect on our results of
operations and financial condition, either from lost sales or lower margins due
to the need to mark down excess inventory.

               Dependence on Suppliers. The success of the Company's business
and growth strategy depends to a significant degree upon its maintaining a good
relationship with our suppliers, particularly brand-name suppliers of stereo and
video equipment such as Sony, Mitsubishi, JVC, and Panasonic. The loss of any of
these key vendors or our failure to establish and maintain relationships with
these or other vendors could have a material adverse effect on its results of
operations and financial condition.

               Inventory Purchased from Foreign Vendors. The Company purchases a
significant portion of its inventory from overseas vendors, particularly vendors
headquartered in Japan. Changes in trade regulations, currency fluctuations or
other factors may increase the cost of items purchased from foreign vendors or
create shortages of such items, which could in turn have a material adverse
effect on the Company's results of operations and financial condition.
Conversely, significant reductions in the cost of such items in U.S. dollars may
cause a significant reduction in retail price levels of those products and may
limit or eliminate the ability to successfully differentiate the Company from
other competitors, thereby resulting in an adverse effect on the Company's
sales, margin or competitive position.

               Shares Eligible for Future Sale. As of September 30, 1999, the
Company had outstanding stock options and warrants to purchase an aggregate of
5,030,607 shares of common stock at exercise prices ranging from $3.00 to
$20.375, of which options and warrants to purchase 2,868,640 shares are
exercisable now. The sale of shares covered by such options or warrants by the
holders thereof, pursuant to existing registration statements or registration
statements filed upon exercise of registration rights given them or pursuant to
exemptions from registration could have an adverse effect on the market price
for our common stock.


                                      -4-
<PAGE>   5

               Year 2000 Compliance. The Company presently believes that with
modifications it has made to existing software, as well as conversions it has
made to new hardware and software, the Year 2000 issue is not reasonably likely
to pose significant operational problems. However, if unforeseen difficulties
arise, or if the Company's vendors or suppliers' systems are not modified to
become Year 2000 compliant, the Year 2000 issue may have a material impact on
the results of operations and financial condition of the Company. In addition,
the Company is seeking assurances from vendors, suppliers and other third
parties with whom the Company does significant business to determine their year
2000 compliance readiness and the extent to which the Company is vulnerable to
any third party year 2000 issues. Currently, the Company is unable to assess the
unresolved year 2000 issues of third parties who do business with the Company.
There can be no assurance that other entities will achieve timely year 2000
compliance. If they do not, year 2000 problems could have a material impact on
the Company's operations. Similarly, there can be no assurance that the Company
can timely mitigate its risks related to a supplier's failure to resolve its
year 2000 issues. If such mitigation is not achievable, year 2000 problems could
have a material impact on the Company's operations.

Business Strategy

               The Company's goal is to be the leading specialty retailer of
consumer entertainment electronics products in each of its markets. The
cornerstones of its business strategy include:

                Merchandising. The Company's merchandising strategy is to
provide shoppers with a broad and compelling selection of brand name consumer
electronics products, with an emphasis on more fully featured merchandise.
Merchandise is offered at competitive prices and backed by a low price
guarantee.

               Marketing. The Company aggressively uses newspaper, direct mail
and broadcast advertising to build name recognition, to position it in its
markets, and to increase store traffic. Stores are designed to be exciting and
easy to shop and are located in high visibility and high traffic commercial
areas.

               Differentiated customer service. The Company believes that
superior service is an important factor in overall customer satisfaction, and
that the Company differentiates itself from other consumer electronics retailers
by providing superior service to its shoppers. The Company believes that
friendly and knowledgeable sales associates are critical to satisfying customers
interested in more fully featured, middle to high-end consumer electronics
products. The Company's objective is to generate long-term repeat business from
its customers.

                Expansion. Currently, the Company has put a moratorium on
opening new stores and remodeling or relocating existing stores. However, when
the Company does reinstitute an expansion program, successful expansion will
depend on, among other things, the Company's ability to continue to locate
suitable store sites and to hire and train skilled personnel. It will also
depend on the Company's ability to open new stores quickly in existing markets,
to achieve economies of scale in advertising and distribution, and to gain
market share from established competitors.

Merchandising

               The Company offers its customers a broad range of high quality
consumer electronics products supplied primarily by manufacturers of nationally
known brands. This


                                      -5-
<PAGE>   6
selection comprises approximately 3,500 products from over 100 vendors and is
intended to cover all of the popular price points within each product category.

               The following table shows the approximate percentage of sales for
each major product category for the last three fiscal years. Historical
percentages may not be indicative of percentages in future years.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Category                                                1999        1998       1997
- -------                                                 ----        ----       ----
<S>                                                     <C>         <C>       <C>
Video..........................................          43%         41%       38%
Audio and cellular phones......................          30%         30%       30%
Home office and computers......................          14%         17%       19%
Other (accessories, repair service, and premier          13%         12%       13%
   performance guarantee)......................
         ......................................         100%        100%      100%
</TABLE>

               For the year ended September 30, 1999, the Company's three
leading suppliers for video products were, in alphabetical order, Mitsubishi,
Panasonic and Sony, and for audio and cellular products were, in alphabetical
order, Panasonic, Sony and Yamaha. The three leading suppliers of computers and
home office products were, in alphabetical order, Compaq, Hewlett Packard, and
Sony. The Company made the decision in July 1999 to discontinue the home office
category, which included computers, and the discontinuance was completed in
September 1999.

               During the fiscal year ended September 30, 1999, the Company's
ten largest suppliers accounted for approximately 70% of the merchandise
purchased by the Company. One of the Company's suppliers, Sony, accounted for
more than 10% of its merchandise mix.

               As part of the Company's new strategic initiatives, Good Guys is
introducing new technology driven digital products and plans on establishing a
distinct area to showcase these new products from various manufacturers.

               With the increasing growth and adoption of the Internet, consumer
entertainment electronics retailers are poised to showcase "new" technology for
personal applications. As part of the Company's strategy, Good Guys is
developing strategic relationships with a number of companies involved with the
invention of "cutting edge" digital products. The Company intends to capitalize
on leading in the introduction of these new products, such as e-mail terminals,
personal communication devices, Internet gaming machines and Internet screen
phones.

The Company has introduced high-end furniture to complement its large-screen TV
and home theater product offerings. The furniture line primarily emphasizes
shelving units which surround the TV and can store the receiver, DVD player,
CD's, and other entertainment electronics components which integrate with the
home theater. The furniture includes high quality, high style brands, such as
Bell'oggetti International and Great American Oak.

Marketing and Advertising

               Good Guys aggressively uses newspaper, direct mail and broadcast
advertising to build name recognition, to position the Company in its markets
and drive store traffic. The Company's advertisements promote the Company as an
entertainment electronics specialist and emphasize competitive prices, extensive
selection, and superior customer service from knowledgeable sales associates.


                                      -6-
<PAGE>   7

               To support its marketing strategy, Good Guys promotes its
merchandise through an advertising program which emphasizes the print media
(consisting of newspaper advertising, catalogs and other customer mailings) and,
to a lesser extent, television and radio advertising. The Company's primary
advertising channel is in weekly newspaper advertisements which highlight
specific products and their prices and specific financing plans, many times in
connection with specific promotions. The Company targets the bulk of these
advertisements to run on Fridays and Sundays in order to drive "impulse" weekend
purchases. These advertisements include some low-priced products to draw
attention, but also emphasizes the Company's more fully featured models and
higher-end entertainment electronics products. Also, Good Guys has an active
customer database, which is used for targeted mailings of catalogs and other
promotional advertisements and materials. The Company's radio and television
advertising focus on "image" ads which consist of name recognition advertising
emphasizing Good Guys name and its broad and high-quality name brand product
selection, its knowledgeable sales force, customer-oriented stores, and
competitive prices. The Company believes that its direct mail activities
leverage and complement its general media advertising campaigns.

               All of the Company's print and direct mail advertisements are
produced and placed by the Company's advertising staff. The Company believes
that the use of its own personnel maximizes its control over advertising
effectiveness, increases its flexibility, allows quick response to changing
market conditions, and enables it to purchase media on advantageous terms. The
Company also employs Citron, Haligman, Bedecarre ("Citron"), a successful
outside advertising agency that produces and places the Company's radio and
television advertisements. Citron was responsible for creating Good Guys new
logo and image for the new targeted ad campaigns. This new, upscale logo and
image are targeted to high-income, male, higher-end entertainment electronics
enthusiasts between the ages of 30 and 50. The Company believes that this new
logo and image will further differentiate the Company from Best Buy and Circuit
City.

               The Company plans to increase its advertising and marketing
budget by more than 20% in the next fiscal year. It has through Citron developed
a new integrated branding and marketing campaign designed to convey the
Company's commitment to provide early adopters, product-savvy consumers and
middle- and upper-income customers with a distinctive selection of entertainment
electronics products and services.

Customer Service

               The Company believes that knowledgeable and friendly sales
associates are critical to providing superior customer service. As of September
30, 1999, the Company had over 2,470 highly trained part-time and full-time
sales associates.

               All sales associates attend a full-time, in-house initial
training program. The Company's training program is continually updated and is
designed to develop good sales practices and techniques and to provide
associates with the knowledge base to explain and demonstrate to shoppers the
use and operation of store merchandise. This training enables associates to
better understand customer needs and to help them select products that meet
those needs.

               The Company's satisfaction guarantee policy provides that a
product generally may be returned within 30 days of purchase for a full refund
or an exchange for another product. When purchasing a product from the Company,
customers may elect to purchase a Premier Performance Guarantee under which a
third party provides extended service coverage beyond the period covered by the
manufacturer's warranty.


                                      -7-
<PAGE>   8

               All merchandise purchased from the Company and in need of repair
may be returned to any of the Company's stores for service. Such merchandise is
sent to either a Company-operated or an independent factory authorized repair
facility and is returned to the store after repair. The Company has its own
regional service facilities, which service all of its stores. The Company also
operates car audio and car cellular phone installation facilities at almost all
of its locations.

               The majority of the Company's sales are made through credit
cards. The Company currently honors MasterCard, VISA, American Express and
various other credit cards, as well as the Company's "Preferred Customer Card"
issued by an independent third party. Because of the relatively high cost of
many of the consumer electronics products sold by the Company, its business
could be affected by consumer credit availability.

Expansion

               In fiscal 1999, Good Guys opened or renovated/relocated eight
stores to its Audio/Video Exposition or WOW! Audio/Video Exposition format.
Pending return to profitability, the Company has canceled all plans for
additional store remodeling and new locations.

Store Operations

               The Company's stores range in size from approximately 9,000 to
38,000 square feet. The Company's stores are predominantly located in high
visibility, high traffic commercial areas and are open seven days a week,
including most holidays.

Stores are designed to be exciting and easy to shop.

               The Company has developed store formats which emphasize
mid-to-upscale products. Each store has displays designed to provide the
customer with a full spectrum of the Company's products upon entering the store.
These displays allow customers to make extensive side-by-side product
comparisons. The Company's new stores have substantially larger selling space,
providing customers with an uncluttered presentation of the latest technology
and featuring multiple demonstration rooms dedicated to home theater and mobile
electronics products.

               The Company operates three categories of store formats: the
original concept, the Generation 21 format, and the EXPO/WOW! format.

               o   Original Concept: The original concept stores sell the full
                   range of Good Guys merchandise, such as television, video and
                   stereo components, car stereos, cameras, tapes, and related
                   accessories. The original concept stores typically range from
                   15,000 to 20,000 square feet. The Company currently has 37
                   original concept stores.

               o   Generation 21: In fiscal 1995, Good Guys introduced its first
                   Generation 21 stores. These store formats are large and
                   brighter than the original concept stores and feature more
                   interactive displays, easily accessible merchandise, and
                   vibrant graphics. The Generation 21 stores typically range in
                   size from 20,000 to 25,000 square feet. The Company currently
                   has 25 Generation 21 stores.

               o   EXPO/WOW!: In November 1996, the Company introduced its EXPO
                   store design. The EXPO format provides greater merchandise
                   flexibility and connectivity between existing categories of
                   product, featuring hands-on demonstrations of product
                   interactivity throughout the store and a central area


                                      -8-
<PAGE>   9

                  for customers to meet with sales consultants to design system
                  solutions for their homes.  The EXPO stores  typically  range
                  from 25,000 to 30,000 square feet. The Company  currently has
                  17 EXPO stores.

                  The EXPO/WOW! category of store format includes the Company's
                  two WOW! and three EXPO/WOW! Multimedia Superstores. These
                  concept stores, which are jointly operated with Tower Records,
                  provide the same full range of consumer electronics offered at
                  all Good Guys stores, as well as a full range of music, video,
                  computer software and magazines offered by Tower Records. Good
                  Guys occupies approximately 30,000 square feet in each of the
                  WOW! stores.

               Each store generally has one store manager, at least two to three
sales managers and an operations manager. The store manager oversees the store's
operations and the sales managers supervise the sales associates. Sales
associates are specialized by product category. Sales associates handle all
aspects of the customer interface: providing customers with the information
necessary to determine the best product for their specific need, tendering the
invoice and handling the payment, and bringing the goods from the stockroom to
the customer.

               Store operations are overseen by a senior management team, which
holds frequent meetings with the store managers. Merchandising and store
operation policies for all stores are established by senior management.

Distribution

               The Company operates a 460,000 square foot operations center in
Hayward, California. Deliveries are generally made to each store from three to
seven days a week depending on the season, as ordered by the Company's automated
replenishment system. The Company believes that this frequency of delivery
maximizes availability of merchandise at the stores while minimizing store level
and overall inventories.

Management Information Systems

               The Company's management information system is a distributed,
on-line network of computers that links all stores, delivery locations, service
centers, credit providers, the distribution facility and the corporate offices
into a fully integrated system. Each store has its own system, which allows
store management to track sales and inventory at the product, customer or sales
associate level. The Company's point of sale system allows the capture of sales
data and customer information and allows the tracking of merchandising trends
and inventory levels on a daily basis.

Competition

               The business of the Company is highly competitive. The Company
competes primarily with other specialty stores, independent electronics and
appliance stores, department stores, mass merchandisers, discount stores and
catalog showrooms. To some extent, the Company also competes with drugstores,
supermarkets and others that make incidental sales of electronics products.
Competitors of the Company include Circuit City, Best Buy, Sears, Montgomery
Ward, Target, several smaller electronics chains and independent stores.

               The Company's strategy is to compete by being a value-added
retailer, offering a broad selection of top national brand name merchandise sold
at competitive prices by a friendly, knowledgeable and motivated team of
associates.



                                      -9-
<PAGE>   10

Seasonality

               As is the case with many other retailers, the Company's sales are
higher during the Christmas season than during other periods of the year. Sales
in the Company's first fiscal quarter have previously been between 31% to 33% of
the Company's annual sales.

Employees

               At September 30, 1999, the Company employed approximately 4,675
persons, of whom 651 were salaried, 1,554 were hourly non-selling associates and
2,470 were salespeople on commission against a minimum guarantee. At September
30, 1999, approximately 230 of its employees were employed in the Company's
executive offices; the balance were employed in its stores, distribution center,
home delivery center, and service centers. There are no collective bargaining
agreements covering any of the Company's employees. The Company has never
experienced a strike or work stoppage and management believes that relations
with its employees are excellent.

ITEM 2.        PROPERTIES.

               Of the Company's stores in California, 20 are located in the San
Francisco Bay area, 27 in the greater Los Angeles/Orange County metropolitan
area, 3 in Sacramento, 7 in San Diego; and one each in Bakersfield, Fresno,
Modesto and Stockton, California. In addition, Good Guys operates 9 stores in
the State of Washington, 5 stores in Oregon and 4 stores in Nevada. All of the
stores are leased under leases that have expiration dates (assuming that lease
options are exercised) in years ranging from 2000 to 2038.

               The Company's operations center is located in a 460,000 square
foot facility in Hayward, California under a lease, the term of which expires
(assuming that lease options are exercised) in 2011.

               The Company maintains executive offices in Brisbane, California
at 7000 Marina Boulevard under a lease, the term of which expires (assuming that
lease options are exercised) in 2011.

ITEM 3.        LEGAL PROCEEDINGS.

               On January 13, 1999, the Company was named as a defendant in an
action entitled Johnson v. Circuit City Stores, et al., filed in Contra Costa
County Superior Court. The primary allegation is that a number of consumer
electronics retailers have sold computer hardware and software products that
allegedly will not properly process dates after December 31, 1999. Plaintiff
claims that the actions of the defendants violate the prohibitions in the
California Business and Professionals Code on unfair business practices and
false and misleading advertising, and seeks injunctive relief, restitution and
attorneys' fees. The defendants have removed the case to federal court and the
plaintiff has filed a motion to remand the case to state court. Discovery in the
case is at an early stage, and it is too early to be able to express any opinion
as to the likely outcome of the matter. The Company, however, believes it has
meritorious defenses to the claims alleged in the lawsuit and that the ultimate
outcome of this proceeding will not have a material impact on the financial
position or results of operations of the Company.




                                      -10-
<PAGE>   11

ITEM 4.        SUBMISSION OF MATTERS TO A VOTE OF SECURITIES HOLDERS.

               Not Applicable.

ITEM 4A.       EXECUTIVE OFFICERS OF THE COMPANY.

               The executive officers of the Company and their respective ages
and positions with the Company are as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

Name                                          Age      Position
- ----                                          ---      --------
<S>                                           <C>      <C>
Ronald A. Unkefer                             55       Chairman and Chief Executive Officer

Paul N. Erickson                              64       Chief Financial Officer

Vance R. Schram                               46       Vice President/Finance, Controller and
                                                       Secretary

Cathy A. Stauffer                             40       Vice President, Merchandising

Jonathan K. Wylie                             55       Vice President, Advertising
</TABLE>

               All executive officers are elected by and serve at the discretion
of the Board of Directors.

               Ronald A. Unkefer founded the Company on July 1, 1973. From 1973
to 1993, he served as Chairman and Chief Executive Officer. In January 1993, he
retired from the position of Chief Executive Officer to pursue venture capital
and broadcasting interests and continued to serve as Chairman of the Company
until January 1996. Mr. Unkefer returned to the Company as its Chairman and
Chief Executive Officer on July 1, 1999.

               Paul N. Erickson became interim Chief Financial Officer of the
Company in July 1999. From 1988 to July 1999, Mr. Erickson has, through a
consulting firm owned by him, served as a strategic consultant to middle market
companies, banks and professional firms in matters of strategic development,
profit improvement and market positioning. From 1984 to 1988 he was Chief
Financial Officer for Consolidated Fibres, Inc. Previously, he has served in a
number of senior financial positions primarily in the banking and heavy
construction engineering industries.

               Vance R. Schram became Vice President of Finance, Controller and
Secretary in September 1999. Mr. Schram began with the Good Guys in July 1990 as
Assistant Controller and rejoined the Company in February 1998 as Controller.
From May 1995 through January 1998 he was the Chief Financial Officer of
Stonebridge Cellars, which is the parent company of Joseph Phelps Vineyards and
Oakville Grocery.

               Cathy A. Stauffer  became Vice President,  Merchandising  in July
1999.  From January 1989 to April 1993, Ms.  Stauffer  served as Vice President,
Advertising of the Company.  From May 1993 to December 1996 Ms. Stauffer pursued
personal interests.  She returned to the Company as a consultant in January 1997
and was named Vice President, Quality in August 1997.

               Jonathan K. Wylie became Vice President, Advertising in October
1999. From August 1991 to October 1999, he was Vice President of Advertising
with Lucky Stores. From June 1977 to August 1991 Mr. Wylie served in various
positions, most recently as the Senior Vice President Management Supervisor,
with the advertising firm of Campbell-Mithun-Esty.


                                      -11-
<PAGE>   12

                                     PART II

ITEM 5.        MARKET FOR THE REGISTRANT'S COMMON STOCK AND RELATED SECURITY
               HOLDER MATTERS.

               Incorporated  by  reference  from page 27 of the  Company's  1999
Annual Report to Shareholders.

ITEM 6.        SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA.

               Incorporated  by  reference  from page 14 of the  Company's  1999
Annual Report to Shareholders.

ITEM 7.        MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND
               RESULTS OF OPERATIONS.

               Incorporated  by  reference  from  pages  10  through  13 of  the
Company's 1999 Annual Report to Shareholders.

ITEM 8.        FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA.

               Incorporated  by  reference  from  pages  15  through  25 of  the
Company's 1999 Annual Report to Shareholders.

ITEM 9.        CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND
               FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE.

               Not Applicable.

                                    PART III

ITEM 10.       DIRECTORS AND EXECUTIVE OFFICERS OF THE REGISTRANT.

               The information relating to directors of the Company required to
be furnished pursuant to this item is incorporated by reference from portions of
the Company's definitive Proxy Statement for its annual meeting of shareholders
to be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Regulation
14A within 120 days after September 30, 1999 (the "Proxy Statement") under the
caption "Election of Directors." Certain information relating to executive
officers of the Company is set forth in Item 4A of Part I of this Form 10-K
under the caption "Executive Officers of Registrant."

ITEM 11.       EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION.

               Incorporated by reference from portions of the Proxy Statement
under the captions "Compensation of Directors and Executive Officers" and
"Certain Relationships and Related Transactions."


                                      -12-
<PAGE>   13


ITEM 12.      SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT.

               Incorporated by reference from portions of the Proxy Statement
under the captions "Certain Shareholders" and "Compensation of Directors and
Executive Officers."

ITEM 13.      CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS.

               Incorporated by reference from portions of the Proxy Statement
under the caption "Compensation of Directors and Executive Officers" and
"Certain Relationships and Related Transactions."

                                     PART IV

ITEM 14.      EXHIBITS, FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES, AND REPORTS ON FORM 8-K.

               (a)   (1)     Financial Statements.

                     Included in Part II of this report by incorporation by
                     reference from the 1998 Annual Report to Shareholders:

                             Independent Auditors' Report (page 26 of the 1999
                             Annual Report to Shareholders)

                             Consolidated statements of operations for each of
                             the three years in the period ended September 30,
                             1999 (page 16 of the 1999 Annual Report to
                             Shareholders)

                             Consolidated balance sheets as of September 30,
                             1999 and 1998 (page 15 of the 1999 Annual Report to
                             Shareholders)

                             Consolidated statements of shareholders' equity for
                             each of the three years in the period ended
                             September 30, 1999 (page 17 of the 1999 Annual

                             Report to Shareholders)

                             Consolidated statements of cash flows for each of
                             the three years in the period ended September 30,
                             1999 (page 18 of the 1999 Annual Report to
                             Shareholders)

                             Notes to consolidated financial statements (pages
                             19 through 25 of the 1999 Annual Report to
                             Shareholders)

                      (2)    Financial Statement Schedules.

                      All schedules are omitted because they are not required
                      (in some cases because the information is not material),
                      or are not applicable, or the information is included in
                      the financial statements.



                                      -13-
<PAGE>   14

                      (3) Exhibits.
<TABLE>
<S>                  <C>
    3.1              Certificate of Incorporation.  (Exhibit 3.1 to the
                     Company's Form 8-K Report for March 4, 1992;
                     incorporated herein by reference.)

    3.2              Bylaws.  (Exhibit 3.2 to the Company's Form 8-K Report for
                     March 4, 1992; incorporated herein by reference.)

    10.1             1985 Stock Option Plan, as amended.*  (Exhibit 10.1 to the
                     Company's Form 10-K Annual Report for the fiscal
                     year ended September 30, 1998; incorporated herein by reference.)

    10.2             Form of Nonqualified Stock Option Agreements.* (Exhibit 4.3
                     to the  Company's  Registration  Statement  on Form  S-8 as
                     filed on January 28, 1991,  registration  number  33-38749;
                     incorporated herein by reference.)

    10.3             Letter Agreement with Robert A. Gunst, dated March 30,
                     1990.*  (Exhibit 10.14 to the Company's Form 10-K
                     Annual Report for its fiscal year ended September 30, 1990;
                     incorporated herein by reference.)

    10.4             Employee Stock Purchase Plan, as amended.*

    10.5             Amended and Restated 1994 Stock Incentive Plan.*

    10.6             Assignment and Assumption  Agreement,  dated  September 26,
                     1995, by and between The Good Guys,  Inc. and The Good Guys
                     - California,  Inc.  (Exhibit  10.18 to the Company's  Form
                     10-K Annual Report for the fiscal year ended  September 30,
                     1995; incorporated herein by reference.)

    10.7             Form of Operating  Agreement,  for WOW! Stores between MTS,
                     Inc.,  dba  Tower  Records/Book/Video,  and The Good  Guys,
                     Inc.,  used in connection  with all existing  WOW!  stores.
                     (Exhibit 10.20 to the Company's Form 10-K Annual Report for
                     the fiscal  year ended  September  30,  1995;  incorporated
                     herein by reference.)

    10.8             Letter Agreement with Jayne Spiegelman, dated August 15,
                     1997.* (Exhibit 10.9 to the Company's Form 10-K
                     Annual Report for its fiscal year ended September 30, 1990;
                     incorporated herein by reference.)


    10.9             Loan Agreement between Good Guys-California, Inc. and Bank
                     of America and GE Capital, dated as of September
                     30, 1999.

    10.10            Stock  Purchase  Agreement,  dated  June 1,  1999,  between
                     Ronald A.  Unkefer and the Company.  (Exhibit  10.15 to the
                     Company's  Report on Form 10-Q for the  quarter  ended June
                     30, 1999; incorporated herein by reference.)
</TABLE>

- --------
        *Compensatory plan or arrangement.


                                      -14-
<PAGE>   15

<TABLE>
<S>                  <C>
    10.11            Employment  Agreement dated June 2, 1999, between Ronald A.
                     Unkefer and the Company.  (Exhibit  10.16 to the  Company's
                     Report on Form 10-Q for the  quarter  ended June 30,  1999;
                     incorporated herein by reference)*

    10.12            Form of severance agreement entered into with Kevin
                     McNeill, John Duken, Gregory Steele, Cathy Stauffer,
                     Gera Vaz and Brad Bramy in June 1999 and Vance Schram in
                     August 1999.  (Exhibit 10.17 to the Company Form 10-Q for
                     the quarter ended June 30, 1999, incorporated herein by
                     reference)*

    10.13            Stock  Purchase  Agreement  dated as of  August  19,  1999,
                     together  with the forms of Warrant to  Purchase  Shares of
                     Common Stock and Registration  Rights Agreement executed in
                     connection  with private  placement.  (Exhibit 10.18 to the
                     Company's   Report  on  Form  8-K  for  August  20,   1999;
                     incorporated herein by reference).

    13.1             Annual Report to Shareholders for fiscal year ended
                     September 30, 1999 (pages incorporated by reference).

    21.1             List of Subsidiaries.

    23.1             Independent Auditors' Consent.

    24.1             Power of Attorney.

    27.1             Financial Data Schedule.
</TABLE>

               (b)   REPORTS ON FORM 8-K.

       Reports on Form 8-K for the quarter ended September 30, 1998 were filed
       on August 20, 1999 (completion of private placement) and September 9,
       1999 (credit facility commitment).


                                      -15-
<PAGE>   16

                                   SIGNATURES

       Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities
       Exchange Act of 1934, the Registrant has duly caused this report to be
       signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

Dated:  December 22, 1999             THE GOOD GUYS, INC.


                                       By
                                         --------------------------------
                                         Ronald A. Unkefer

                                         Chairman and Chief Executive Officer

               Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of
1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of
the Registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.


<TABLE>

<S>                                            <C>                                  <C>
- ------------------------------------           Chairman and Chief Executive         December 22, 1999
(Ronald A. Unkefer)                            Officer (Principal Executive
                                               Officer)

- ------------------------------------           Chief Financial Officer              December 22, 1999
(Paul N. Erickson)                             (Principal Financial Officer)

- ------------------------------------           Vice President of Finance,           December 22, 1999
(Vance R. Schram)                              Controller and Secretary
                                               (Principal Accounting
                                               Officer)

/s/ STANLEY R. BAKER*                          Director                             December 22, 1999
- ------------------------------------

(Stanley R. Baker)

/S/ RUSSELL M. SOLOMON*                        Director                             December 22, 1999
- ------------------------------------
(Russell M. Solomon)

/S/ JOHN E. MARTIN*                            Director                             December 22, 1999
- ------------------------------------
(John E. Martin)

/S/ W. HOWARD LESTER*                          Director                             December 22, 1999
- ------------------------------------
(W. Howard Lester)

/S/ HORST H. SCHULZE*                          Director                             December 22, 1999
- ------------------------------------
(Horst H. Schulze)

/S/ GARY M. LAWRENCE*                          Director                             December 22, 1999
- ------------------------------------
(Gary M. Lawrence)

/S/ JOSEPH P. CLAYTON*                         Director                             December 22, 1999
- ------------------------------------
(Joseph P. Clayton)

</TABLE>

                                      -16-
<PAGE>   17

<TABLE>
<S>                                            <C>                                  <C>
/S/ JOSEPH M. SCHELL*                          Director                             December 22, 1999
- ------------------------------------
(Joseph M. Schell)

*By
- ------------------------------------
  Vance R. Schram
  Attorney-in-Fact

</TABLE>

                                      -17-
<PAGE>   18
                                  EXHIBIT INDEX
<TABLE>

      <S>   <C>
      3.1   Certificate of Incorporation. (Exhibit 3.1 to the Company's Form 8-K
            Report for March 4, 1992; incorporated herein by reference.)

      3.2   Bylaws. (Exhibit 3.2 to the Company's Form 8-K Report for March 4,
            1992; incorporated herein by reference.)

      10.1  1985 Stock Option Plan, as amended.* (Exhibit 10.1 to the Company's
            Form 10-K Annual Report for the fiscal year ended September 30,
            1998; incorporated herein by reference.)

      10.2  Form of Nonqualified Stock Option Agreements.* (Exhibit 4.3 to the
            Company's Registration Statement on Form S-8 as filed on January 28,
            1991, registration number 33-38749; incorporated herein by
            reference.)

      10.3  Letter Agreement with Robert A. Gunst, dated March 30, 1990.*
            (Exhibit 10.14 to the Company's Form 10-K Annual Report for its
            fiscal year ended September 30, 1990; incorporated herein by
            reference.)

      10.4  Employee Stock Purchase Plan, as amended.*

      10.5  Amended and Restated 1994 Stock Incentive Plan.*

      10.6  Assignment and Assumption Agreement, dated September 26, 1995, by
            and between The Good Guys, Inc. and The Good Guys - California, Inc.
            (Exhibit 10.18 to the Company's Form 10-K Annual Report for the
            fiscal year ended September 30, 1995; incorporated herein by
            reference.)

      10.7  Form of Operating Agreement, for WOW! Stores between MTS, Inc., dba
            Tower Records/Book/Video, and The Good Guys, Inc., used in
            connection with all existing WOW! stores. (Exhibit 10.20 to the
            Company's Form 10-K Annual Report for the fiscal year ended
            September 30, 1995; incorporated herein by reference.)

      10.8  Letter Agreement with Jayne Spiegelman, dated August 15, 1997.*
            (Exhibit 10.9 to the Company's Form 10-K Annual Report for its
            fiscal year ended September 30, 1990; incorporated herein by
            reference.)


      10.9  Loan Agreement between Good Guys-California, Inc. and Bank of
            America and GE Capital, dated as of September 30, 1999.

      10.10 Stock Purchase Agreement, dated June 1, 1999, between Ronald A.
            Unkefer and the Company. (Exhibit 10.15 to the Company's Report on
            Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 1999; incorporated herein
            by reference.)
</TABLE>
- --------
        *Compensatory plan or arrangement.


                                      -18-
<PAGE>   19

<TABLE>
      <S>   <C>
      10.11 Employment Agreement dated June 2, 1999, between Ronald A. Unkefer
            and the Company. (Exhibit 10.16 to the Company's Report on Form 10-Q
            for the quarter ended June 30, 1999; incorporated herein by
            reference)*

      10.12 Form of severance agreement entered into with Kevin McNeill, John
            Duken, Gregory Steele, Cathy Stauffer, Gera Vaz and Brad Bramy in
            June 1999 and Vance Schram in August 1999. (Exhibit 10.17 to the
            Company Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 1999, incorporated
            herein by reference)*

      10.13 Stock Purchase Agreement dated as of August 19, 1999, together with
            the forms of Warrant to Purchase Shares of Common Stock and
            Registration Rights Agreement executed in connection with private
            placement. (Exhibit 10.18 to the Company's Report on Form 8-K for
            August 20, 1999; incorporated herein by reference).

      13.1  Annual Report to Shareholders for fiscal year ended September 30,
            1999 (pages incorporated by reference).

      21.1  List of Subsidiaries.

      23.1  Independent Auditors' Consent.

      24.1  Power of Attorney.

      27.1  Financial Data Schedule.

</TABLE>

                                      -19-

<PAGE>   1
                                                                    EXHIBIT 10.4

                               THE GOOD GUYS, INC.

                          EMPLOYEE STOCK PURCHASE PLAN

                     (as amended through September 29, 1999)

1.       PURPOSE:

               The Good Guys, Inc. EMPLOYEE STOCK PURCHASE PLAN (the "Plan") is
designed to foster continued cordial employee relations, to encourage and assist
its employees and the employees of any present or future subsidiaries in
acquiring a stock ownership interest in The Good Guys, Inc. (the "Corporation")
and to help them provide for their future security. The Plan is intended to be
an Employee Stock Purchase Plan under Internal Revenue Code Section 423.

2.       STOCK SUBJECT TO THE PLAN:

               Subject to adjustment pursuant to Section 12 of the Plan, the
aggregate number of shares of Common Stock (the "shares") which may be sold
under the Plan is 3,200,000. The shares may be authorized, but unissued, or
reacquired shares of Common Stock of the Corporation. The Corporation, during
the term of the Plan, shall at all times reserve and keep available, such number
of shares as shall be sufficient to satisfy the requirements of the Plan.

3.       PERIODS:

                  The Plan originally provided for six-month periods ending on
the last day of June and December of each year, with the exception that the
first period under the Plan commenced on February 6, 1986 and ended on June 30,
1986. Effective as of September 29, 1999, the Plan was amended to provide for a
continuation of the six-month period through December 31, 1999, with respect to
those members of the Plan who were participants as of July 1, 1999, but to
provide for three-month periods ending on the last day of March, June, September
and December of each year for members of the Plan enrolling for the first time
after July 1, 1999 and for all members after December 31, 1999, with the first
three-month period to commence on October 11, 1999 and to end on December 31,
1999. As used in this Plan hereinafter, the term "period" shall mean as to those
members participating in the Plan as of July 1, 1999, the period from July 1,
1999 through December 31, 1999, and as to those members eligible to participate
for the period October 11, 1999 through December 31, 1999 and for periods after
December 31, 1999, the three-month periods ending on the last day of March,
June, September and December of each year.


<PAGE>   2


4.       ELIGIBILITY:

               Anyone who becomes an employee of the Corporation or any of its
subsidiaries (except those employees who own or hold options to purchase five
percent (5%) or more of the capital stock of the Corporation or any subsidiary
of the Corporation at the start of any period, those employees whose customary
employment is less than 20 hours per week, and those employees whose customary
employment is for not more than 5 months in any calendar year) is eligible to
become a member of the Plan on the first day of the period following the
commencement of service. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no employee shall be
entitled to purchase (i) shares of stock under the Plan and all other purchase
plans of the Corporation and any parent or subsidiary of the Corporation with an
aggregate fair market value (determined at date of grant) exceeding $25,000 per
year for each calendar year in which such option is outstanding at any time, or
(ii) more than 2,000 shares of stock under the Plan in any period.

               For purposes of this Plan, "subsidiary" shall mean a corporation
of which not less than fifty percent (50%) of the voting shares are held by the
Corporation or a subsidiary of the Corporation.

5.       JOINING THE PLAN:

               Any eligible employee's participation in the Plan shall be
effective as of the first day of the period following the day on which the
employee completes, signs, and returns to the Corporation, or one of its present
or future subsidiaries, a Stock Purchase Plan Application and Payroll Deduction
Authority form indicating his or her acceptance and agreement to the Plan.
Membership of any employee in the Plan is entirely voluntary.

               Any employee receiving shares shall have no rights with respect
to continuation of employment, nor with respect to continuation of any
particular Corporation business, policy or product.

6.       MEMBER'S CONTRIBUTIONS:

               Each member shall elect to make contributions by payroll
deduction of any percentage up to fifteen percent (15%) of his or her gross
compensation.

               Subject to the maximum described above, a member may elect in
writing to increase or decrease his or her rate of contribution; such change
will become effective the first day of the period following receipt by the
Corporation of such written election.

               The amount of each member's contribution shall be held by the
Corporation in a special account and such contributions, free of any obligation
of the Corporation to pay interest thereon, shall be credited to such member's
individual account as of the last day of the month during which the compensation
from which the contributions were deducted was paid.

               No member will be permitted to make contributions for any period
during which he or she is not receiving pay from the Corporation or one of its
present or future subsidiaries.


                                       2
<PAGE>   3


7.       ISSUANCE OF SHARES:

               On the last trading day of each period so long as the Plan shall
remain in effect, and provided the member has not before that date advised the
Corporation that he or she does not wish shares purchased for his or her account
on that date, the Corporation shall apply the funds credited to the member's
account as of that date to the purchase of authorized but unissued shares of its
Common Stock in units of one share or multiples thereof.

               The cost to each member for the shares so purchased shall be
eighty-five percent (85%) of the lower of:

               1. The mean between the average bid and ask prices of the stock
in the over-the-counter market as quoted on the National Association of Security
Dealers Automatic Quotation System (NASDAQ), or if its stock is a National
Market Issue the last sales price of the stock, or if the stock is traded on one
or more securities exchanges the average of the closing prices on all such
exchanges, on the first trading day of the period; or

               2. The mean between the average bid and ask prices of the stock
in the over-the-counter market as quoted on the National Association of
Securities Dealers Automatic Quotation System (NASDAQ) or if the stock is a
National Market issue the last sales price of the stock, or if the stock is
traded on one or more securities exchanges the average of the closing prices on
all such exchanges on the last trading day of the period.

               Any moneys remaining in such member's account equaling less than
the sum required to purchase one share shall, unless otherwise requested by the
member, be held in the member's account for use during the next period. Any
moneys remaining in such member's account by reason of his or her prior election
not to purchase shares in a given period, as aforesaid, or moneys remaining in
such member's account by reason of application of the provisions of the next
paragraph hereof, shall be promptly returned to the member. The Corporation
shall as expeditiously as possible after the last day of each period issue to
the member entitled thereto the certificate evidencing the shares issuable to
him or her as provided herein.

               Notwithstanding anything above to the contrary, (a) if the number
of shares all members desire to purchase at the end of any period exceeds the
number of shares then available under the Plan, the shares available shall be
allocated among such members in proportion to their contributions during the
period; and (b) no funds in an employee's account shall be applied to the
purchase of shares and no shares hereunder shall be issued unless such shares
are covered by an effective registration statement under the Securities Act of
1933, as amended, or by an exemption therefrom.

               EFFECTIVE AS TO THOSE MEMBERS WHO PARTICIPATE IN THE PLAN FOR THE
PERIOD COMMENCING ON OCTOBER 11, 1999 AND ENDING ON DECEMBER 31, 1999 AND AS TO
ALL MEMBERS FOR PERIODS AFTER DECEMBER 31, 1999, THE SHARES PURCHASED CANNOT BE
TRANSFERRED UNTIL THE ELAPSE OF ONE YEAR FROM THE LAST DAY OF THE PERIOD WITH
RESPECT TO WHICH THE SHARES WERE


                                       3
<PAGE>   4


ISSUED AND AN APPROPRIATE LEGEND TO THAT EFFECT SHALL BE PLACED ON THE
CERTIFICATE REPRESENTING THE SHARES.

8.       TERMINATION OF MEMBERSHIP:

               A member's membership in the Plan will be terminated when the
member (a) voluntarily elects to withdraw his or her entire account, (b) resigns
or is discharged from the Corporation or one of its present or future
subsidiaries, (c) dies, or (d) does not receive pay from the Corporation or one
of its present or future subsidiaries for twelve (12) consecutive months, unless
this period is due to illness, injury or for other reasons approved by the
persons or person appointed by the Corporation to administer the Plan as
provided in Paragraph 10 below. Upon termination of membership, the terminated
member shall not be entitled to rejoin the Plan until the first day of the
period immediately following the period in which the termination occurs. Upon
termination of membership, the member shall be entitled to the amount of his or
her individual account within fifteen (15) days after termination.

9.       BENEFICIARY:

               Each member shall designate a beneficiary or beneficiaries and
may, without their consent, change his or her designation. Any designation shall
be effective only after it is received by the Corporation and shall become
effective as of the date it is signed and shall be controlling over any
disposition by will or otherwise.

               Upon the death of a member his or her account shall be paid or
distributed to the beneficiary or beneficiaries designated by such member, or in
the absence of such designation, to the executor or administrator of his or her
estate, and in either event the Corporation shall not be under any further
liability to anyone. If more than one beneficiary is designated, then each
beneficiary shall receive an equal portion of the account unless the member
indicates to the contrary in his or her designation, provided that the
Corporation may in its sole discretion make distributions in such form as will
avoid the creation of fractional shares.

10.      ADMINISTRATION OF THE PLAN:

               The Plan shall be administered by such officers or other
employees of the Corporation as the Corporation may from time to time select,
and the persons so selected shall be responsible for the administration of the
Plan. All costs and expenses incurred in administering the Plan shall be paid by
the Corporation. Any taxes applicable to the member's account shall be charged
or credited to the member's account by the Corporation.

11.      MODIFICATION AND TERMINATION:

               The Corporation expects to continue the Plan until such time as
the shares reserved for issuance under the Plan have been sold. The Corporation
reserves, however, the right to amend, alter, or terminate the Plan in its
discretion. Upon termination, each member shall be entitled to the amount of his
or her individual account within thirty (30) days after termination.


                                       4

<PAGE>   5


12.      ADJUSTMENTS UPON CHANGES IN CAPITALIZATION:

               Appropriate and proportionate adjustments shall be made in the
number and class of shares of stock subject to this plan, and to the rights
granted hereunder and the prices applicable to such rights, in the event of a
stock dividend, stock split, reverse stock split, recapitalization,
reorganization, merger, consolidation, acquisition, separation, or like change
in the capital structure of the Corporation.

13.      ASSIGNABILITY OF RIGHTS:

               No rights of any employee under this Plan shall be assignable by
him or her, by operation of law, or otherwise, except to the extent that a
member is permitted to designate a beneficiary or beneficiaries as hereinabove
provided, and except to the extent permitted by the law of descent and
distribution if no such beneficiary be designated. Prior to the issuance of any
shares under this Plan, each employee member shall be required to sign a
statement as set forth in Exhibit "A" attached hereto and incorporated herein.

14.      PARTICIPATION IN OTHER PLANS:

               Nothing herein contained shall affect an employee's right to
participate in and receive benefits under and in accordance with the then
current provisions of any pension, insurance, or other employee welfare plan or
program of the Corporation.

15.      APPLICABLE LAW:

               The interpretation, performance, and enforcement of this Plan
shall be governed by the laws of the State of California.

16.      EFFECTIVE DATE OF PLAN; SHAREHOLDER APPROVAL:

               The Plan shall become effective upon adoption by the Board and
approval by the shareholders of the Corporation.

17.      LEGEND CONDITIONS:

               The shares of Common Stock to be issued pursuant to the
provisions of this Plan shall have endorsed upon their face the following:

               1. Any legend condition imposed as a condition of qualification

         by the California Commissioner of Corporations

               2. Unless the shares to be issued under this Plan have been
         registered under the Securities Act of 1933, the following additional
         legend shall be placed on the certificates:

               "The shares represented by this certificate have not been
               registered under the Securities Act of 1933.  The shares have
               been acquired for investment and may not


                                       5
<PAGE>   6


               be pledged or hypothecated, and may not be sold or transferred in
               the absence of an effective Registration Statement for the shares
               under the Securities Act of 1933 or an opinion of counsel to the
               Company that registration is not required under said Act."

               3. The legend provided for in Section 7 hereof.



                                       6

<PAGE>   1
                                                                    EXHIBIT 10.5

                               THE GOOD GUYS, INC.

                              AMENDED AND RESTATED

                            1994 STOCK INCENTIVE PLAN

                     (AS AMENDED THROUGH September 29, 1999)

       1.         PURPOSE.

               The purposes of the 1994 Stock Incentive Plan (the "Plan") are to
enable The Good Guys, Inc. (the "Corporation") and its Subsidiaries, if any, to
attract and retain directors and key employees and to provide them with
additional incentive to advance the interests of the Corporation. For the
purposes of the Plan, the term "Subsidiary" means any corporation or other
entity in which the Corporation has, directly or indirectly, an equity interest
representing 50% or more of the capital stock thereof or equity interests
therein.

       2.         ADMINISTRATION.

               (a) The Plan shall be administered by a committee (the
"Committee") appointed by the Board of Directors of the Corporation (the
"Board") and consisting of not less than two non-employee directors (as defined
under Rule 16b-3 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the
"1934 Act"), or any successor rule.

               (b) The Committee shall interpret the Plan and prescribe such
rules, regulations and procedures in connection with the Plan as it shall deem
to be necessary and advisable for the administration of the Plan.

       3.         ELIGIBILITY.

               Officers, other key employees and non-employee directors of the
Corporation or any Subsidiary shall be eligible to be granted stock options and
to receive restricted share, restricted share unit, performance unit or bonus
share awards as described herein, with the exception that non-employee directors
shall not be eligible to receive incentive stock options.


<PAGE>   2


       4.         SHARES AVAILABLE.

               The aggregate number of shares of the Corporation's Common Stock,
$.001 par value ("Common Stock"), which may be issued and as to which grants or
awards of stock options, restricted shares, restricted share units, performance
units or bonus shares may be made under the Plan is 1,800,000 shares (of which
no more than 350,000 shares shall be available for the grant of restricted
shares or restricted share units), subject to adjustment and substitution as set
forth in Section 8. If any stock option granted under the Plan is cancelled by
mutual consent or terminates or expires for any reason without having been
exercised in full, the number of shares subject thereto shall again be available
for purposes of the Plan. If shares of Common Stock or the right to receive
shares of Common Stock are forfeited to the Corporation pursuant to the
restrictions applicable to restricted shares or restricted share units awarded
under the Plan, the shares so forfeited or covered by such right shall not again
be available for the purposes of the Plan. To the extent any award of
performance units is not earned or is paid in cash rather than shares, the
number of shares covered thereby shall again be available for purposes of the
Plan. The shares which may be issued under the Plan may be either authorized but
unissued shares or treasury shares or partly each, as shall be determined from
time to time by the Board.

       5.         GRANTS AND AWARDS.

               (a) The Committee shall have authority, in its discretion, to
grant incentive stock options pursuant to Section 422 of the Code to officers
and other key employees and to grant non-qualified stock options and award
restricted shares, restricted share units, performance units and bonus shares to
officers, other key employees and non-employee directors.

               Notwithstanding any other provision contained in the Plan or in
any stock option agreement, the aggregate fair market value, determined on the
date of grant, of the shares with respect to which incentive stock options are
exercisable for the first time by an employee during any calendar year under all
plans of the corporation employing such employee, any parent or subsidiary
corporation of such corporation and any predecessor corporation of any such
corporation shall not exceed $100,000; provided, however, that all or any
portion of a stock option which cannot be exercised because of such limitation
shall be treated as a non-qualified option.

               The maximum number of shares covered by all grants or awards in
any fiscal year of the Corporation to any participant shall not exceed 110,000
(subject to adjustment and substitution as set forth in Section 8).

              (b) On the date on which the Board appoints, or the shareholders
of the Corporation elect, a person who is not an employee of the Corporation as
a member of the Board for the first time, such director shall be awarded a
non-qualified option under this Plan to purchase 20,000 shares of Common Stock.
Each such option shall have an exercise price per share equal to the fair market
value of the shares of the Corporation on the date of such award and shall vest
as to the total number of shares covered thereby on the first anniversary date
of the grant of the option (or, as to options awarded by reason of election at
an annual meeting of shareholders, on the day


                                       2

<PAGE>   3


immediately preceding the next annual meeting, if earlier). Except as otherwise
specifically provided in this Section 5(b), the terms of this Plan, shall apply
to all options granted pursuant to this Section 5(b).

               (c) If a grantee of a stock option, restricted share or
performance unit engages in the operation or management of a business (whether
as owner, partner, officer, director, employee or otherwise and whether during
or after termination of employment) which is in competition with the Corporation
or any of its Subsidiaries, the Committee may immediately terminate all
outstanding stock options held by the grantee, declare forfeited all restricted
shares or restricted share units held by the grantee as to which the
restrictions have not yet lapsed and terminate all outstanding performance unit
awards held by the grantee for which the applicable Performance Period has not
been completed; provided, however, that this sentence shall not apply if the
exercise period of a stock option following termination of employment has been
extended as provided in Section 9(c), if the lapse of the restrictions
applicable to restricted shares or restricted share units has been accelerated
as provided in Section 9(d), or if a performance unit has been deemed to have
been earned as provided in Section 9(e). Whether a grantee has engaged in the
operation or management of a business which is in competition with the
Corporation or any of its Subsidiaries shall be determined by the Committee in
its discretion, and any such determination shall be final and binding.

       6.         TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF STOCK OPTIONS.

               Stock options granted under the Plan shall be subject to the
following terms and conditions:

                  (a) The purchase price at which each stock option may be
                  exercised (the "option price") shall not be less than one
                  hundred percent (100%) of the fair market value per share of
                  the Common Stock covered by the stock option on the date of
                  grant; provided, however, that in the case of an incentive
                  stock option granted to an employee, who, immediately prior to
                  such grant, owns stock possessing more than ten percent (10%)
                  of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock of
                  the Corporation or a Subsidiary (a "Ten Percent Employee"),
                  the option price shall not be less than one hundred ten
                  percent (110%) of such fair market value on the date of grant.
                  For purposes of this Section 6(a), an individual (i) shall be
                  considered as owning not only shares of stock owned
                  individually but also all shares of stock that are at the time
                  owned, directly or indirectly, by or for the spouse,
                  ancestors, lineal descendants and brothers and sisters
                  (whether by the whole or half blood) of such individual and
                  (ii) shall be considered as owning proportionately any shares
                  owned, directly or indirectly, by or for any corporation,
                  partnership, estate or trust in which such individual is a
                  shareholder, partner or beneficiary.

                  (b) The option price for each stock option shall be paid in
                  full upon exercise and shall be payable in cash in United
                  States dollars



                                       3

<PAGE>   4

                  (including check, bank draft or money order), which may
                  include cash forwarded through a broker or other
                  agent-sponsored exercise or financing program; provided,
                  however, that in lieu of such cash the person exercising the
                  stock option may pay the option price in whole or in part by
                  delivering to the Corporation shares of Common Stock having a
                  fair market value on the date of exercise of the stock option
                  equal to the option price for the shares being purchased;
                  except that (i) any portion of the option price representing a
                  fraction of a share shall in any event be paid in cash and
                  (ii) no shares of Common Stock which have been held for less
                  than six months may be delivered in payment of the option
                  price of a stock option. Notwithstanding any procedure of a
                  broker or other agent-sponsored exercise or financing program,
                  if the option price is paid in cash, the exercise of the stock
                  option shall not be deemed to occur and no shares of the
                  Common Stock will be issued until the Corporation has received
                  full payment in cash (including check, bank draft or money
                  order) for the option price from the broker or other agent.
                  The date of exercise of a stock option shall be determined
                  under procedures established by the Committee, and as of the
                  date of exercise the person exercising the stock option shall
                  be considered for all purposes to be the owner of the shares
                  with respect to which the stock option has been exercised.
                  Payment of the option price with shares shall not increase the
                  number of shares of Common Stock available for issuance under
                  the Plan.

                  (c) No stock option shall be exercisable during the first six
                  months of its term, except that this limitation on exercise
                  shall not apply if Section 9(b) becomes applicable. No stock
                  option shall be exercisable after the expiration of ten years
                  (five years in the case of an incentive stock option granted
                  to a Ten Percent Employee) from the date of grant. To the
                  extent it is exercisable, a stock option may be exercised at
                  any time in whole or in part.

                  (d) The Committee shall have the power to set the time or
                  times within which each option shall be exercisable, and to
                  accelerate the time or times of exercise. Unless the stock
                  option agreement otherwise provides, the option shall become
                  exercisable on a cumulative basis as to one-third of the total
                  number of shares covered thereby on each of the first, second
                  and third anniversary dates of the date of grant of the
                  option.

                  (e) No stock option shall be transferable by the grantee
                  otherwise than by will, or if the grantee dies intestate, by
                  the laws of descent and distribution of the state of domicile
                  of the grantee at the time of death, provided that a
                  non-qualified stock option may be transferred by a grantee to
                  a trust or other entity established by the


                                        4

<PAGE>   5


                  grantee for estate planning purposes. Except for exercises of
                  non-qualified stock options by trusts or entities established
                  by the grantee for estate tax purposes, all stock options
                  shall be exercisable during the lifetime of the grantee only
                  by the grantee.

                  (f) Unless the Committee, in its discretion, shall otherwise
                  determine:

                  (i) If the employment or directorship of a grantee terminates,
                  other than by reason of the death of the grantee or the
                  grantee becoming disabled within the meaning of Section
                  422(c)(6) of the Code ("Disabled Grantee") any then
                  outstanding stock option held by such grantee shall be
                  exercisable by the grantee (but only to the extent exercisable
                  by the grantee immediately prior to such termination) at any
                  time prior to the expiration date of such stock option or
                  within three months after the date of such termination,
                  whichever is the shorter period;

                  (ii) If the employment or directorship of a grantee who is a
                  Disabled Grantee is voluntarily terminated with the consent of
                  the Corporation or a Subsidiary, any then outstanding stock
                  option held by such grantee shall be exercisable by the
                  grantee in full (whether or not so exercisable by the grantee
                  immediately prior to such termination) by the grantee at any
                  time prior to the expiration date of such stock option or
                  within one year after the date of such termination, whichever
                  is the shorter period;

                  (iii) Following the death of a grantee during employment or
                  while serving as a director, any outstanding stock option held
                  by the grantee at the time of death shall be exercisable in
                  full (whether or not so exercisable by the grantee immediately
                  prior to the death of the grantee) by the person entitled to
                  do so under the will of the grantee, or, if the grantee shall
                  fail to make testamentary disposition of the stock option or
                  shall die intestate, by the legal representative of the
                  grantee at any time prior to the expiration date of such stock
                  option or within one year after the date of death, whichever
                  is the shorter period; and

                  (iv) Following the death of a grantee after termination of
                  employment or his or her directorship during a period within
                  which a stock option is exercisable, any outstanding stock
                  option held by the grantee at the time of death shall be
                  exercisable by such person entitled to do so under the will of
                  the grantee or by such legal representative (but only to the
                  extent the stock option was exercisable by the grantee
                  immediately prior to the death of the grantee) at any time
                  prior to the expiration date of such stock option or within
                  one year after the date of death, whichever is the shorter
                  period.



                                       5

<PAGE>   6


               Whether termination of employment or directorship is a voluntary
termination with the consent of the Corporation or a Subsidiary and whether a
grantee is a Disabled Grantee shall be determined in each case by the Committee
in its discretion and any such determination by the Committee shall be final and
binding.

                  (g) All stock options shall be confirmed by an agreement,
                  which shall be executed on behalf of the Corporation by the
                  Chief Executive Officer (if other than the President), the
                  President or any Vice President of the Corporation and by the
                  grantee.

                  (h) The term "fair market value" for all purposes of the Plan
                  shall mean the market price of the Common Stock, determined by
                  the Committee as follows:

                  (i) If the Common Stock is traded on a stock exchange, then
                  the Fair Market Value shall be equal to the closing price
                  reported by the applicable composite-transactions report for
                  such date;

                  (ii) If the Common Stock is traded in the Nasdaq Stock Market
                  and is classified as a national market issue, then the Fair
                  Market Value shall be equal to the last-transaction price
                  quoted by the Nasdaq National Market system for such date;

                  (iii) If the Common Stock is traded in the Nasdaq Stock
                  Market, but is not classified as a national market issue, then
                  the Fair Market Value shall be equal to the mean between the
                  last reported representative bid and asked prices quoted by
                  the Nasdaq system for such date; and

                  (iv) If none of the foregoing provisions is applicable, then
                  the Fair Market Value shall be determined by the Committee in
                  good faith on such basis as it deems appropriate.

                  (v) The obligation of the Corporation to issue shares of
                  Common Stock under the Plan shall be subject to (i) the
                  effectiveness of a registration statement under the Securities
                  Act of 1933, as amended, with respect to such shares, if
                  deemed necessary or appropriate by counsel for the
                  Corporation, (ii) the condition that the shares shall have
                  been listed (or authorized for listing upon official notice of
                  issuance) upon each stock exchange, if any, on which the
                  Common Stock may then be listed and (iii) all other applicable
                  laws, regulations, rules and orders which may then be in
                  effect.

               Subject to the foregoing provisions of this Section and the other
provisions of the Plan, any stock option granted under the Plan may be exercised
at such times and in such amounts and be subject to such restrictions and other
terms and conditions, if any, as shall be


                                       6

<PAGE>   7


determined, in its discretion, by the Committee and set forth in the agreement
referred to in Section 6(i), or an amendment thereto.

       7. TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF RESTRICTED SHARE, RESTRICTED SHARE UNIT,
          PERFORMANCE UNIT AND BONUS SHARE AWARDS.

               (a) Restricted Shares and Units. Restricted share or restricted
share unit awards shall be evidenced by a written agreement in the form
prescribed by the Committee in its discretion, which shall set forth the number
of restricted shares of Common Stock or restricted share units entitling the
holder to receive shares of Common Stock awarded, the restrictions imposed
thereon (including, without limitation, restrictions on the right of the grantee
to sell, assign, transfer or encumber such shares or units while such shares or
units are subject to other restrictions imposed under this Section 7), the
duration of such restrictions, events (which may, in the discretion of the
Committee, include performance-based events) the occurrence of which would cause
a forfeiture of restricted shares or restricted share units and such other terms
and conditions as the Committee in its discretion deems appropriate. Restricted
share or restricted share unit awards shall be effective only upon execution of
the applicable restricted share or restricted share unit agreement on behalf of
the Corporation by the Chief Executive Officer (if other than the President),
the President or any Vice President, and by the grantee.

               Restricted shares or restricted share units may be issued for no
consideration other than for services to be rendered or for such consideration
as shall be determined at the time of award by the Committee.

               If prior to full vesting of the restricted shares or restricted
share units the employment or directorship of the holder thereof is voluntarily
terminated with the consent of the Corporation or Subsidiary or the holder
retires under any retirement plan of the Corporation or a Subsidiary or dies
while being an employee or director, the Committee may in its absolute
discretion determine to vest all or any part of the restricted shares or
restricted share units except as otherwise provided in Section 9(d). If the
employment or directorship of the holder of restricted shares or restricted
share units terminates for any reason other than voluntary termination with the
consent of the Corporation or a Subsidiary, retirement under any retirement plan
of the corporation or a Subsidiary or death, all unvested restricted shares or
restricted share units shall be forfeited. Whether the termination is voluntary
with the consent of the Corporation or a Subsidiary shall be determined by the
Committee in its discretion, and a determination by the Committee on any matter
with respect to restricted shares or restricted share units shall be final and
binding on both the Corporation and the holder of restricted shares or
restricted share units.

               Following a restricted share award and prior to the lapse or
termination of the applicable restrictions, the Committee shall deposit share
certificates for such restricted shares in escrow (which may be an escrow in the
custody of an officer of the Corporation). Upon the lapse or termination of the
applicable restrictions (and not before such time), the grantee shall be issued
or transferred share certificates for such restricted shares. From the date a
restricted share award is effective, the grantee shall be a shareholder with
respect to all the shares represented by such certificates and shall have all
the rights of a shareholder with respect to all such shares, including the right
to vote such shares and to receive all dividends and other distributions paid


                                       7

<PAGE>   8


with respect to such shares, subject only to the restrictions imposed by the
Committee. The grantee of restricted share units shall not have any rights as a
shareholder until the delivery to the grantee of shares on lapse of the
restrictions imposed.

               (b) Performance Units. The Committee may award performance units
which shall be earned by an awardee based on the level of performance over a
specified period of time by the Corporation, a Subsidiary or Subsidiaries, any
branch, department or other portion thereof or the awardee individually, as
determined by the Committee. For the purposes of the grant of performance units,
the following definitions shall apply:

                  (i) "Performance unit" shall mean an award, expressed in
         dollars or shares of Common Stock, granted to an awardee with respect
         to a Performance Period. Awards expressed in dollars may be established
         as fixed dollar amounts, as a percentage of salary, as a percentage of
         a pool based on earnings of the Corporation, a Subsidiary or
         Subsidiaries or any branch, department or other portion thereof or in
         any other manner determined by the Committee in its discretion,
         provided that the amount thereof shall be capable of being determined
         as a fixed dollar amount as of the close of the Performance Period.

                  (ii) "Performance Period" shall mean an accounting period of
         the Corporation or a Subsidiary of not less than one year, as
         determined by the Committee in its discretion.

                  (iii) "Performance Target" shall mean that level of
         performance established by the Committee which must be met in order for
         the performance unit to be fully earned. The Performance Target may be
         expressed in terms of earnings per share, return on assets, asset
         growth, ratio of capital to assets or such other level or levels of
         accomplishment by the Corporation, a Subsidiary or Subsidiaries, any
         branch, department or other portion thereof or the awardee individually
         as may be established or revised from time to time by the Committee.

                  (iv) "Minimum Target" shall mean a minimal level of
         performance established by the Committee which must be met before any
         part of the performance unit is earned. The Minimum Target may be the
         same as or less than the Performance Target in the discretion of the
         Committee.

               An awardee shall earn the performance unit in full by meeting the
Performance Target for the Performance Period. If the Minimum Target has not
been attained at the end of the Performance Period, no part of the performance
unit shall have been earned by the awardee. If the Minimum Target is attained
but the Performance Target is not attained, the portion of the performance unit
earned by the awardee shall be determined on the basis of a formula established
by the Committee.

               Payment of earned performance units shall be made to awardees
following the close of the Performance Period as soon as practicable after the
time the amount payable is determined by the Committee. Payment in respect of
earned performance units, whether expressed in dollars or shares, may be made in
cash, in shares of Common Stock, or partly in cash and partly in shares of
Common Stock, as determined by the Committee at the time of payment. For this


                                       8

<PAGE>   9

purpose, performance units expressed in dollars shall be converted to shares,
and performance units expressed in shares shall be converted to dollars, based
on the fair market value of the Common Stock, as of the date the amount payable
is determined by the Committee.

               If prior to the close of the Performance Period the awardee of
performance units is voluntarily terminated with the consent of the Corporation
or a Subsidiary or the awardee retires under any retirement plan of the
Corporation or a Subsidiary or the awardee dies while being an employee or
director, the Committee may in its absolute discretion determine to pay all or
any part of the performance unit based upon the extent to which the Committee
determines the Performance Target or Minimum Target has been achieved as of the
date of termination, retirement or death, the period of time remaining until the
close of the Performance Period and/or such other factors as the Committee may
deem relevant. If the Committee in its discretion determines that all or any
part of the performance unit shall be paid, payment shall be made to the awardee
or his or her estate as promptly as practicable following such determination and
may be made in cash, in shares or Common Stock, or partly in cash and partly in
shares of Common Stock, as determined by the Committee at the time of payment.
For this purpose, performance units expressed in dollars shall be converted to
shares, and performance units expressed in shares shall be converted to Dollars,
based on the fair market value of the Common Stock as of the date the amount
payable is determined by the Committee.

               Except as otherwise provided in Section 9(e), if the employment
or directorship of an awardee of performance units terminates prior to the close
of a Performance Period for any reason other than voluntary termination with the
consent of the Corporation or a Subsidiary or retirement under any retirement
plan of the Corporation or a Subsidiary or death, the performance units of the
awardee shall be deemed not to have been earned, and no portion of such
performance units may be paid. Whether termination is voluntary with the consent
of the Corporation or a Subsidiary shall be determined, in its discretion, by
the Committee. Any determination by the Committee on any matter with respect to
performance units shall be final and binding on both the Corporation and the
awardee.

               Performance unit awards shall be evidenced by a written agreement
in the form prescribed by the Committee which shall set forth the amount or
manner of determining the amount of the performance unit, the Performance
Period, the Performance Target and any Minimum Target and such other terms and
conditions as the Committee in its discretion deems appropriate. Performance
unit awards shall be effective only upon execution of the applicable performance
unit agreement on behalf of the Corporation by the Chief Executive Officer (if
other than the President), the President or any Vice President, and by the
awardee.

               (c) Bonus Shares. The Committee shall have the authority in its
discretion to award bonus shares of Common Stock to eligible employees from time
to time in recognition of the contribution of the awardee to the performance of
the Corporation, a Subsidiary or Subsidiaries, or any branch, department or
other portion thereof, in recognition of the awardee's individual performance or
on the basis of such other factors as the Committee may deem relevant.


                                       9

<PAGE>   10


               8. ADJUSTMENT AND SUBSTITUTION OF SHARES.

               If a dividend or other distribution shall be declared upon the
Common Stock payable in shares of the Common Stock, the number of shares of the
Common Stock then subject to any outstanding stock options, restricted share
units or performance unit awards and the number of shares of the Common Stock
which may be issued under the Plan but are not then subject to outstanding stock
options or awards shall be adjusted by adding thereto the number of shares of
the Common Stock which would have been distributable thereon if such shares had
been outstanding on the date fixed for determining the shareholders entitled to
receive such stock dividend or distribution. Shares of Common Stock so
distributed with respect to any restricted shares held in escrow shall be held
by the Corporation in escrow and shall be subject to the same restrictions as
are applicable to the restricted shares on which they were distributed.

               If the outstanding shares of the Common Stock shall be changed
into or exchangeable for a different number or kind of shares of stock or other
securities of the Corporation or another corporation, whether through
reorganization, reclassification, recapitalization, stock split-up, combination
of shares, merger or consolidation, then there shall be substituted for each
share of the Common Stock subject to any then outstanding stock option,
restricted share unit or performance unit award, and for each share of the
Common Stock which may be issued under the Plan but which is not then subject to
any outstanding stock option or award, the number and kind of shares of stock or
other securities into which each outstanding share of the Common Stock shall be
so changed or for which each such share shall be exchangeable. Unless otherwise
determined by the Committee in its discretion, any such stock or securities, as
well as any cash or other property, into or for which any restricted shares held
in escrow shall be changed or exchangeable in any such transaction shall also be
held by the Corporation in escrow and shall be subject to the same restrictions
as are applicable to the restricted shares in respect of which such stock,
securities, cash or other property was issued or distributed.

               In case of any adjustment or substitution as provided for in this
Section 8, the aggregate option price for all shares subject to each then
outstanding stock option prior to such adjustment or substitution shall be the
aggregate option price for all shares of stock or other securities (including
any fraction) to which such shares shall have been adjusted or which shall have
been substituted for such shares. Any new option price per share shall be
carried to at least three decimal places with the last decimal place rounded
upwards to the nearest whole number.

               No adjustment or substitution provided for in this Section 8
shall require the Corporation to issue or sell a fraction of a share or other
security. Accordingly, all fractional shares or other securities which result
from any such adjustment or substitution shall be eliminated and not carried
forward to any subsequent adjustment or substitution. Owners of restricted
shares held in escrow shall be treated in the same manner as owners of Common
Stock not held in escrow with respect to fractional shares created by an
adjustment or substitution of shares, except that, unless otherwise determined
by the Committee in its discretion, any cash or other property paid in lieu of a
fractional share shall be subject to restrictions similar to those applicable to
the restricted shares exchanged therefor.


                                       10

<PAGE>   11


               If any such adjustment or substitution provided for in this
Section 8 requires the approval of shareholders in order to enable the
Corporation to grant incentive stock options, then no such adjustment or
substitution shall be made without the required shareholder approval.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the case of incentive stock options, if the
effect of any such adjustment or substitution would be to cause the stock option
to fail to continue to qualify as an incentive stock option or to cause a
modification, extension or renewal of such stock option within the meaning of
Section 424 of the Code, the Committee may elect that such adjustment or
substitution not be made but rather shall use reasonable efforts to effect such
other adjustment of each then outstanding stock option as the Committee, in its
discretion, shall deem equitable and which will not result in any
disqualification, modification, extension or renewal (within the meaning of
Section 424 of the Code) of such incentive stock option.

       9.         ADDITIONAL RIGHTS IN CERTAIN EVENTS.

               (a) Definitions. For purposes of this Section 9, the following
terms shall have the following meanings:

                  (i)  The term "Person" shall be used as that term is used in
Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the 1934 Act.

                  (ii) Beneficial ownership shall be determined as provided in
Rule 13d-3 under the 1934 Act as in effect on the effective date of the Plan.

                  (iii) "Voting Shares" shall mean all securities of a company
entitling the holders thereof to vote in an annual election of Directors
(without consideration of the rights of any class of stock other than the Common
Stock to elect Directors by a separate class vote); and a specified percentage
of "Voting Power" of a company shall mean such number of the Voting Shares as
shall enable the holders thereof to cast such percentage of all the votes which
could be cast in an annual election of directors (without consideration of the
rights of any class of stock other than the Common Stock to elect Directors by a
separate class vote).

                  (iv) "Tender Offer" shall mean a tender offer or exchange
offer to acquire securities of the Corporation (other than such an offer made by
the Corporation or any Subsidiary), whether or not such offer is approved or
opposed by the Board.

                  (v) "Section 9 Event" shall mean the date upon which any of
the following events occurs::

               (A) The Corporation acquires actual knowledge that any Person has
         acquired the Beneficial Ownership, directly or indirectly, of
         securities of the Corporation entitling such Person to 20% or more of
         the Voting Power of the Corporation, other than the Corporation, a
         Subsidiary or any employee benefit plan(s) sponsored by the
         Corporation, or a Person approved by the Board that has acquired 20% or
         more but less than 50% of the Voting Power of the Corporation;



                                       11
<PAGE>   12


               (B) Tender Offer is made to acquire securities of the Corporation
         entitling the holders thereof to 20% or more of the Voting Power of the
         Corporation; or

               (C) A solicitation subject to Rule 14a-11 under the 1934 Act (or
         any successor Rule) relating to the election or removal of 50% or more
         of the members of any class of the Board shall be made by any person
         other than the Corporation; or

               (D) The shareholders of the Corporation shall approve a merger,
         consolidation, share exchange, division or sale or other disposition of
         assets of the Corporation as a result of which the shareholders of the
         Corporation immediately prior to such transaction shall not hold,
         directly or indirectly, immediately following such transaction a
         majority of the Voting Power of (i) in the case of a merger or
         consolidation, the surviving or resulting corporation, (ii) in the case
         of a share exchange, the acquiring corporation or (iii) in the case of
         a division or a sale or other disposition of assets, each surviving,
         resulting or acquiring corporation which, immediately following the
         transaction, holds more than 20% of the consolidated assets of the
         Corporation immediately prior to the transaction;

         provided, however, that (i) if securities beneficially owned by a
         grantee are included in determining the Beneficial Ownership of a
         Person referred to in Section 9(a)(v)(A), (ii) a grantee is required to
         be named pursuant to Item 2 of the Schedule 14D-1 (or any similar
         successor filing requirement) required to be filed by the bidder making
         a Tender Offer referred to in Section 9(a)(v)(B), or (iii) if a grantee
         is a "participant" as defined in 14a-11 under the 1934 Act (or any
         successor Rule) in a solicitation (other than a solicitation by the
         Corporation) referred to in Section 9(a)(v)(C), then no Section 9 Event
         with respect to such grantee shall be deemed to have occurred by reason
         of such event.

               (b) Acceleration of the Exercise Date of Stock Options. Unless
the agreement referred to in Section 6(g), or an amendment thereto, shall
otherwise provide, notwithstanding any other provision contained in the Plan, in
case any "Section 9 Event" occurs all outstanding stock options (other than
those held by a person referred to in the proviso to Section 9(a)(v)) shall
become immediately and fully exercisable whether or not otherwise exercisable by
their terms.

               (c) Extension of the Expiration Date of Stock Options. Unless the
agreement referred to in Section 6(g), or an amendment thereto, shall otherwise
provide, notwithstanding any other provision contained in the Plan, all stock
options held by a grantee (other than a grantee referred to in the proviso to
Section 9(a)(v)) whose employment with the Corporation or a Subsidiary
terminates within one year of any Section 9 Event for any reason other than
voluntary termination with the consent of the Corporation or a Subsidiary,
retirement under any retirement plan of the Corporation or a Subsidiary or death
shall be exercisable for a period of three months from the date of such
termination of employment, but in no event after the expiration date of the
stock option.

               (d) Lapse of Restrictions on Restricted Share or Restricted Share
Unit Awards. If any "Section 9 Event" occurs prior to the scheduled lapse of all
restrictions applicable to restricted share or restricted share unit awards
under the Plan (other than those held by a person


                                       12

<PAGE>   13


referred to in the proviso to Section 9(a)(v)), all such restrictions shall
lapse upon the occurrence of any such "Section 9 Event" regardless of the
scheduled lapse of such restrictions.

               (e) Payment of Performance Units. If any "Section 9 Event" occurs
prior to the end of any Performance Period, all performance units awarded with
respect to such Performance Period (other than those held by a person referred
to in the proviso to Section 9(a)(v)) shall be deemed to have been fully earned
as of the date of such Section 9 Event, regardless of the attainment or
nonattainment of the Performance Target or any Minimum Target, and shall be paid
to the awardees thereof as promptly as practicable thereafter. If the
performance unit is not expressed as a fixed amount in dollars or shares, the
Committee may provide in the performance unit agreement for the amount to be
paid in the case of a Section 9 Event.

       10.     EFFECT OF THE PLAN ON THE RIGHTS OF EMPLOYEES AND EMPLOYER.

               Neither the adoption of the Plan nor any action of the Board or
the Committee pursuant to the Plan shall be deemed to give any employee any
right to be granted a stock option or to be awarded restricted shares,
restricted share units, performance units or bonus shares under the Plan.
Nothing in the Plan, in any stock option, in any restricted share, restricted
share unit, performance unit or bonus share award under the Plan or in any
agreement providing for any of the foregoing shall confer any right to any
employee to continue in the employ of the Corporation or any Subsidiary or
interfere in any way with the rights of the Corporation or any Subsidiary to
terminate the employment of any employee at any time.


                                       13


<PAGE>   14


       11.        AMENDMENT.

               The right to alter and amend the Plan at any time and from time
to time and the right to revoke or terminate the Plan are hereby specifically
reserved to the Board; provided that shareholder approval shall be required (a)
to increase the total number of shares which may be issued under the Plan, or
(b) if such approval is required to maintain the favorable tax treatment of
incentive stock options granted under the Plan. No alteration, amendment,
revocation or termination of the Plan shall, without the written consent of the
holder of a stock option, restricted shares, restricted share units, performance
units or bonus shares theretofore awarded under the Plan, adversely affect the
rights of such holder with respect thereto.

       12.        EFFECTIVE DATE AND DURATION OF PLAN.

               The effective date and date of adoption of the Plan shall be
November 14, 1994, the date of adoption of the Plan by the Board. No stock
option may be granted, and no restricted shares, restricted share units, bonus
shares or performance units payable in performance shares may be awarded under
the Plan subsequent to November 13, 2004.

       13.        INDEMNIFICATION.

               In addition to such other rights of indemnification as they may
have as directors, the members of the Committee administering the Plan shall be
indemnified by the Corporation against the reasonable expenses, including
attorneys' fees actually and necessarily incurred in connection with the defense
of any action, suit or proceeding, or in connection with any appeal therein, to
which they or any of them may be a party by reason of any action taken or
failure to act under or in connection with the Plan or any rights granted
thereunder, and against all amounts paid by them in settlement thereof (provided
such settlement is approved by independent legal counsel selected by the
Corporation) or paid by them in satisfaction of a judgment in any such action,
suit or proceeding that such member is liable for negligence or misconduct in
the performance of such member's duties; provided that within 60 days after
institution of any such action, suit or proceeding, the member shall in writing
offer the Corporation the opportunity, at its own expense, to handle and defend
the same.



                                       14

<PAGE>   1
                                                                    EXHIBIT 10.9

                           LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT

                         Dated as of September 30, 1999

                                      Among

                     THE FINANCIAL INSTITUTIONS NAMED HEREIN

                                 as the Lenders

                                       and

                              BANK OF AMERICA, N.A.

                           as the Administrative Agent

                                       and

                      GENERAL ELECTRIC CAPITAL CORPORATION

                           as the Documentation Agent

                                       and

                        THE GOOD GUYS - CALIFORNIA, INC.

                                 as the Borrower



<PAGE>   2

                                TABLE OF CONTENTS

<TABLE>
<S>                                                                                         <C>
ARTICLE 1  INTERPRETATION OF THIS AGREEMENT...............................................   2

           1.1     Definitions............................................................   2
           1.2     Accounting and UCC Terms...............................................  24
           1.3     Interpretive Provisions................................................  24

ARTICLE 2  LOANS, LETTERS OF CREDIT, AND VENDOR INVENTORY FINANCING.......................  25

           2.1     Total Facility.........................................................  25
           2.2     Revolving Loans........................................................  25
           2.3     Vendor Inventory Financing.............................................  32
           2.4     Letters of Credit......................................................  35
           2.5     Bank Products..........................................................  41

ARTICLE 3  INTEREST AND FEES..............................................................  42

           3.1     Interest...............................................................  42
           3.2     Continuation and Conversion Elections..................................  44
           3.3     Maximum Interest Rate..................................................  45
           3.4     Closing Fee............................................................  45
           3.5     Vendor Inventory Financing Fee.........................................  45
           3.6     Unused Line Fee........................................................  46
           3.7     Letter of Credit Fee...................................................  46

ARTICLE 4  PAYMENTS AND PREPAYMENTS.......................................................  46

           4.1     Revolving Loans........................................................  46
           4.2     Termination of Facility................................................  46
           4.3     Payments by the Borrower...............................................  47
           4.4     Payments as Revolving Loans............................................  48
           4.5     Apportionment, Application and Reversal of Payments....................  48
           4.6     Indemnity for Returned Payments........................................  49
           4.7     Co-Agents' and Lenders' Books and Records; Monthly Statements..........  49

ARTICLE 5  TAXES, YIELD PROTECTION AND ILLEGALITY.........................................  49

           5.1     Taxes..................................................................  49
           5.2     Illegality.............................................................  50
           5.3     Increased Costs and Reduction of Return................................  51
           5.4     Funding Losses.........................................................  51
           5.5     Inability to Determine Rates...........................................  52
           5.6     Certificates of Lenders................................................  52
           5.7     Survival...............................................................  52

ARTICLE 6  COLLATERAL.....................................................................  52

           6.1     Grant of Security Interest.............................................  52
</TABLE>



                                       i


<PAGE>   3

<TABLE>
<S>                                                                                         <C>
           6.2     Perfection and Protection of Security Interest.........................  53
           6.3     Location of Collateral.................................................  54
           6.4     Title to, Liens on, and Sale and Use of Collateral.....................  54
           6.5     Recovery Value Reports and Appraisals..................................  55
           6.6     Access and Examination; Confidentiality................................  55
           6.7     Collateral Reporting...................................................  56
           6.8     Collection of Accounts; Payments.......................................  57
           6.9     Inventory; Perpetual Inventory.........................................  58
           6.10    Equipment..............................................................  58
           6.11    Assigned Contracts.....................................................  59
           6.12    Documents, Instruments, and Chattel Paper..............................  60
           6.13    Sale of Real Estate; Release of Mortgage...............................  60
           6.14    Right to Cure..........................................................  60
           6.15    Power of Attorney......................................................  60
           6.16    The Co-Agents' and Lenders' Rights, Duties and Liabilities.............  61
           6.17    Site Visits, Observations and Testing..................................  61

ARTICLE 7  BOOKS AND RECORDS; FINANCIAL INFORMATION; NOTICES..............................  62

           7.1     Books and Records......................................................  62
           7.2     Financial Information..................................................  62
           7.3     Notices to the Lenders.................................................  64

ARTICLE 8  GENERAL WARRANTIES AND REPRESENTATIONS.........................................  66

           8.1     Authorization, Validity, and Enforceability of this Agreement and
                   the Loan Documents.....................................................  66
           8.2     Validity and Priority of Security Interest.............................  67
           8.3     Organization and Qualification.........................................  67
           8.4     Corporate Name; Prior Transactions.....................................  67
           8.5     Subsidiaries and Affiliates............................................  67
           8.6     Financial Statements and Projections...................................  67
           8.7     Capitalization.........................................................  68
           8.8     Solvency...............................................................  68
           8.9     Debt...................................................................  68
           8.10    Distributions..........................................................  68
           8.11    Title to Property......................................................  68
           8.12    Real Estate; Leases....................................................  68
           8.13    Proprietary Rights.....................................................  68
           8.14    Trade Names............................................................  69
           8.15    Litigation.............................................................  69
           8.16    Restrictive Agreements.................................................  69
           8.17    Labor Disputes.........................................................  69
           8.18    Environmental Laws.....................................................  69
           8.19    No Violation of Law....................................................  70
           8.20    No Default.............................................................  70
           8.21    ERISA Compliance.......................................................  71
           8.22    Taxes..................................................................  71
           8.23    Regulated Entities.....................................................  71
           8.24    Use of Proceeds; Margin Regulations....................................  71
</TABLE>



                                       ii

<PAGE>   4

<TABLE>
<S>                                                                                         <C>
           8.25    Copyrights, Patents, Trademarks and Licenses, etc......................  72
           8.26    No Material Adverse Change.............................................  72
           8.27    Year 2000 Compliance...................................................  72
           8.28    Full Disclosure........................................................  72
           8.29    Material Agreements....................................................  72
           8.30    Bank Accounts..........................................................  72
           8.31    Governmental Authorization.............................................  72

ARTICLE 9  AFFIRMATIVE AND NEGATIVE COVENANTS.............................................  73

           9.1     Taxes and Other Obligations............................................  73
           9.2     Corporate Existence and Good Standing..................................  73
           9.3     Compliance with Law and Agreements; Maintenance of Licenses............  73
           9.4     Maintenance of Property................................................  73
           9.5     Insurance..............................................................  73
           9.6     Condemnation...........................................................  75
           9.7     Environmental Laws.....................................................  76
           9.8     Compliance with ERISA..................................................  76
           9.9     Mergers, Consolidations or Sales.......................................  76
           9.10    Distributions; Capital Change; Restricted Investments..................  76
           9.11    Transactions Affecting Collateral or Obligations.......................  77
           9.12    Guaranties.............................................................  77
           9.13    Debt...................................................................  77
           9.14    Prepayment.............................................................  77
           9.15    Transactions with Affiliates...........................................  77
           9.16    Investment Banking and Finder's Fees...................................  77
           9.17    Business Conducted.....................................................  78
           9.18    Liens..................................................................  78
           9.19    Sale and Leaseback Transactions........................................  78
           9.20    New Subsidiaries.......................................................  78
           9.21    Fiscal Year............................................................  78
           9.22    Minimum Availability...................................................  78
           9.23    Year 2000 Readiness....................................................  78
           9.24    Use of Proceeds........................................................  78
           9.25    Syndication Efforts....................................................  78
           9.26    Further Assurances.....................................................  78

ARTICLE 10 CONDITIONS OF LENDING..........................................................  79

           10.1    Conditions Precedent to Making of Loans on the Closing Date............  79
           10.2    Conditions Precedent to Each Loan......................................  80

ARTICLE 11 DEFAULT; REMEDIES..............................................................  81

           11.1    Events of Default......................................................  81
           11.2    Remedies...............................................................  83

ARTICLE 12 TERM AND TERMINATION...........................................................  85

           12.1    Term and Termination...................................................  85
</TABLE>



                                      iii

<PAGE>   5

<TABLE>
<S>                                                                                        <C>
ARTICLE 13 AMENDMENTS; WAIVER; PARTICIPATIONS; ASSIGNMENTS; SUCCESSORS...................   85

           13.1    Amendments and Waivers................................................   85
           13.2    Assignments; Participations...........................................   86

ARTICLE 14 THE CO-AGENTS.................................................................   88

           14.1    Appointment and Authorization.........................................   88
           14.2    Delegation of Duties..................................................   89
           14.3    Liability of Co-Agents................................................   89
           14.4    Reliance by Co-Agents.................................................   89
           14.5    Notice of Default.....................................................   90
           14.6    Credit Decision.......................................................   90
           14.7    Indemnification.......................................................   90
           14.8    Co-Agents in Individual Capacity......................................   91
           14.9    Successor Co-Agents...................................................   91
           14.10   Withholding Tax.......................................................   91
           14.11   Relationship Between Co-Agents........................................   93
           14.12   Collateral Matters....................................................   93
           14.13   Restrictions on Actions by Lenders; Sharing of Payments...............   94
           14.14   Agency for Perfection.................................................   95
           14.15   Payments by Administrative Agent to Lenders...........................   95
           14.16   Concerning the Collateral and the Related Loan Documents..............   95
           14.17   Field Audit and Examination Reports; Disclaimer by Lenders............   95
           14.18   Relation Among Lenders................................................   96

ARTICLE 15 MISCELLANEOUS.................................................................   96

           15.1    No Waivers; Cumulative Remedies.......................................   96
           15.2    Severability..........................................................   96
           15.3    Governing Law; Choice of Forum; Service of Process; Jury Trial Waiver.   96
           15.4    WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL..................................................   97
           15.5    Survival of Representations and Warranties............................   98
           15.6    Other Security and Guaranties.........................................   98
           15.7    Fees and Expenses.....................................................   98
           15.8    Notices...............................................................   99
           15.9    Waiver of Notices.....................................................  100
           15.10   Binding Effect........................................................  100
           15.11   Indemnity of the Co-Agents and the Lenders by the Borrower............  100
           15.12   Limitation of Liability...............................................  101
           15.13   Final Agreement.......................................................  101
           15.14   Counterparts..........................................................  102
           15.15   Captions..............................................................  102
           15.16   Right of Setoff.......................................................  102
</TABLE>



                                       iv

<PAGE>   6

                                    EXHIBITS

Exhibit A      -     Borrowing Base Certificate

Exhibit B      -     Categories of Eligible Inventory

Exhibit C      -     Schedule of Documents

Exhibit D      -     Form of Notice of Borrowing

Exhibit E      -     Form of Notice of Continuation/Conversion

Exhibit F      -     Purchase and Payment Terms for Vendor Inventory Financing

Exhibit G      -     Financial Statements

Exhibit H      -     Assignment and Acceptance Agreement

Schedule  1    -     Form of Notice of Assignment and Acceptance

Schedule  1.1  -     Assigned Contracts

Schedule  6.3  -     Business and Collateral Locations

Schedule  8.3  -     Jurisdictions in which Borrower is Qualified to do Business

Schedule  8.5  -     Subsidiaries and Affiliates

Schedule  8.9  -     Indebtedness

Schedule  8.12 -     Real Estate

Schedule  8.13 -     Intellectual Property

Schedule  8.14 -     Trade Names

Schedule  8.15 -     Litigation

Schedule  8.17 -     Labor Matters

Schedule  8.18 -     Environmental Matters

Schedule  8.29 -     Material Agreements

Schedule  8.30 -     Bank Accounts



                                       v

<PAGE>   7

                           LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT

        Loan and Security Agreement, dated as of September 30,1999, among the
financial institutions listed on the signature pages hereof (such financial
institutions, together with their respective successors and assigns, are
referred to hereinafter each individually as a "Lender" and collectively as the
"Lenders"), Bank of America, N.A. (in its individual capacity, the "Bank") with
an office at 55 South Lake Avenue Suite 900, Pasadena, California 91101, as
Administrative Agent for the Lenders (in its capacity as Administrative Agent,
the "Administrative Agent"), General Electric Capital Corporation (in its
individual capacity, "GE Capital") with an office at 6130 Stoneridge Mall Road,
Suite 300, Pleasanton, California 94588, as documentation agent for the Lenders
(in its capacity as documentation agent, the "Documentation Agent"), and The
Good Guys - California, Inc., a California corporation, with offices at 7000
Marina Boulevard, Brisbane, California 94005 (the "Borrower"). The
Administrative Agent and the Documentation Agent are sometimes referred to
hereinafter each individually as a "Co-Agent" and collectively as the
"Co-Agents".

                               W I T N E S S E T H

        WHEREAS, the Borrower has requested the Lenders to make available to the
Borrower a revolving line of credit for loans, letters of credit, and other
financial accommodations in an amount not to exceed $100,000,000, which
extensions of credit the Borrower will use for its working capital needs and
general business purposes;

        WHEREAS, the Lenders have agreed to make available to the Borrower a
revolving credit facility upon the terms and conditions set forth in this
Agreement.

        NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual conditions and agreements
set forth in this Agreement, and for good and valuable consideration, the
receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, the Lenders, the Co-Agents, and the
Borrower hereby agree as follows.

                                    ARTICLE 1

                        INTERPRETATION OF THIS AGREEMENT

        1.1     Definitions. As used herein:

                "Accounts" means all of the Borrower's now owned or hereafter
acquired or arising accounts, as defined in the UCC, including any rights to
payment for the sale or lease of goods or rendition of services, whether or not
they have been earned by performance.

                "Account Debtor" means each Person obligated in any way on or in
connection with an Account.

                "ACH Transactions" means any cash management or related services
including the automatic clearing house transfer of funds by the Bank for the
account of the Borrower pursuant to agreement or overdrafts.

                "Administrative Agent" means the Bank, solely in its capacity as
Administrative Agent for the Lenders, and any successor Administrative Agent.



                                        2

<PAGE>   8

                "Administrative Agent Advances" has the meaning specified in
Section 2.2(i).

                "Administrative Agent's Liens" means the Liens in the Collateral
granted to the Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the Lenders, Bank, and
Co-Agents pursuant to this Agreement and the other Loan Documents.

                "Affiliate" means, as to any Person, any other Person which,
directly or indirectly, is in control of, is controlled by, or is under common
control with, such Person or which owns, directly or indirectly, five percent
(5%) or more of the outstanding equity interest of such Person. A Person shall
be deemed to control another Person if the controlling Person possesses,
directly or indirectly, the power to direct or cause the direction of the
management and policies of the other Person, whether through the ownership of
voting securities, by contract, or otherwise.

                "Aggregate Revolver Outstandings" means, at any time, the sum of
(a) the unpaid balance of Revolving Loans, (b) the aggregate amount of Pending
Revolving Loans, (c) one hundred percent (100%) of the aggregate undrawn face
amount of all outstanding Letters of Credit, and (d) the aggregate amount of any
unpaid reimbursement obligations in respect of Letters of Credit.

                "Agreement" means this Loan and Security Agreement.

                "Anniversary Date" means each anniversary of the Closing Date.

                "Applicable Base Rate Margin" means the per annum interest rate
margin from time to time in effect and payable in addition to the Base Rate with
respect to Base Rate Loans, as determined by reference to Section 3.1(a).

                "Applicable LIBOR Rate Margin" means the per annum interest rate
margin from time to time in effect and payable in addition to the LIBOR Rate
with respect to LIBOR Rate Loans, as determined by reference to Section 3.1(a).

                "Applicable Margins" means, collectively, the Applicable Base
Rate Margin, the Applicable LIBOR Rate Margin, and the Applicable Unused Line
Fee Margin.

                "Applicable Unused Line Fee Margin" means the per annum fee from
time to time in effect and payable in respect of Borrower's non-use of available
funds pursuant to Section 3.5, as determined by reference to Section 3.1(a).

                "Assigned Contracts" means, collectively, all of the Borrower's
rights and remedies under, and all moneys and claims for money due or to become
due to the Borrower under those contracts set forth on Schedule 1.1, and any
other material contracts, and any and all amendments, supplements, extensions,
and renewals thereof, including all rights and claims of the Borrower now or
hereafter existing: (i) under any insurance, indemnities, warranties, and
guarantees provided for or arising out of or in connection with any of the
foregoing agreements; (ii) for any damages arising out of or for breach or
default under or in connection with any of the foregoing contracts ; (iii) to
all other amounts from time to time paid or payable under or in connection with
any of the foregoing agreements; or (iv) to exercise or enforce any and all
covenants, remedies, powers and privileges thereunder.



                                        3

<PAGE>   9

                "Assignee" has the meaning specified in Section 13.2(a).

                "Assignment and Acceptance" has the meaning specified in Section
13.2(a).

                "Attorney Costs" means and includes all fees, expenses and
disbursements of any law firm or other counsel engaged by either or both of the
Co-Agents.

                "Availability" means, at any time, (a) the Borrowing Base minus
(b) the Aggregate Revolver Outstandings.

                "Average Facility Usage" has the meaning specified in Section
4.2.

                "Bank" means Bank of America, N.A., a national banking
association, or any successor entity thereto.

                "Bank Products" means any one or more of the following types of
services or facilities extended to the Borrower by the Bank or any affiliate of
the Bank in reliance on the Bank's agreement to indemnify such affiliate: (i)
credit cards; (ii) ACH Transactions; and (iii) Interest Rate Protection
Agreements.

                "Bank Product Reserves" means all reserves that the
Administrative Agent, in the exercise of its reasonable credit judgment,
establishes from time to time for Bank Products then provided or outstanding.

                "Bankruptcy Code" means Title 11 of the United States Code (11
U.S.C. Section 101 et seq.).

                "Base Rate" means, for any day, the rate of interest in effect
for such day as publicly announced from time to time by the Bank in Charlotte,
North Carolina as its "prime rate" (the "prime rate" being a rate set by the
Bank based upon various factors including the Bank's costs and desired return,
general economic conditions and other factors, and is used as a prime point for
pricing some loans, which may be priced at, above, or below such announced
rate). Any change in the prime rate announced by the Bank shall take effect at
the opening of business on the day specified in the public announcement of such
change. Each Interest Rate based upon the Base Rate shall be adjusted
simultaneously with any change in the Base Rate.

                "Base Rate Loans" means a Revolving Loan during any period in
which it bears interest based on the Base Rate.

                "Blocked Account Agreement" means an agreement among the
Borrower, the Administrative Agent and a Clearing Bank, in form and substance
satisfactory to the Co-Agents, concerning the collection of payments which
represent the proceeds of Accounts or of any other Collateral.

                "Borrower" means The Good Guys - California, Inc., a California
corporation.



                                       4
<PAGE>   10

                "Borrowing" means a borrowing hereunder consisting of Revolving
Loans made on the same day by the Lenders to the Borrower (or by Bank in the
case of a Borrowing funded by Non-Ratable Loans) or by the Administrative Agent
in the case of a Borrowing consisting of an Administrative Agent Advance.

                "Borrowing Base" means, at any time, an amount equal to:

                (a) the lowest of (i) the Maximum Revolver Amount, or (ii) the
        sum of (A) one hundred percent (100%) of the manufacturer's invoice
        price of Eligible Vendor Financed Inventory up to an aggregate amount of
        $30,000,000, plus (B) eighty-five (85%) of the Recovery Value of
        Eligible Vendor Financed Inventory for that portion of Eligible Vendor
        Financed Inventory, if any, with a manufacturer's invoice price in
        excess of $30,000,000, plus (C) eighty-five percent (85%) of the
        Recovery Value of Eligible Inventory not constituting Eligible Vendor
        Financed Inventory, or (iii) the sum of (A) seventy percent (70%) of the
        gross inventory (at the lower of cost (determined on a FIFO basis) or
        market as determined from time to time by Administrative Agent, after
        consultation among Co-Agents, in the exercise of their reasonable credit
        judgment) of all Eligible Inventory, minus (B) the General Ledger
        Variance Reserve, minus (C) the Shrinkage and Obsolescence Reserve;
        minus

                (b) the sum of (i) the Interest Reserves, (ii) the Vendor
        Inventory Financing Reserves, (iii) the Landlord Waiver Reserves, (iv)
        the Bank Product Reserves, and (v) all other reserves that the
        Administrative Agent, after consultation among Co-Agents, in the
        exercise of their reasonable credit judgment, deems necessary to
        maintain with respect to the Borrower's account, including reserves for
        any amounts which the Administrative Agent or any Lender may be
        obligated to pay in the future for the account of the Borrower.

In determining the Recovery Value of any Eligible Vendor Financed Inventory
under clause (a)(ii)(B) above purchased from any Vendor, such Eligible Vendor
Financed Inventory shall be deemed to fall within the relevant Categories for
such Eligible Vendor Financed Inventory in the same proportions that all
Eligible Vendor Financed Inventory purchased from such Vendor falls within such
Categories.

                "Borrowing Base Certificate" means a certificate by a
Responsible Officer of the Borrower, substantially in the form of Exhibit A (or
another form acceptable to the Co-Agents) setting forth the calculation of the
Borrowing Base, including a calculation of each component thereof, all in such
detail as shall be satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, after consultation
among Co-Agents. All calculations of the Borrowing Base in connection with the
preparation of any Borrowing Base Certificate shall originally be made by the
Borrower and certified to the Co-Agents; provided, that the Co-Agents shall
have the right to review and adjust, in the exercise of their reasonable credit
judgment, any such calculation (1) to reflect the Co-Agents' reasonable estimate
of declines in value of any of the Collateral described therein, and (2) to the
extent that such calculation is not in accordance with this Agreement.

                "Business Day" means (a) any day that is not a Saturday, Sunday,
or a day on which banks in the State of California or in Charlotte, North
Carolina are required or permitted to be closed, and (b) with respect to all
notices, determinations, fundings and payments in



                                       5
<PAGE>   11

connection with the LIBOR Rate or LIBOR Rate Loans, any day that is a Business
Day pursuant to clause (a) above and that is also a day on which trading in
Dollars is carried on by and between banks in the London interbank market.

                "Capital Adequacy Regulation" means any guideline, request or
directive of any central bank or other Governmental Authority, or any other law,
rule or regulation, whether or not having the force of law, in each case,
regarding capital adequacy of any bank or of any corporation controlling a bank.

                "Capital Lease" means any lease of property by the Borrower
which, in accordance with GAAP, should be reflected as a capital lease on the
balance sheet of Borrower.

                "Category" means each category of Eligible Inventory listed in
Exhibit B attached hereto.

                "Change of Control" means any of the following: (a) any Person
or group of Persons (within the meaning of the Exchange Act) shall have acquired
beneficial ownership (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 promulgated by the
Securities and Exchange Commission under the Exchange Act) of 30% or more of the
issued and outstanding shares of capital stock of Parent having the right to
vote for the election of directors of Parent under ordinary circumstances; (b)
Parent shall cease to own and control all of the economic and voting rights
associated with all of the outstanding capital stock of the Borrower; or (c) the
Borrower shall cease to own and control all of the economic and voting rights
associated with all of the outstanding capital stock of each of its
Subsidiaries.

                "Clearing Bank" means the Bank or any other banking institution
with whom a Payment Account has been established pursuant to a Blocked Account
Agreement.

                "Closing Date" means the date of this Agreement.

                "Closing Fee" has the meaning specified in Section 3.4.

                "Code" means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from
time to time, and any successor statute, and regulations promulgated thereunder.

                "Collateral" has the meaning specified in Section 6.1.

                "Co-Agent" means the Administrative Agent or the Documentation
Agent, and "Co-Agents" means the Administrative Agent and the Documentation
Agent collectively.

                "Co-Agent-Related Persons" means each of the Co-Agents, together
with their respective Affiliates, and the officers, directors, employees, agents
and attorneys-in-fact of such Co-Agents and such respective Affiliates.

                "Co-Agents' Fee Letter" has the meaning specified in Section
3.4.

                "Commitment" means, at any time with respect to a Lender, the
principal amount set forth beside such Lender's name under the heading
"Commitment" on the signature pages of this Agreement or on the signature page
of the Assignment and Acceptance pursuant to which



                                       6
<PAGE>   12

such Lender became a Lender hereunder in accordance with the provisions of
Section 13.2, as such Commitment may be adjusted from time to time in accordance
with the provisions of Section 13.2, and "Commitments" means, collectively, the
aggregate amount of the commitments of all of the Lenders.

                "Contaminant" means any waste, pollutant, hazardous substance,
toxic substance, hazardous waste, special waste, petroleum or petroleum-derived
substance or waste, asbestos in any form or condition, polychlorinated biphenyls
("PCBs"), or any constituent of any such substance or waste.

                "Credit Support" has the meaning specified in Section 2.4(a).

                "Current Assets" means at any date the amount at which the
current assets of the Borrower (other than assets constituting Intercompany
Accounts) would be shown on a balance sheet of the Borrower, prepared in
accordance with GAAP.

                "Debt" means all liabilities, obligations and indebtedness of
the Borrower to any Person, of any kind or nature, now or hereafter owing,
arising, due or payable, howsoever evidenced, created, incurred, acquired or
owing, whether primary, secondary, direct, contingent, fixed or otherwise, and
including, without in any way limiting the generality of the foregoing: (i) the
Borrower's liabilities and obligations to trade creditors; (ii) all Obligations;
(iii) all obligations and liabilities of any Person secured by any Lien on the
Borrower's property, even though the Borrower shall not have assumed or become
liable for the payment thereof; provided, however, that all such obligations and
liabilities which are limited in recourse to such property shall be included in
Debt only to the extent of the book value of such property as would be shown on
a balance sheet of the Borrower prepared in accordance with GAAP; (iv) all
obligations or liabilities created or arising under any Capital Lease or
conditional sale or other title retention agreement with respect to property
used or acquired by the Borrower, even if the rights and remedies of the lessor,
seller or lender thereunder are limited to repossession of such property;
provided, however, that all such obligations and liabilities which are limited
in recourse to such property shall be included in Debt only to the extent of the
book value of such property as would be shown on a balance sheet of the Borrower
prepared in accordance with GAAP; and (v) all obligations and liabilities under
Guaranties.

                "Default" means any event or circumstance which, with the giving
of notice, the lapse of time, or both, would (if not cured or otherwise remedied
during such time) constitute an Event of Default.

                "Defaulting Lender" has the meaning specified in Section
2.2(g)(ii).

                "Default Rate" means a fluctuating per annum interest rate at
all times equal to the sum of (a) the otherwise applicable Interest Rate plus
(b) two percent (2%). Each Default Rate shall be adjusted simultaneously with
any change in the applicable Interest Rate. In addition, with respect to Letters
of Credit, the Default Rate shall mean an increase in the Letter of Credit Fee
by two percentage points.

                "Distribution" means, in respect of any corporation: (a) the
payment or making of any dividend or other distribution of property in respect
of capital stock (or any options or warrants for such stock) of such
corporation, other than distributions in capital stock (or any



                                       7
<PAGE>   13

options or warrants for such stock) of the same class; or (b) the redemption or
other acquisition by such corporation of any capital stock (or any options or
warrants for such stock) of such corporation.

                "Documentation Agent" means GE Capital, solely in its capacity
as documentation agent for the Lenders, and any successor documentation agent.

                "DOL" means the United States Department of Labor or any
successor department or agency.

                "Dollar" and "$" means dollars in the lawful currency of the
United States of America.

                "EBITDA" shall mean, with respect to any Person for any fiscal
period, an amount equal to (a) consolidated net income of such Person for such
period, minus (b) the sum of (i) income tax credits, (ii) interest income, (iii)
gain from extraordinary items for such period, (iv) any aggregate net gain (but
not any aggregate net loss) during such period arising from the sale, exchange
or other disposition of capital assets by such Person (including any fixed
assets, whether tangible or intangible, all inventory sold in conjunction with
the disposition of fixed assets and all securities), and (v) any other non-cash
gains which have been added in determining consolidated net income, in each case
to the extent included in the calculation of consolidated net income of such
Person for such period in accordance with GAAP, but without duplication, plus
(c) the sum of (i) any provision for income taxes, (ii) interest expense, (iii)
loss from one-time, non-recurring items for such period, (iv) the amount of
non-cash charges (including depreciation and amortization) for such period, (v)
amortized debt discount for such period, and (vi) the amount of any deduction to
consolidated net income as the result of any grant to any members of the
management of such Person of any stock, in each case to the extent included in
the calculation of consolidated net income of such Person for such period in
accordance with GAAP, but without duplication. For purposes of this definition,
the following items shall be excluded in determining consolidated net income of
a Person: (1) the income (or deficit) of any other Person accrued prior to the
date it became a Subsidiary of, or was merged or consolidated into, such Person
or any of such Person's Subsidiaries; (2) the income (or deficit) of any other
Person (other than a Subsidiary) in which such Person has an ownership interest,
except to the extent any such income has actually been received by such Person
in the form of cash dividends or distributions; (3) the undistributed earnings
of any Subsidiary of such Person to the extent that the declaration or payment
of dividends or similar distributions by such Subsidiary is not at the time
permitted by the terms of any contractual obligation or requirement of law
applicable to such Subsidiary; (4) any restoration to income of any contingency
reserve, except to the extent that provision for such reserve was made out of
income accrued during such period; (5) any write-up of any asset; (6) any net
gain from the collection of the proceeds of life insurance policies; (7) any net
gain arising from the acquisition of any securities, or the extinguishment,
under GAAP, of any Indebtedness, of such Person, (8) in the case of a successor
to such Person by consolidation or merger or as a transferee of its assets, any
earnings of such successor prior to such consolidation, merger or transfer of
assets, and (9) any deferred credit representing the excess of equity in any
Subsidiary of such Person at the date of acquisition of such Subsidiary over the
cost to such Person of the investment in such Subsidiary.



                                       8
<PAGE>   14

                "Eligible Assignee" means (a) a commercial bank, commercial
finance company or other asset based lender, having total assets in excess of
$1,000,000,000; (b) any Lender listed on the signature page of this Agreement;
(c) any Affiliate of any Lender; and (d) if an Event of Default exists, any
Person reasonably acceptable to the Co-Agents.

                "Eligible Inventory" means Inventory that the Co-Agents, in
their reasonable discretion, determine to meet all of the following
requirements:

                (a)     such Inventory is owned by Borrower,

                (b)     such Inventory is subject to the Administrative Agent's
Liens, which are perfected as to such Inventory, and is subject to no other Lien
whatsoever (other than the Liens described in clause (d) of the definition of
Permitted Liens and that such Permitted Liens (i) are junior in priority to the
Administrative Agent's Liens and (ii) do not impair directly or indirectly the
ability of the Agent to realize on or obtain the full benefit of the
Collateral),

                (c)     such Inventory consists of finished goods,

                (d)     such Inventory does not consist of raw materials,
work-in-process, chemicals, supplies, or packing and shipping materials,

                (e)     such Inventory is not designated for home delivery to
specific customers (including all Inventory designated as "HDL Inventory" on the
Borrower's books and records),

                (f)     such Inventory is not under inspection or repair by the
Borrower's service department (including all Inventory designated as "Service
Inventory" on the Borrower's books and records),

                (g)     such Inventory falls into one or more of the Categories
listed on Exhibit B,

                (h)     such Inventory is in good condition, not unmerchantable,
and meets all standards imposed by any governmental agency, or department or
division thereof, having regulatory authority over such goods, their use or
sale,

                (i)     such Inventory is currently either usable or salable, at
prices approximating at least cost, in the normal course of the Borrower's
business, and is not slow moving or stale (as used in this clause (i) "slow
moving or stale" means any type of Inventory sold by Borrower over a period of
at least 12 months, as to which Borrower's units on hand exceed the aggregate
sales of such units over the immediately preceding 12 months),

                (j)     such Inventory is not obsolete, returned and defective,
repossessed or used goods taken in trade,

                (k)     if Borrower intends such Inventory to constitute
Eligible Vendor Financed Inventory, such Inventory is located within the United
States of America either at the locations listed on Schedule 6.3, or in-transit
to any such location from the warehouse of the Vendor located in California,



                                       9
<PAGE>   15

                (l)     if Borrower does not intend such Inventory to constitute
Eligible Vendor Financed Inventory, such Inventory is located within the United
States of America (and not in-transit from vendors or suppliers) at the
locations listed on Schedule 6.3,

                (m)     if such Inventory is located in a public warehouse or in
possession of a bailee or in a facility leased by the Borrower, the
warehouseman, or the bailee, or the lessor has delivered to the Administrative
Agent, if requested by the Administrative Agent, a subordination agreement in
form and substance satisfactory to the Co-Agents,

                (n)     if such Inventory contains or bears any Proprietary
Rights licensed to the Borrower by any Person, the Administrative Agent shall be
satisfied that it may sell or otherwise dispose of such Inventory in accordance
with ARTICLE 11 without infringing the rights of the licensor of such
Proprietary Rights or violating any contract with such licensor (and without
payment of any royalties other than any royalties due with respect to the sale
or disposition of such Inventory pursuant to the existing license agreement),
and, if the Administrative Agent deems it necessary, the Borrower shall deliver
to the Administrative Agent a consent or sublicense agreement from such licensor
in form and substance acceptable to the Administrative Agent, and

                (o)     such Inventory is not determined by the Administrative
Agent, after consultation among Co-Agents, in their reasonable discretion, to be
ineligible for any other reason.

                If any Inventory at any time ceases to be Eligible Inventory,
such Inventory shall promptly be excluded from the calculation of Eligible
Inventory.

                "Eligible Vendor Financed Inventory" means Eligible Inventory
that the Administrative Agent, after consultation among Co-Agents, in their
reasonable credit judgment, determines to meet all of the following additional
requirements:

                (a)     such Eligible Inventory has been purchased by the
Borrower pursuant to a Vendor Inventory Financing Agreement and meets all of the
requirements for the Borrower or Co-Agents to be entitled to require the vendor
thereunder to repurchase such Eligible Inventory pursuant to the repurchase
option contained in such Vendor Inventory Financing Agreement, and

                (b)     such Eligible Inventory is still in its original
manufacturer-sealed packaging.

If any Inventory at any time ceases to be Eligible Vendor Financed Inventory,
such Inventory shall promptly be excluded from the calculation of Eligible
Vendor Financed Inventory, but may still be included in the definition of
Eligible Inventory if it continues to meet the criteria therefor.

                "Environmental Claims" means all claims, however asserted, by
any Governmental Authority or other Person alleging potential liability or
responsibility for violation of any Environmental Law, or for release or injury
to the environment.

                "Environmental Laws" means all federal, state or local laws,
statutes, common law duties, rules, regulations, ordinances and codes, together
with all administrative orders, directed duties, requests, licenses,
authorizations and permits of, and agreements with, any



                                       10
<PAGE>   16

Governmental Authority, in each case relating to environmental, health, safety
and land use matters.

                "Environmental Lien" means a Lien in favor of any Governmental
Authority for (1) any liability under Environmental Laws, or (2) damages arising
from, or costs incurred by such Governmental Authority in response to, a Release
or threatened Release of a Contaminant into the environment.

                "Environmental Property Transfer Act" means any applicable
requirement of law that conditions, restricts, prohibits or requires any
notification or disclosure triggered by the closure of any property or the
transfer, sale or lease of any property or deed or title for any property for
environmental reasons, including, but not limited to, any so-called
"Environmental Cleanup Responsibility Acts" or "Responsible Property Transfer
Acts."

                "Equipment" means all of the Borrower's now owned and hereafter
acquired machinery, equipment, furniture, furnishings, fixtures, and other
tangible personal property (except Inventory), including motor vehicles with
respect to which a certificate of title has been issued, aircraft, dies, tools,
jigs, and office equipment, as well as all of such types of property leased by
the Borrower and all of the Borrower's rights and interests with respect thereto
under such leases (including, without limitation, options to purchase); together
with all present and future additions and accessions thereto, replacements
therefor, component and auxiliary parts and supplies used or to be used in
connection therewith, and all substitutes for any of the foregoing, and all
manuals, drawings, instructions, warranties and rights with respect thereto;
wherever any of the foregoing is located.

                "ERISA" means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of
1974, and regulations promulgated thereunder.

                "ERISA Affiliate" means any trade or business (whether or not
incorporated) under common control with the Borrower within the meaning of
Section 414(b) or (c) of the Code (and Sections 414(m) and (o) of the Code for
purposes of provisions relating to Section 412 of the Code).

                "ERISA Event" means (a) a Reportable Event with respect to a
Pension Plan; (b) a withdrawal by the Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate from a
Pension Plan subject to Section 4063 of ERISA during a plan year in which it was
a substantial employer (as defined in Section 4001(a)(2) of ERISA) or a
cessation of operations which is treated as such a withdrawal under Section
4062(e) of ERISA; (c) a complete or partial withdrawal by the Borrower or any
ERISA Affiliate from a Multi-employer Plan or notification that a Multi-employer
Plan is in reorganization; (d) the filing of a notice of intent to terminate,
the treatment of a Plan amendment as a termination under Section 4041 or 4041A
of ERISA, or the commencement of proceedings by the PBGC to terminate a Pension
Plan or Multi-employer Plan; (e) the occurrence of an event or condition which
might reasonably be expected to constitute grounds under Section 4042 of ERISA
for the termination of, or the appointment of a trustee to administer, any
Pension Plan or Multi-employer Plan; or (f) the imposition of any liability
under Title IV of ERISA, other than for PBGC premiums due but not delinquent
under Section 4007 of ERISA, upon the Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate.



                                       11
<PAGE>   17

                "Event of Default" has the meaning specified in Section 11.1.

                "Exchange Act" means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, and
regulations promulgated thereunder.

                "FDIC" means the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, and any
Governmental Authority succeeding to any of its principal functions.

                "Federal Funds Rate" means, for any day, the rate per annum
(rounded upwards, if necessary, to the nearest 1/100 of 1%) equal to the
weighted average of the rates on overnight Federal funds transactions with
members of the Federal Reserve System arranged by Federal funds brokers on such
day, as published by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York on the Business Day
next succeeding such day; provided that (a) if such day is not a Business Day,
the Federal Funds Rate for such day shall be such rate on such transactions on
the next preceding Business Day as so published on the next succeeding Business
Day, and (b) if no such rate is so published on such next succeeding Business
Day, the Federal Funds Rate for such day shall be the average rate charged to
the Bank on such day on such transactions as determined by the Administrative
Agent.

                "Federal Reserve Board" means the Board of Governors of the
Federal Reserve System or any successor thereto.

                "Financial Statements" means, according to the context in which
it is used, the financial statements referred to in Section 8.6 or any other
financial statements required to be given to the Lenders pursuant to this
Agreement.

                "Fiscal Year" means the Borrower's fiscal year for financial
accounting purposes. The current Fiscal Year of the Borrower will end on
September 30, 1999.

                "Fixed Assets" means the Equipment and Real Estate of the
Borrower.

                "Funded Debt" means, with respect to any Person, at any date, on
a consolidated basis, all Debt for borrowed money evidenced by notes, bonds,
debentures, or similar evidences of Indebtedness and which by its terms matures
more than one year from, or is directly or indirectly renewable or extendible at
such Person's option under a revolving credit or similar agreement obligating
the lender or lenders to extend credit over a period of more than one year from
the date of creation thereof, and specifically including obligations with
respect to Capital Leases, current maturities of long-term debt, revolving
credit and short-term debt extendible beyond one year at the option of the
debtor, and also including, in the case of Borrower, the Obligations.

                "Funding Date" means the date on which a Borrowing occurs.

                "GAAP" means generally accepted accounting principles and
practices set forth from time to time in the opinions and pronouncements of the
Accounting Principles Board and the American Institute of Certified Public
Accountants and statements and pronouncements of the Financial Accounting
Standards Board (or agencies with similar functions of comparable stature and
authority within the U.S. accounting profession), which are applicable to the
circumstances as of the Closing Date.



                                       12
<PAGE>   18

                "GE Capital" means General Electric Capital Corporation, a
corporation formed under the banking laws of the State of New York, or any
successor entity thereto.

                "General Intangibles" means all of the Borrower's now owned or
hereafter acquired general intangibles, choses in action and causes of action
and all other intangible personal property of the Borrower of every kind and
nature (other than Accounts), including, without limitation, all contract
rights, Proprietary Rights, corporate or other business records, inventions,
designs, blueprints, plans, specifications, patents, patent applications,
trademarks, service marks, trade names, trade secrets, goodwill, copyrights,
computer software, customer lists, registrations, licenses, franchises, tax
refund claims, any funds which may become due to the Borrower in connection with
the termination of any Plan or other employee benefit plan or any rights thereto
and any other amounts payable to the Borrower from any Plan or other employee
benefit plan, rights and claims against carriers and shippers, rights to
indemnification, business interruption insurance and proceeds thereof, property,
casualty or any similar type of insurance and any proceeds thereof, proceeds of
insurance covering the lives of key employees on which the Borrower is
beneficiary, and any letter of credit, guarantee, claim, security interest or
other security held by or granted to the Borrower.

                "General Ledger Variance Reserve" means, with respect to the
determination of certain components of the Borrowing base, a reserve determined
from time to time by Co-Agents in the exercise of their reasonable credit
judgment, which reserve is based, in part, on the historic, unreconciled
variance between Inventory levels shown in Borrower's general ledger and
perpetual inventory.

                "Governmental Authority" means any nation or government, any
state or other political subdivision thereof, any central bank (or similar
monetary or regulatory authority) thereof, any entity exercising executive,
legislative, judicial, regulatory or administrative functions of or pertaining
to government, and any corporation or other entity owned or controlled, through
stock or capital ownership or otherwise, by any of the foregoing.

                "Guaranty" means, with respect to any Person, all obligations of
such Person which in any manner directly or indirectly guarantee or assure, or
in effect guarantee or assure, the payment or performance of any indebtedness,
dividend or other obligations of any other Person (the "guaranteed
obligations"), or assure or in effect assure the holder of the guaranteed
obligations against loss in respect thereof, including any such obligations
incurred through an agreement, contingent or otherwise: (a) to purchase the
guaranteed obligations or any property constituting security therefor; (b) to
advance or supply funds for the purchase or payment of the guaranteed
obligations or to maintain a working capital or other balance sheet condition;
or (c) to lease property or to purchase any debt or equity securities or other
property or services.

                "Intercompany Accounts" means all assets and liabilities,
however arising, which are due to the Borrower from, which are due from the
Borrower to, or which otherwise arise from any transaction by the Borrower with,
any Affiliate.

                "Interest Free Period" means, with respect to any Vendor
Inventory Financing provided to the Borrower hereunder, the period between the
date the Vendor issues an invoice that is the subject of a Vendor Inventory
Financing Commitment and the date the Administrative Agent is to fund a
Revolving Loan to satisfy the Borrower's obligation to pay the Vendor



                                       13
<PAGE>   19

Inventory Financing Administrator with respect to such Vendor Inventory
Financing Commitment, as set forth with respect to such Vendor on Exhibit F.

                "Interest Period" means, as to any LIBOR Rate Loan, the period
commencing on the Funding Date of such Loan or on the Continuation/Conversion
Date on which the Loan is converted into or continued as a LIBOR Rate Loan, and
ending on the date one, two, or three months thereafter as selected by the
Borrower in its Notice of Borrowing or Notice of Continuation/Conversion;
provided that:

                        (i)     if any Interest Period would otherwise end on a
day that is not a Business Day, that Interest Period shall be extended to the
following Business Day unless the result of such extension would be to carry
such Interest Period into another calendar month, in which event such Interest
Period shall end on the preceding Business Day;

                        (ii)    any Interest Period pertaining to a LIBOR Rate
Loan that begins on the last Business Day of a calendar month (or on a day for
which there is no numerically corresponding day in the calendar month at the end
of such Interest Period) shall end on the last Business Day of the calendar
month at the end of such Interest Period; and

                        (iii)   no Interest Period shall extend beyond the
Stated Termination Date.

                "Interest Reserves" means all reserves that the Administrative
Agent, in its reasonable credit judgment, establishes from time to time for
accrued interest on the Obligations.

                "Interest Rate" means each or any of the interest rates,
including the Default Rate, set forth in Section 3.1.

                "Interest Rate Protection Agreement" means (a) any and all rate
swap transactions, basis swaps, forward rate transactions, commodity swaps,
commodity options, forward commodity contracts, equity or equity index swaps or
options, bond or bond price or bond index swaps or options or forward bond or
forward bond price or forward bond index transactions, interest rate options,
forward foreign exchange transactions, cap transactions, floor transactions,
collar transactions, currency swap transactions, cross-currency rate swap
transactions, currency options, or any other similar transactions or any
combination of any of the foregoing (including any options to enter into any of
the foregoing), whether or not any such transaction is governed by or subject to
any master agreement, or (b) any and all transactions of any kind, and the
related confirmations, which are subject to the terms and conditions of, or
governed by, any form of master agreement published by the International Swaps
and Derivatives Associations, Inc., or any other master agreement (any such
master agreement, together with any related schedules, as amended, restated,
extended, supplemented or otherwise modified in writing from time to time, a
"Master Agreement"), including but not limited to any such obligations or
liabilities under any Master Agreement.

                "Inventory" means all of the Borrower's now owned and hereafter
acquired inventory, goods and merchandise, wherever located, to be furnished
under any contract of service or held for sale or lease, all returned goods, raw
materials, other materials and supplies of any kind, nature or description which
are or might be consumed in the Borrower's business or used in connection with
the packing, shipping, advertising, selling or finishing of such goods,



                                       14
<PAGE>   20

merchandise and such other personal property, and all documents of title or
other documents representing them.

                "Investment Property" means all of the Borrower's right title
and interest in and to any and all: (a) securities whether certificated or
uncertificated; (b) securities entitlements; (c) securities accounts; (d)
commodity contracts; or (e) commodity accounts.

                "IRS" means the Internal Revenue Service and any Governmental
Authority succeeding to any of its principal functions under the Code.

                "Landlord Waiver Reserves" means any and all reserves
established by the Administrative Agent, commencing on the Closing Date for any
warehouse or store leased by Borrower, as lessee, in any state other than
California and Nevada, and commencing six months after the Closing Date for any
warehouse (other than Borrower's warehouse in Hayward, California leased from
Spieker Properties, L.P.) or store leased by Borrower, as lessee, in California
and Nevada, in an amount equal to the greater of (i) two months rent for each
such leased facility for which Borrower has failed to provide Administrative
Agent with an executed landlord waiver, in form and substance satisfactory to
Co-Agents, executed by the lessor of such facility, or (ii) the amount of
Borrower's delinquent rental obligations with respect to such facility, which
reserve shall remain in effect until Borrower causes such an acceptable,
executed landlord waiver to be delivered to Administrative Agent.

                "Latest Projections" means: (a) on the Closing Date and
thereafter until the Co-Agents receives new projections pursuant to Section
7.2(f), the projections of the Borrower's financial condition, results of
operations, and cash flow, for the period commencing on September 1, 1999 and
ending on September 30, 2002, and delivered to the Co-Agents prior to the
Closing Date; and (b) thereafter, the projections most recently received by the
Co-Agents pursuant to Section 7.2(f).

                "Lender" and "Lenders" have the meanings specified in the
introductory paragraph hereof and shall include the Administrative Agent to the
extent of any Administrative Agent Advance outstanding and the Bank to the
extent of any Non-Ratable Loan outstanding; provided that no such Administrative
Agent Advance or Non-Ratable Loan shall be taken into account in determining any
Lender's Pro Rata Share.

                "Letter of Credit" means a letter of credit issued or caused to
be issued for the account of the Borrower pursuant to Section 2.4.

                "Letter of Credit Fee" has the meaning specified in Section 3.6.

                "Letter of Credit Issuer" means the Bank, any affiliate of the
Bank or any other financial institution that issues any Letter of Credit
pursuant to this Agreement.

                "Leverage Ratio" means, for any date of determination, the ratio
of (i) Borrower's Funded Debt, excluding, for purposes of this definition,
Borrower's Obligations with respect to Vendor Inventory Financing Commitments,
as of the end of the Fiscal Quarter most recently ended, to (ii) Borrower's
EBITDA for the four quarter period most recently ended.



                                       15
<PAGE>   21

                "LIBOR Interest Payment Date" means, with respect to a LIBOR
Rate Loan, the last day of each Interest Period applicable to such Loan.

                "LIBOR Rate" means, for any Interest Period, with respect to
LIBOR Rate Loans, the rate of interest per annum determined pursuant to the
following formula:

                LIBOR Rate  =         Offshore Base Rate
                              ------------------------------------
                              1.00 - Eurodollar Reserve Percentage

                Where,

                        "Offshore Base Rate" means the rate per annum appearing
                on Telerate Page 3750 (or any successor page) as the London
                interbank offered rate for deposits in Dollars at approximately
                11:00 a.m. (London time) two Business Days prior to the first
                day of such Interest Period for a term comparable to such
                Interest Period. If for any reason such rate is not available,
                the Offshore Base Rate shall be, for any Interest Period, the
                rate per annum appearing on Reuters Screen LIBO Page as the
                London interbank offered rate for deposits in Dollars at
                approximately 11:00 a.m. (London time) two Business Days prior
                to the first day of such Interest Period for a term comparable
                to such Interest Period; provided, however, if more than one
                rate is specified on Reuters Screen LIBO Page, the applicable
                rate shall be the arithmetic mean of all such rates. If for any
                reason none of the foregoing rates is available, the Offshore
                Base Rate shall be, for any Interest Period, the rate per annum
                determined by Administrative Agent as the rate of interest at
                which dollar deposits in the approximate amount of the LIBOR
                Rate Loan comprising part of such Borrowing would be offered by
                the Administrative Agent's London Branch to major banks in the
                offshore dollar market at their request at or about 11:00 a.m.
                (London time) two Business Days prior to the first day of such
                Interest Period for a term comparable to such Interest Period.

                        "Eurodollar Reserve Percentage" means, for any day
                during any Interest Period, the reserve percentage (expressed as
                a decimal, rounded upward to the next 1/100th of 1%) in effect
                on such day applicable to member banks under regulations issued
                from time to time by the Federal Reserve Board for determining
                the maximum reserve requirement (including any emergency,
                supplemental or other marginal reserve requirement) with respect
                to Eurocurrency funding (currently referred to as "Eurocurrency
                liabilities"). The LIBOR Rate for each outstanding LIBOR Rate
                Loan shall be adjusted automatically as of the effective date of
                any change in the Eurodollar Reserve Percentage.

                "LIBOR Rate Loans" means a Revolving Loan during any period in
which it bears interest based on the LIBOR Rate.

                "Lien" means: (a) any interest in property securing an
obligation owed to, or a claim by, a Person other than the owner of the
property, whether such interest is based on the common law, statute, or
contract, and including a security interest, charge, claim, or lien arising



                                       16
<PAGE>   22

from a mortgage, deed of trust, encumbrance, pledge, hypothecation, assignment,
deposit arrangement, agreement, security agreement, conditional sale or trust
receipt or a lease, consignment or bailment for security purposes; (b) to the
extent not included under clause (a), any reservation, exception, encroachment,
easement, right-of-way, covenant, condition, restriction, lease or other title
exception or encumbrance affecting property; and (c) any contingent or other
agreement to provide any of the foregoing.

                "Loan Account" means the loan account of the Borrower, which
account shall be maintained by the Administrative Agent.

                "Loan Documents" means this Agreement, the Vendor Inventory
Financing Agreement, the Patent, Trademark and Copyright Security Agreements,
the Mortgages, the Parent Guaranty, and any other agreements, instruments, and
documents heretofore, now or hereafter evidencing, securing, guaranteeing or
otherwise relating to the Obligations, the Collateral, or any other aspect of
the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

                "Loans" means, collectively, all loans and advances provided for
in Article 2.

                "Majority Lenders" means at any time Lenders whose Pro Rata
Shares aggregate more than 50% as such percentage is determined under the
definition of Pro Rata Share set forth herein.

                "Margin Stock" means "margin stock" as such term is defined in
Regulation T, U or X of the Federal Reserve Board.

                "Material Adverse Effect" means (a) a material adverse change
in, or a material adverse effect upon, the operations, business, properties, or
financial condition of the Borrower or the Collateral; (b) a material impairment
of the ability of the Borrower to perform under any Loan Document and to avoid
any Event of Default; or (c) a material adverse effect upon the legality,
validity, binding effect or enforceability against the Borrower of any Loan
Document.

                "Maximum Revolver Amount" means $100,000,000.

                "Mortgages" means and includes any and all of the mortgages,
deeds of trust, deeds to secure debt, assignments and other instruments executed
and delivered by the Borrower to or for the benefit of the Administrative Agent
by which the Administrative Agent, on behalf of the Lenders and Co-Agents,
acquires a Lien on the Real Estate or a collateral assignment of the Borrower's
interest under leases of Real Estate, and all amendments, modifications and
supplements thereto.

                "Multi-employer Plan" means a "multi-employer plan" as defined
in Section 4001(a)(3) of ERISA which is or was at any time during the current
year or the immediately preceding six (6) years contributed to by the Borrower
or any ERISA Affiliate.

                "Non-Ratable Loan" and "Non-Ratable Loans" have the meanings
specified in Section 2.2(h).

                "Notice of Borrowing" has the meaning specified in Section
2.2(b).



                                       17
<PAGE>   23

                "Notice of Conversion/Continuation" has the meaning specified in
Section 3.2(b).

                "Obligations" means all present and future loans, advances,
liabilities, obligations, covenants, duties, and debts owing by the Borrower to
the any Co-Agent and/or any Lender, arising under or pursuant to this Agreement
or any of the other Loan Documents, whether or not evidenced by any note, or
other instrument or document, whether arising from an extension of credit,
opening of a letter of credit, acceptance, loan, guaranty, indemnification or
otherwise, whether direct or indirect, absolute or contingent, due or to become
due, primary or secondary, as principal or guarantor, and including all
principal, interest, charges, expenses, fees, attorneys' fees, filing fees and
any other sums chargeable to the Borrower hereunder or under any of the other
Loan Documents. "Obligations" includes, without limitation, (a) all debts,
liabilities, and obligations now or hereafter arising from or in connection with
the Vendor Inventory Financing, (b) all debts, liabilities, and obligations now
or hereafter arising from or in connection with the Letters of Credit, and (c)
all debts, liabilities and obligations now or hereafter arising from or in
connection with Bank Products.

                "Other Taxes" means any present or future stamp or documentary
taxes or any other excise or property taxes, charges or similar levies which
arise from any payment made hereunder or from the execution, delivery or
registration of, or otherwise with respect to, this Agreement or any other Loan
Documents.

                "Participant" means any Person who shall have been granted the
right by any Lender to participate in the financing provided by such Lender
under this Agreement, and who shall have entered into a participation agreement
in form and substance satisfactory to such Lender.

                "Parent" means The Good Guys, Inc., a Delaware corporation.

                "Parent Guaranty" means the Continuing Guaranty, Pledge and
Security Agreement dated as of the date hereof, executed and delivered by Parent
to the Administrative Agent for the benefit of the Co-Agents and the Lenders, to
guaranty all of the Borrower's present and obligations to any Co-Agent or any
Lender.

                "Patent, Trademark and Copyright Security Agreement" means the
Patent, Trademark and Copyright Security Agreement dated as of the date hereof,
executed and delivered by the Borrower to the Administrative Agent to evidence
and perfect the Administrative Agent's security interest in the Borrower's
present and future patents, trademarks, and related licenses and rights, for the
benefit of the Co-Agents and the Lenders.

                "Payment Account" means each bank account established pursuant
to Section 6.9, to which the proceeds of Accounts and other Collateral are
deposited or credited, and which is maintained in the name of the Administrative
Agent or the Borrower, as the Co-Agents may determine, on terms acceptable to
the Co-Agents.

                "PBGC" means the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation or any
Governmental Authority succeeding to the functions thereof.



                                       18
<PAGE>   24

                "Pending Revolving Loans" means, at any time, the aggregate
principal amount of all Revolving Loans requested in any Notice of Borrowing
received by the Co-Agents which have not yet been advanced.

                "Pension Plan" means a pension plan (as defined in Section 3(2)
of ERISA) subject to Title IV of ERISA which the Borrower sponsors, maintains,
or to which it makes, is making, or is obligated to make contributions, or in
the case of a Multiple-employer Plan has made contributions at any time during
the immediately preceding five (5) plan years.

                "Permitted Liens" means:

                (a)     Liens for taxes not delinquent or statutory Liens for
taxes in an amount not to exceed $1,000,000 provided that the payment of such
taxes which are due and payable is being contested in good faith and by
appropriate proceedings diligently pursued and as to which adequate financial
reserves have been established on Borrower's books and records and a stay of
enforcement of any such Lien is in effect;

                (b)     the Administrative Agent's Liens;

                (c)     Liens consisting of deposits made in the ordinary course
of business in connection with, or to secure payment of, obligations under
worker's compensation, unemployment insurance, social security and other similar
laws, or to secure the performance of bids, tenders or contracts (other than for
the repayment of borrowed money) or to secure indemnity, performance or other
similar bonds for the performance of bids, tenders or contracts (other than for
the repayment of borrowed money) or to secure statutory obligations (other than
liens arising under ERISA or Environmental Liens) or surety or appeal bonds, or
to secure indemnity, performance or other similar bonds;

                (d)     Liens securing the claims or demands of materialmen,
mechanics, carriers, warehousemen, landlords and other like Persons, provided
that if any such Lien arises from the nonpayment of such claims or demand when
due, such claims or demands do not exceed $200,000 in the aggregate;

                (e)     Liens constituting encumbrances in the nature of
reservations, exceptions, encroachments, easements, rights of way, covenants
running with the land, and other similar title exceptions or encumbrances
affecting any Real Estate, including any such items under that certain Lease
Agreement dated December 10, 1998 between the Borrower as Tenant and Commercial
Net Lease Realty, Inc. at Landlord with respect to the Borrower's facilities at
1731 East Bayshore Boulevard in East Palo Alto, California; provided that they
do not in the aggregate materially detract from the value of the Real Estate or
materially interfere with its use in the ordinary conduct of the Borrower's
business;

                (f)     Liens against Equipment leased by Borrower, as lessee,
under any operating lease, including Liens evidenced by protective UCC filings
in favor of lessors of such Equipment; and

                (g)     Liens arising from judgments and attachments in
connection with court proceedings provided that the attachment or enforcement of
such Liens would not result in an Event of Default hereunder and such Liens are
being contested in good faith by appropriate



                                       19
<PAGE>   25

proceedings, adequate reserves have been set aside and no material Property is
subject to a material risk of loss or forfeiture and the claims in respect of
such Liens are fully covered by insurance (subject to ordinary and customary
deductibles) and a stay of execution pending appeal or proceeding for review is
in effect.

                "Permitted Rentals" has the meaning specified in Section 9.243

                "Person" means any individual, sole proprietorship, partnership,
limited liability company, joint venture, trust, unincorporated organization,
association, corporation, Governmental Authority, or any other entity.

                "Plan" means an employee benefit plan (as defined in Section
3(3) of ERISA) which the Borrower sponsors or maintains or to which the Borrower
makes, is making, or is obligated to make contributions and includes any Pension
Plan.

                "Pro Rata Share" means, with respect to a Lender, a fraction
(expressed as a percentage), the numerator of which is the amount of such
Lender's Commitment and the denominator of which is the sum of the amounts of
all of the Lenders' Commitments, or if no Commitments are outstanding, a
fraction (expressed as a percentage), the numerator of which is the amount of
Obligations owed to such Lender and the denominator of which is the aggregate
amount of the Obligations owed to the Lenders, in each case giving effect to a
Lender's participation in Non-Ratable Loans and Administrative Agent Advances.

                "Proprietary Rights" means all of the Borrower's now owned and
hereafter arising or acquired: licenses, franchises, permits, patents, patent
rights, copyrights, works which are the subject matter of copyrights,
trademarks, service marks, trade names, trade styles, patent, trademark and
service mark applications, and all licenses and rights related to any of the
foregoing, including those patents, trademarks, service marks, trade names and
copyrights set forth on Schedule 8.13 hereto, and all other rights under any of
the foregoing, all extensions, renewals, reissues, divisions, continuations, and
continuations-in-part of any of the foregoing, and all rights to sue for past,
present and future infringement of any of the foregoing.

                "Real Estate" means all of the Borrower's now or hereafter owned
or leased estates in real property, including, without limitation, all fees,
leaseholds and future interests, together with all of the Borrower's now or
hereafter owned or leased interests in the improvements and emblements thereon,
the fixtures attached thereto and the easements appurtenant thereto.

                "Recovery Value" means, with respect to all Categories of
Eligible Inventory, collectively, at any time, the sum of: (i) the sum of the
respective values for each Category of Eligible Inventory obtained by
multiplying (a) the gross value of such Category of Eligible Inventory (at the
lower of cost (determined on a FIFO basis) or market), by (b) the percentage
applicable to such Category of Eligible Inventory as set forth on Exhibit B (as
Exhibit B may be modified or restated after the Closing Date pursuant to Section
6.5); minus (ii) the General Ledger Variance Reserve; minus (iii) the estimated
liquidation expenses that Administrative Agent would incur in liquidating such
Eligible Inventory, in an amount equal to the sum of the amount in clause (i)
minus the amount stated in clause (ii) above, multiplied by the percentage
applicable to such liquidation expenses as set forth on Exhibit B (as Exhibit B
may be modified



                                       20
<PAGE>   26

or restated after the Closing Date pursuant to Section 6.5); minus (iv) the
Shrinkage and Obsolescence Reserve.

                "Release" means a release, spill, emission, leaking, pumping,
injection, deposit, disposal, discharge, dispersal, leaching or migration of a
Contaminant into the indoor or outdoor environment or into or out of any Real
Estate or other property, including the movement of Contaminants through or in
the air, soil, surface water, groundwater or Real Estate or other property.

                "Rentals" has the meaning specified in Section 9.23.

                "Reportable Event" means, any of the events set forth in Section
4043(b) of ERISA or the regulations thereunder, other than any such event for
which the 30-day notice requirement under ERISA has been waived in regulations
issued by the PBGC.

                "Requirement of Law" means, as to any Person, any law (statutory
or common), treaty, rule or regulation or determination of an arbitrator or of a
Governmental Authority, in each case applicable to or binding upon the Person or
any of its property or to which the Person or any of its property is subject.

                "Responsible Officer" means the chief executive officer or the
president of the Borrower, or any other officer having substantially the same
authority and responsibility; or, with respect to compliance with financial
covenants and the preparation of the Borrowing Base Certificate, the chief
financial officer, treasurer, or vice president -- finance of the Borrower, or
any other officer having substantially the same authority and responsibility.

                "Restricted Investment" means, as to the Borrower, any
acquisition of property by the Borrower in exchange for cash or other property,
whether in the form of an acquisition of stock, debt, or other indebtedness or
obligation, or a loan, advance, capital contribution, or subscription, except
the following: (a) acquisitions of Equipment to be used in the business of the
Borrower; (b) acquisitions of Inventory in the ordinary course of business of
the Borrower; (c) acquisitions of Current Assets acquired in the ordinary course
of business of the Borrower; (d) loans or advances to employees of Borrower for
the one-time, non-recurring travel and relocation expenses for such employees,
provided that the aggregate amount of such loans and advances outstanding at any
time shall not exceed $250,000; (e) direct obligations of the United States of
America, or any agency thereof, or obligations guaranteed by the United States
of America, provided that such obligations mature within one year from the date
of acquisition thereof; (f) acquisitions of certificates of deposit maturing
within one year from the date of acquisition, bankers' acceptances, Eurodollar
bank deposits, or overnight bank deposits, in each case issued by, created by,
or with a bank or trust company organized under the laws of the United States of
America or any state thereof having capital and surplus aggregating at least
$100,000,000; (g) acquisitions of commercial paper given a rating of "A2" or
better by Standard & Poor's Corporation or "P2" or better by Moody's Investors
Service, Inc. and maturing not more than 90 days from the date of creation
thereof; and (h) Interest Rate Protection Agreements.

                "Revolving Loans" has the meaning specified in Section 2.2 and
includes each Administrative Agent Advance and Non-Ratable Loan.



                                       21
<PAGE>   27

                "Revolving Notes" means the Revolving Notes executed and to be
executed by the Borrower in favor of each Lender to evidence the Borrower's
promise to repay the Revolving Loans to each Lender.

                "Schedule of Documents" means the Schedule of Documents attached
hereto as Exhibit C, which lists the Loan Documents and other documents,
instruments, and agreements to be delivered in connection with this Agreement
before, on, or after the Closing Date.

                "Settlement" and "Settlement Date" have the meanings specified
in Section 2.2(j)(i).

                "Shrinkage and Obsolescence Reserve" means a reserve for
Inventory shrinkage and obsolescence determined by Administrative Agent, after
consultation among Co-Agents in their reasonable credit judgment, based, in
part, on the shrink reports to be provided by Borrower to Co-Agents pursuant to
Section 6.7, as set forth on Exhibit B (as Exhibit B may be modified or restated
after the Closing Date pursuant to Section 6.5)

                "Solvent" means when used with respect to any Person that at the
time of determination:

                        (i)     the assets of such Person, at a fair valuation,
        are in excess of the total amount of its debts (including contingent
        liabilities); and

                        (ii)    the present fair saleable value of its assets is
        greater than its probable liability on its existing debts as such debts
        become absolute and matured; and

                        (iii)   it is then able and expects to be able to pay
        its debts (including contingent debts and other commitments) as they
        mature; and

                        (iv)    it has capital sufficient to carry on its
        business as conducted and as proposed to be conducted.

For purposes of determining whether a Person is Solvent, the amount of any
contingent liability shall be computed as the amount that, in light of all the
facts and circumstances existing at such time, represents the amount that can
reasonably be expected to become an actual or matured liability.

                "Stated Termination Date" means September 30, 2002.

                "Subsidiary" of a Person means any corporation, association,
partnership, joint venture or other business entity of which more than fifty
percent (50%) of the voting stock or other equity interests (in the case of
Persons other than corporations), is owned or controlled directly or indirectly
by the Person, or one or more of the Subsidiaries of the Person, or a
combination thereof. Unless the context otherwise clearly requires, references
herein to a "Subsidiary" refer to a Subsidiary of the Borrower.

                "Taxes" means any and all present or future taxes, levies,
imposts, deductions, charges or withholdings, and all liabilities with respect
thereto, excluding, in the case of each Lender and each Co-Agent, such taxes
(including income taxes or franchise taxes) as are



                                       22
<PAGE>   28

imposed on or measured by each Lender's or each Co-Agent's net income by the
jurisdiction (or any political subdivision thereof) under the laws of which such
Lender or such Co-Agent, as the case may be, is organized or maintains a lending
office.

                "Termination Date" means the earliest to occur of (i) the Stated
Termination Date, (ii) the date the Total Facility is terminated either by the
Borrower pursuant to Section 4.2 or by the Majority Lenders pursuant to Section
11.2, and (iii) the date this Agreement is otherwise terminated for any reason
whatsoever.

                "Total Facility" has the meaning specified in Section 2.1.

                "UCC" means the Uniform Commercial Code (or any successor
statute) of the State of California or of any other state the laws of which are
required by Section 9103 thereof to be applied in connection with the issue of
perfection of security interests.

                "Unfunded Pension Liability" means the excess of a Plan's
benefit liabilities under Section 4001(a)(16) of ERISA, over the current value
of that Plan's assets, determined in accordance with the assumptions used for
funding the Pension Plan pursuant to Section 412 of the Code for the applicable
plan year.

                "Unused Letter of Credit Subfacility" means an amount equal to
$10,000,000 minus the sum of (a) the aggregate undrawn amount of all outstanding
Letters of Credit plus (b) the aggregate unpaid reimbursement obligations with
respect to all Letters of Credit.

                "Unused Line Fee" has the meaning specified in Section 3.6.

                "Unused Vendor Inventory Financing Subfacility" means (i) at any
time during the period from October 1 through December 15 of any year, an amount
equal to $40,000,000, and (ii) at all other times during any year an amount
equal to $30,000,000, in each case minus the aggregate amount of all Vendor
Inventory Financing Commitments.

                "Vendor" means any Person that sells merchandise to the Borrower
on a wholesale basis and has entered into a Vendor Inventory Financing Agreement
with the Vendor Inventory Financing Administrator.

                "Vendor Inventory Financing Fee" has the meaning specified in
Section 3.5.

                "Vendor Inventory Financing" means financing provided to or for
the account of the Borrower pursuant to any Vendor Inventory Financing Agreement
and Section 2.3.

                "Vendor Inventory Financing Administrator" means Bank, as the
financing source under any Vendor Inventory Financing Agreement, and as
administrator of the Vendor Inventory Financing provided under any Vendor
Inventory Financing Agreement.

                "Vendor Inventory Financing Agreement" means any floor plan
repurchase agreement or other similar agreement approved by the Co-Agents
between the Vendor Inventory Financing Administrator and any vendor selling
Inventory to Borrower.



                                       23
<PAGE>   29

                "Vendor Inventory Financing Commitments" means, at any time, the
aggregate amount that the Vendor Inventory Financing Administrator is obligated
to pay to any and all vendors under all Vendor Inventory Financing Agreements.

                "Vendor Inventory Financing Reserves" means the reserves
established by the Administrative Agent from time to time in an amount equal to
the aggregate amount of Vendor Inventory Financing Commitments.

                "Year 2000 Compliant" means, as to any Person, that all
equipment, machinery, software, hardware, or other date sensitive technology
systems, utilized by and material to the business operations or financial
condition of such Person, will properly recognize and perform date sensitive
functions involving dates before, during, and after the year 2000.

        1.2     Accounting and UCC Terms. Any accounting term used in this
Agreement shall have, unless otherwise specifically provided herein, the meaning
customarily given in accordance with GAAP, and all financial computations
hereunder shall be computed, unless otherwise specifically provided herein, in
accordance with GAAP as consistently applied and using the same method for
inventory valuation as used in the preparation of the Financial Statements. Any
term used in this Agreement that is defined in Division 9 of the California
Commercial Code shall have, unless otherwise specifically provided herein, the
meaning assigned thereto in Division 9 of the California Commercial Code.

        1.3     Interpretive Provisions.

                (a)     The meanings of defined terms are equally applicable to
the singular and plural forms of the defined terms.

                (b)     The phrase "after consultation among Co-Agents," when
used with respect to any determination made or to be made by Administrative
Agent or any discretion exercised or exercisable by Administrative Agent, shall
mean that (i) Administrative Agent may make and continue to make such
determination or exercise such discretion unilaterally unless and until
contacted by either Co-Agent with respect to such matter, (ii) either Co-Agent
may contact the other to discuss any such matter (but shall have no obligation
to contact the other) at any time, (iii) if either Co-Agent initiates such
contact then the Co-Agents shall discuss such matter, and (iv) if the Co-Agents
fail to reach agreement on such matter then the Administrative Agent shall
thereafter make such determination or exercise such discretion in the manner
proposed by the Co-Agent asserting the more conservative credit judgment.

                (c)     The words "hereof," "herein," "hereunder" and similar
words refer to this Agreement as a whole and not to any particular provision of
this Agreement; and Subsection, Section, Schedule and Exhibit references are to
this Agreement unless otherwise specified.

                (d)     (i) The term "documents" includes any and all
instruments, documents, agreements, certificates, indentures, notices and other
writings, however evidenced.

                        (ii)    The term "including" is not limiting and means
"including without limitation."



                                       24
<PAGE>   30

                        (iii)   In the computation of periods of time from a
specified date to a later specified date, the word "from" means "from and
including," the words "to" and "until" each mean "to but excluding" and the word
"through" means "to and including."

                (e)     Unless otherwise expressly provided herein, (i)
references to agreements (including this Agreement) and other contractual
instruments shall be deemed to include all subsequent amendments and other
modifications thereto, but only to the extent such amendments and other
modifications are not prohibited by the terms of any Loan Document, and (ii)
references to any statute or regulation are to be construed as including all
statutory and regulatory provisions consolidating, amending, replacing,
supplementing or interpreting the statute or regulation.

                (f)     The captions and headings of this Agreement are for
convenience of reference only and shall not affect the interpretation of this
Agreement.

                (g)     This Agreement and other Loan Documents may use several
different limitations, tests or measurements to regulate the same or similar
matters. All such limitations, tests and measurements are cumulative and shall
each be performed in accordance with their terms.

                (h)     This Agreement and the other Loan Documents are the
result of negotiations among and have been reviewed by counsel to each of the
Co-Agents, the Borrower and the other parties, and are the products of all
parties. Accordingly, they shall not be construed against the Lenders or either
of the Co-Agents merely because of such Co-Agent's or Lenders' involvement in
their preparation.

                                    ARTICLE 2

            LOANS, LETTERS OF CREDIT, AND VENDOR INVENTORY FINANCING

        2.1     Total Facility. Subject to all of the terms and conditions of
this Agreement, the Lenders severally agree to make available a total credit
facility of up to $100,000,000 (the "Total Facility") for the Borrower's use
from time to time during the term of this Agreement. The Total Facility shall be
composed of a revolving line of credit consisting of Revolving Loans, Vendor
Inventory Financing, and Letters of Credit up to the Borrowing Base, as
described in Sections 2.2, 2.3 and 2.4.

        2.2     Revolving Loans.

                (a)     Amounts. Subject to the satisfaction of the conditions
precedent set forth in Article 10, each Lender severally, but not jointly,
agrees, upon the Borrower's request from time to time on any Business Day during
the period from the Closing Date to the Termination Date, to make revolving
loans (the "Revolving Loans") to the Borrower in amounts not to exceed (except
for the Bank with respect to Non-Ratable Loans or for the Administrative Agent
with respect to Administrative Agent Advances) such Lender's Pro Rata Share of
the Borrowing Base. The Lenders, however, in their unanimous discretion, may
elect to make Revolving Loans, provide Vendor Inventory Financing, or issue or
arrange to have issued Letters of Credit in excess of the Availability on one or
more occasions, but if they do so, neither the Co-Agents nor the Lenders shall
be deemed thereby to have changed the limits of the Borrowing Base or to be



                                       25
<PAGE>   31

obligated to exceed such limits on any other occasion. If the Aggregate Revolver
Outstandings exceed the Borrowing Base, the Lenders may refuse to make or
otherwise restrict the making of Revolving Loans as the Lenders determine until
such excess has been eliminated, subject to the Administrative Agent's
authority, in its sole discretion, to make Administrative Agent Advances
pursuant to the terms of Section 2.2(i).

                (b)     Procedure for Borrowing.

                        (1)     Each Borrowing shall be made upon the Borrower's
irrevocable written notice delivered to the Administrative Agent in the form of
a notice of borrowing in the form attached hereto as Exhibit D ("Notice of
Borrowing") together with a Borrowing Base Certificate reflecting sufficient
Availability, (which must be received by the Administrative Agent (i) no later
than 10:00 a.m. (California time) three Business Days prior to the requested
Funding Date, in the case of LIBOR Rate Loans and (ii) no later than 10:00 a.m.
on the requested Funding Date, in the case of Base Rate Loans, specifying:

                                (A)     the amount of the Borrowing;

                                (B)     the requested Funding Date, which shall
be a Business Day;

                                (C)     whether the Revolving Loans requested
are to be Base Rate Loans or LIBOR Rate Loans (and if not specified, it shall be
deemed a request for a Base Rate Loan); and

                                (D)     the duration of the Interest Period if
the requested Revolving Loans are to be LIBOR Rate Loans. If the Notice of
Borrowing fails to specify the duration of the Interest Period for any Borrowing
comprised of LIBOR Rate Loans, such Interest Period shall be one month;

provided, that with respect to the Borrowing to be made on the Closing Date,
such Borrowings will consist of Base Rate Loans only.

                        (2)     With respect to any request for Base Rate Loans,
in lieu of delivering the above-described Notice of Borrowing the Borrower may
give the Administrative Agent telephonic notice of such request by the required
time, with such telephonic notice to be confirmed in writing within 24 hours of
the giving of such notice but the Administrative Agent at all times shall be
entitled to rely on the telephonic notice in making such Revolving Loans,
regardless of whether any such confirmation is received by Administrative Agent.

                        (3)     The Borrower shall have no right to request a
LIBOR Rate Loan while a Default or Event of Default has occurred and is
continuing.

                (c)     Reliance upon Authority. The Borrower shall deliver to
the Administrative Agent, prior to the Closing Date, a writing setting forth the
account of the Borrower to which the Administrative Agent is authorized to
transfer the proceeds of the Revolving Loans requested pursuant to this Section
2.2, which account shall be reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent.
The Administrative Agent shall be entitled to rely conclusively on any person's
request for Revolving Loans on behalf of the Borrower, the proceeds of which are
to be transferred to the account specified by the Borrower pursuant to the



                                       26
<PAGE>   32

immediately preceding sentence, until the Administrative Agent receives written
notice from the Borrower that the proceeds of the Revolving Loans are to be sent
to a different account. The Administrative Agent shall have no duty to verify
the identity of any individual representing him or herself as a person
authorized by the Borrower to make such requests on its behalf.

                (d)     No Liability. The Administrative Agent shall not incur
any liability to the Borrower as a result of acting upon any notice referred to
in Sections 2.2(b) and (c), which notice the Administrative Agent believes in
good faith to have been given by an officer or other person duly authorized by
the Borrower to request Revolving Loans on its behalf or for otherwise acting in
good faith under this Section 2.2, and the crediting of Revolving Loans to the
Borrower's deposit account, or transmittal to such Person as the Borrower shall
direct, shall conclusively establish the obligation of the Borrower to repay
such Revolving Loans as provided herein.

                (e)     Notice Irrevocable. Any Notice of Borrowing (or
telephonic notice in lieu thereof) made pursuant to Section 2.2(b) shall be
irrevocable and the Borrower shall be bound to borrow the funds requested
therein in accordance therewith.

                (f)     Administrative Agent's Election. Promptly after receipt
of a Notice of Borrowing (or telephonic notice in lieu thereof) pursuant to
Section 2.2(b), the Administrative Agent shall elect, in its discretion, (i) to
have the terms of Section 2.2(g) apply to such requested Borrowing, or (ii) to
request the Bank to make a Non-Ratable Loan pursuant to the terms of Section
2.2(h) in the amount of the requested Borrowing; provided, however, that if the
Bank declines in its sole discretion to make a Non-Ratable Loan pursuant to
Section 2.2(h), the Administrative Agent shall elect to have the terms of
Section 2.2(g) apply to such requested Borrowing.

                (g)     Making of Revolving Loans.

                        (i)     In the event that the Administrative Agent shall
elect to have the terms of this Section 2.2(g) apply to a requested Borrowing as
described in Section 2.2(f), then after receipt of a Notice of Borrowing or
telephonic notice pursuant to Section 2.2(b), but not later than 11:00 a.m.
(California time), the Administrative Agent shall notify the Lenders by
telecopy, telephone or other similar form of transmission, of the requested
Borrowing. Each Lender shall make the amount of such Lender's Pro Rata Share of
the requested Borrowing available to the Administrative Agent in immediately
available funds, to such account of the Administrative Agent as the
Administrative Agent may designate, not later than 11:30 a.m., (California time)
on the Funding Date applicable thereto. After the Administrative Agent's receipt
of the proceeds of such Revolving Loans, the Administrative Agent shall make the
proceeds of such Revolving Loans available to the Borrower on the applicable
Funding Date by transferring same day funds equal to the proceeds of such
Revolving Loans received by the Administrative Agent to the account of the
Borrower, designated in writing by the Borrower and acceptable to the
Administrative Agent; provided, however, that the amount of Revolving Loans so
made on any date shall in no event exceed the Availability on such date.

                        (ii)    Unless the Administrative Agent receives notice
from a Lender on or prior to the Closing Date or, with respect to any Borrowing
after the Closing Date, at least one Business Day prior to the date of such
Borrowing, that such Lender will not make available as and when required
hereunder to the Administrative Agent for the account of the Borrower the



                                       27
<PAGE>   33

amount of that Lender's Pro Rata Share of the Borrowing, the Administrative
Agent may assume that each Lender has made such amount available to the
Administrative Agent in immediately available funds on the Funding Date and the
Administrative Agent may (but shall not be so required), in reliance upon such
assumption, make available to the Borrower on such date a corresponding amount.
If and to the extent any Lender shall not have made its full amount available to
the Administrative Agent in immediately available funds and the Administrative
Agent in such circumstances has made available to the Borrower such amount, that
Lender shall on the Business Day following such Funding Date make such amount
available to the Administrative Agent, together with interest at the Federal
Funds Rate for each day during such period. A notice by the Administrative Agent
submitted to any Lender with respect to amounts owing under this subsection
shall be conclusive, absent manifest error. If such amount is so made available,
such payment to the Administrative Agent shall constitute such Lender's
Revolving Loan for all purposes of this Agreement. If such amount is not made
available to the Administrative Agent on the Business Day following the Funding
Date, the Administrative Agent will notify the Borrower of such failure to fund
and, upon demand by the Administrative Agent, the Borrower shall pay such amount
to the Administrative Agent for the Administrative Agent's account, together
with interest thereon for each day elapsed since the date of such Borrowing, at
a rate per annum equal to the Interest Rate applicable at the time to the
Revolving Loans comprising such Borrowing. The failure of any Lender to make any
Revolving Loan on any Funding Date (any such Lender, prior to the cure of such
failure, being hereinafter referred to as a "Defaulting Lender") shall not
relieve any other Lender of any obligation hereunder to make a Revolving Loan on
such Funding Date, but no Lender shall be responsible for the failure of any
other Lender to make the Revolving Loan to be made by such other Lender on any
Funding Date.

                        (iii)   The Administrative Agent shall not be obligated
to transfer to a Defaulting Lender any payments made by Borrower to the
Administrative Agent for the Defaulting Lender's benefit; nor shall a Defaulting
Lender be entitled to the sharing of any payments hereunder. Amounts payable to
a Defaulting Lender shall instead be paid to or retained by the Administrative
Agent. The Administrative Agent may hold and, in its discretion, re-lend to
Borrower the amount of all such payments received or retained by it for the
account of such Defaulting Lender. Any amounts so re-lent to the Borrower shall
bear interest at the rate applicable to Base Rate Loans and for all other
purposes of this Agreement shall be treated as if they were Revolving Loans;
provided, however, that for purposes of voting or consenting to matters with
respect to the Loan Documents and determining Pro Rata Shares, such Defaulting
Lender shall be deemed not to be a "Lender". Until a Defaulting Lender cures its
failure to fund its Pro Rata Share of any Borrowing (A) such Defaulting Lender
shall not be entitled to any portion of the Unused Line Fee and (B) the Unused
Line Fee shall accrue in favor of the Lenders which have funded their respective
Pro Rata Shares of such requested Borrowing and shall be allocated among such
performing Lenders ratably based upon their relative Commitments. This Section
shall remain effective with respect to such Lender until such time as the
Defaulting Lender shall no longer be in default of any of its obligations under
this Agreement. The terms of this Section shall not be construed to increase or
otherwise affect the Commitment of any Lender, or relieve or excuse the
performance by the Borrower of its duties and obligations hereunder.

                (h)     Making of Non-Ratable Loans.



                                       28
<PAGE>   34

                        (i)     In the event the Administrative Agent shall
elect, with the consent of the Bank, to have the terms of this Section 2.2(h)
apply to a requested Borrowing as described in Section 2.2(f), the Bank shall
make a Revolving Loan in the amount of such Borrowing (any such Revolving Loan
made solely by the Bank pursuant to this Section 2.2(h) being referred to as a
"Non-Ratable Loan" and such Revolving Loans being referred to collectively as
"Non-Ratable Loans") available to the Borrower on the Funding Date applicable
thereto by transferring same day funds to an account of the Borrower, designated
in writing by the Borrower and acceptable to the Administrative Agent. Each
Non-Ratable Loan shall be subject to all the terms and conditions applicable to
other Revolving Loans except that all payments thereon shall be payable to the
Bank solely for its own account (and for the account of the holder of any
participation interest with respect to such Revolving Loan). The Administrative
Agent shall not request the Bank to make any Non-Ratable Loan if (A) the
Administrative Agent shall have received written notice from any Lender that one
or more of the applicable conditions precedent set forth in Article 10 will not
be satisfied on the requested Funding Date for the applicable Borrowing, or (B)
the requested Borrowing would exceed the Availability on such Funding Date. The
Administrative Agent shall not otherwise be required to determine whether the
applicable conditions precedent set forth in Article 10 have been satisfied or
the requested Borrowing would exceed the Availability on the Funding Date
applicable thereto prior to making, in its sole discretion, any Non-Ratable
Loan.

                        (ii)    The Non-Ratable Loans shall be secured by the
Administrative Agent's Liens in and to the Collateral, shall constitute
Revolving Loans and Obligations hereunder, and shall bear interest at the rate
applicable to the Revolving Loans from time to time.

                (i)     Administrative Agent Advances.

                        (i)     Subject to the limitations set forth in the
provisos contained in this Section 2.2(i), the Administrative Agent is hereby
authorized by the Borrower and the Lenders, upon the consent of the Co-Agents,
(A) after the occurrence of a Default or an Event of Default, or (B) at any time
that any of the other applicable conditions precedent set forth in Article 10
have not been satisfied, to make Base Rate Loans to the Borrower on behalf of
the Lenders that the Co-Agents, in their reasonable business judgment, deems
necessary or desirable (1) to preserve or protect the Collateral, or any portion
thereof, (2) to enhance the likelihood of, or maximize the amount of, repayment
of the Loans and other Obligations, or (3) to pay any other amount chargeable to
the Borrower pursuant to the terms of this Agreement, including costs, fees and
expenses as described in Section 15.7 (any of the advances described in this
Section 2.2(i) being hereinafter referred to as "Administrative Agent
Advances"); provided, that the Majority Lenders may at any time revoke the
Administrative Agent's authorization contained in this Section 2.2(i) to make
Administrative Agent Advances, any such revocation to be in writing and to
become effective prospectively upon the Administrative Agent's receipt thereof;

                        (ii)    The Administrative Agent Advances shall be
repayable on demand and secured by the Administrative Agent's Liens in and to
the Collateral, shall constitute Revolving Loans and Obligations hereunder, and
shall bear interest at the rate applicable to Base Rate Loans from time to time.
The Administrative Agent shall notify each Lender in writing of each such
Administrative Agent Advance.



                                       29
<PAGE>   35

                (j)     Settlement. It is agreed that each Lender's funded
portion of the Revolving Loans is intended by the Lenders to be equal at all
times to such Lender's Pro Rata Share of the outstanding Revolving Loans.
Notwithstanding such agreement, the Co-Agents, the Bank, and the other Lenders
agree (which agreement shall not be for the benefit of or enforceable by the
Borrower) that in order to facilitate the administration of this Agreement and
the other Loan Documents, settlement among them as to the Revolving Loans, the
Non-Ratable Loans and the Administrative Agent Advances shall take place on a
periodic basis in accordance with the following provisions:

                        (i)     The Administrative Agent shall request
settlement ("Settlement") with the Lenders on at least a weekly basis, or on a
more frequent basis if so determined by the Administrative Agent, (A) on behalf
of the Bank, with respect to each outstanding Non-Ratable Loan,(B) for itself,
with respect to each Administrative Agent Advance, and (C) with respect to
collections received, in each case, by notifying the Lenders of such requested
Settlement by telecopy, telephone or other similar form of transmission, of such
requested Settlement, no later than 10:00 a.m. (California time) on the date of
such requested Settlement (the "Settlement Date"). Each Lender (other than the
Bank, in the case of Non-Ratable Loans and the Administrative Agent in the case
of Administrative Agent Advances) shall make the amount of such Lender's Pro
Rata Share of the outstanding principal amount of the Non-Ratable Loans and
Administrative Agent Advances with respect to which Settlement is requested
available to the Administrative Agent, to such account of the Administrative
Agent as the Administrative Agent may designate, not later than 11:30 a.m.
(California time), on the Settlement Date applicable thereto, which may occur
before or after the occurrence or during the continuation of a Default or an
Event of Default and whether or not the applicable conditions precedent set
forth in Article 10 have then been satisfied. Such amounts made available to the
Administrative Agent shall be applied against the amounts of the applicable
Non-Ratable Loan or Administrative Agent Advance and, together with the portion
of such Non-Ratable Loan or Administrative Agent Advance representing the Bank's
Pro Rata Share thereof, shall constitute Revolving Loans of such Lenders. If any
such amount is not made available to the Administrative Agent by any Lender on
the Settlement Date applicable thereto, the Administrative Agent shall, (A) on
behalf of the Bank, with respect to each outstanding Non-Ratable Loan, and (B)
for itself, with respect to each Agent Advance, be entitled to recover such
amount on demand from such Lender together with interest thereon at the Federal
Funds Rate for the first three (3) days from and after the Settlement Date and
thereafter at the Interest Rate then applicable to Base Rate Loans.

                        (ii)    Notwithstanding the foregoing, not more than one
(1) Business Day after demand is made by the Administrative Agent (whether
before or after the occurrence of a Default or an Event of Default and
regardless of whether the Administrative Agent has requested a Settlement with
respect to a Non-Ratable Loan of Administrative Agent Advance), each other
Lender (A) shall irrevocably and unconditionally purchase and receive from the
Bank or the Administrative Agent, as applicable, without recourse or warranty,
an undivided interest and participation in such Non-Ratable Loan or
Administrative Agent Advance equal to such Lender's Pro Rata Share of such
Non-Ratable Loan or Administrative Agent Advance, and (B) if Settlement has not
previously occurred with respect to such Non-Ratable Loan or Administrative
Agent Advance, upon demand by Bank, shall pay to Bank, as the purchase price of
such participation an amount equal to one-hundred percent (100%) of such
Lender's Pro Rata Share of such Non-Ratable Loan or Administrative Agent
Advance. If such amount is not in fact made available to the Administrative
Agent by any Lender, the Administrative Agent shall be entitled



                                       30
<PAGE>   36

to recover such amount on demand from such Lender together with interest thereon
at the Federal Funds Rate for the first three (3) days from and after such
demand and thereafter at the Interest Rate then applicable to Base Rate Loans.

                        (iii)   From and after the date, if any, on which any
Lender purchases an undivided interest and participation in any Non-Ratable Loan
or Administrative Agent Advance pursuant to subsection (ii) above, the
Administrative Agent shall promptly distribute to such Lender, such Lender's Pro
Rata Share of all payments of principal and interest and all proceeds of
Collateral received by the Administrative Agent in respect of such Non-Ratable
Loan or Administrative Agent Advance.

                        (iv)    Between Settlement Dates, the Administrative
Agent, to the extent no Administrative Agent Advances are outstanding, may pay
over to the Bank any payments received by the Administrative Agent, which in
accordance with the terms of this Agreement would be applied to the reduction of
the Revolving Loans, for application to the Bank's Revolving Loans including
Non-Ratable Loans. If, as of any Settlement Date, collections received since the
then immediately preceding Settlement Date have been applied to the Bank's
Revolving Loans (other than to Non-Ratable Loans or Administrative Agent
Advances in which such Lender has not yet funded its purchase of a participation
pursuant to subsection (ii) above), as provided for in the previous sentence,
the Bank shall pay to the Administrative Agent for the accounts of the Lenders,
to be applied to the outstanding Revolving Loans of such Lenders, an amount such
that each Lender shall, upon receipt of such amount, have, as of such Settlement
Date, its Pro Rata Share of the Revolving Loans. During the period between
Settlement Dates, the Bank with respect to Non-Ratable Loans, the Administrative
Agent with respect to Administrative Agent Advances, and each Lender with
respect to the Revolving Loans other than Non-Ratable Loans, shall be entitled
to interest at the applicable rate or rates payable under this Agreement on the
actual average daily amount of funds employed by the Bank, the Administrative
Agent and the other Lenders.

                (k)     Notation. The Administrative Agent shall record on its
books the principal amount of the Revolving Loans owing to each Lender,
including the Non-Ratable Loans owing to the Bank , and the Administrative Agent
Advances owing to the Administrative Agent, from time to time. In addition, each
Lender is authorized, at such Lender's option, to note the date and amount of
each payment or prepayment of principal of such Lender's Revolving Loans in its
books and records, including computer records, such books and records
constituting presumptive evidence, absent manifest error, of the accuracy of the
information contained therein.

                (l)     Lenders' Failure to Perform. All Revolving Loans (other
than Non-Ratable Loans and Administrative Agent Advances) shall be made by the
Lenders simultaneously and in accordance with their Pro Rata Shares. It is
understood that (i) no Lender shall be responsible for any failure by any other
Lender to perform its obligation to make any Revolving Loans hereunder, nor
shall any Commitment of any Lender be increased or decreased as a result of any
failure by any other Lender to perform its obligation to make any Revolving
Loans hereunder, (ii) no failure by any Lender to perform its obligation to make
any Revolving Loans hereunder shall excuse any other Lender from its obligation
to make any Revolving Loans hereunder, and (iii) the obligations of each Lender
hereunder shall be several, not joint and several.



                                       31
<PAGE>   37

        2.3     Vendor Inventory Financing.

                (a)     Agreement to Issue or Cause To Issue. Subject to the
terms and conditions of this Agreement and each Vendor Inventory Financing
Agreement, and in reliance upon the representations and warranties of the
Borrower set forth herein, the Vendor Inventory Financing Administrator shall
provide Vendor Inventory Financing for the account of the Borrower pursuant to
such Vendor Inventory Financing Agreement, and the Administrative Agent and
Lenders shall provide Revolving Loans to fund the Borrower's payment of its
obligations to the Vendor Inventory Financing Administrator, in accordance with
this Section 2.3 from time to time during the term of this Agreement.

                (b)     Procedure for Obtaining Vendor Inventory Financing.
Subject to the terms and conditions of this Section 2.3, the Borrower may obtain
Vendor Inventory Financing using the following procedures: (i) the Borrower may
submit a purchase order, either manually or under an automatic replenishment
program, to a Vendor; (ii) such Vendor may either request from the Vendor
Inventory Financing Administrator a specific credit approval for such purchase
order, or obtain an automatic approval for Vendor Inventory Financing
Commitments up to a specified amount; (iii) the Vendor Inventory Financing
Administrator shall issue to the Vendor a shipment approval number for such
purchase order, either manually or under an automatic approval program, as
provided below; (iv) such Vendor shall deliver to the Borrower the Inventory
called for under such purchase order and shall deliver to the Vendor Inventory
Financing Administrator the original invoice for such Inventory, and shall
deliver a copy of such invoice to the Borrower; (v) the Vendor Inventory
Financing Administrator shall pay to the Vendor such invoice, net of any
applicable funding discount agreed to by such Vendor under the relevant Vendor
Inventory Financing Agreement or related schedule or agreement, on or before the
due date for payment by the Vendor Inventory Financing Administrator under such
invoice; and (vi) the Administrative Agent shall pay the Vendor Inventory
Financing Administrator the full amount of such invoice, without regard to any
funding discount previously taken by the Vendor Inventory Financing
Administrator, at the expiration of the Interest Free Period, and shall fund
such payment through a Revolving Loan in an amount equal to such payment to the
Vendor Inventory Financing Administrator. The Borrower irrevocably authorizes
(i) the Vendor Inventory Financing Administrator to pay any invoice delivered by
any Vendor, and (ii) the Administrative Agent to pay the Vendor Inventory
Financing Administrator and to fund such payment through a Revolving Loan, in
each case under the procedure set forth above.

The purchase and payment terms applicable to the Borrower for each Vendor,
including the maximum amount of Vendor Inventory Financing Commitments that may
be outstanding for such Vendor at any time, and the length of the Interest Free
Period with respect to the Vendor Inventory Financing Commitments relating to
such Vendor, shall be set forth in Exhibit F, attached hereto and as amended and
restated from time to time.

                (c)     Maximum Amounts; Outside Expiration Date. The
Administrative Agent and the Vendor Inventory Financing Administrator shall have
no obligation to Borrower to provide Vendor Inventory Financing at any time if:
(i) the amount of the requested Vendor Inventory Financing exceeds the Unused
Vendor Inventory Financing Subfacility at such time; (ii) the amount of the
requested Vendor Inventory Financing for any Vendor, plus the aggregate Vendor
Inventory Financing Commitments with respect to such Vendor, exceeds the maximum
amount of Vendor Inventory Financing for such Vendor on Exhibit F; (iii) the
amount of the



                                       32
<PAGE>   38

requested Vendor Inventory Financing exceeds Availability at such time; or (iv)
any funding under this Agreement with respect to such Vendor Inventory Financing
is scheduled or expected to take place on a date later than thirty (30) days
prior to the Stated Termination Date.

                (d)     Provision of Vendor Inventory Financing.

                        (1)     Automatic and Manual Vendor Inventory Financing.
So long as Borrower's Availability is greater than $9,000,000, the Vendor
Inventory Financing Administrator shall provide Vendor Inventory Financing and
incur Vendor Inventory Financing Commitments automatically upon the submission
by Borrower to any Vendor of a purchase order for any Eligible Inventory
(whether such order is initiated automatically by computer or otherwise), and
shall issue approvals to such Vendor for all such commitments. If Borrower's
Availability falls below $9,000,000, then Administrative Agent may, after
consultation among Co-Agents, notify and direct the Vendor Inventory Financing
Administrator to cease providing Vendor Inventory Financing and incurring Vendor
Inventory Financing Commitments automatically. From and after such notice, and
so long as the Administrative Agent has not notified and directed the Vendor
Inventory Financing Administrator to recommence such automatic provision of
Vendor Inventory Financing, the Vendor Inventory Financing Administrator shall
approve requests for Vendor Inventory Financing only if Administrative Agent
confirms that any such requested Vendor Inventory Financing does not exceed the
limits set forth in Section 2.3(c).

                        (2)     Reporting of Vendor Inventory Financing
Commitments and Related Revolving Loans. On a daily basis, the Vendor Inventory
Financing Administrator shall deliver to the Administrative Agent a report
listing (i) the number and dollar amounts of all Vendor Inventory Financing
Commitments incurred by Vendor Inventory Financing Administrator since the prior
report, and (ii) the aggregate number and dollar amount of all Vendor Inventory
Financing Commitments then outstanding. The Vendor Inventory Financing
Administrator shall delivery such reports to the Borrower as requested by the
Borrower.

                        (3)     Notice of Incurrence. On each Settlement Date,
the Administrative Agent shall give notice to each Lender of all Vendor
Inventory Financing Commitments incurred, and all Non-Ratable Loans and
Revolving Loans made to satisfy such Vendor Inventory Financing Commitments,
since the last Settlement Date.

                (e)     Obligation of Borrower for Non-Ratable or Revolving
Loans. Without limiting any other provision in this Agreement relating to
Borrower's Obligations, Borrower's obligation to repay any Non-Ratable Loan or
Revolving Loan made pursuant to this Section 2.3 shall be absolute, and shall
not be reduced by any claim (including any claim for defective or non-confirming
merchandise), setoff, defense or other right which the Borrower may have at any
time against the Vendor, the Vendor Inventory Financing Administrator or any
other Person relating to the purchase of Inventory from such Vendor.

                (f)     Disclaimer of Warranty. Borrower acknowledges that
neither the Vendor Inventory Financing Administrator, the Administrative Agent,
nor any of the Co-Agents or the Lenders has made any warranties, express or
implied, with respect to any Inventory purchased by Borrower under any Vendor
Inventory Financing Agreement. Borrower irrevocably waives any claims against
the Vendor Inventory Financing Administrator, the Administrative Agent, the Co-



                                       33
<PAGE>   39

Agents, or the Lenders with respect to the quality, quantity, delivery, or
non-delivery of such Inventory, or any other matter relating to such Inventory,
whether for breach of warranty or otherwise. Borrower further acknowledges that
neither the Vendor Inventory Financing Administrator, the Administrative Agent,
nor any or the Co-Agents or the Lenders assume or have assumed any obligations
of Borrower with respect to such Inventory, or any obligations or duties of
Borrower with respect to such Inventory.

                (g)     Participations.

                        (1)     Purchase of Participations. Immediately upon the
incurrence by Administrative Agent of any obligations with respect to Vendor
Inventory Financing in accordance with this Section 2.3, each Lender shall be
deemed to have irrevocably and unconditionally purchased and received, without
recourse or warranty, an undivided interest and participation equal to such
Lender's Pro Rata Share of the amount of such Vendor Inventory Financing
provided through the Administrative Agent to the Vendor Inventory Financing
Administrator, in connection with such Vendor Inventory Financing (including all
obligations of the Borrower with respect thereto, and any security therefor or
guaranty pertaining thereto).

                        (2)     Sharing of Reimbursement Obligation Payments.
Whenever the Administrative Agent receives a payment from the Borrower on
account of reimbursement obligations in respect of a Vendor Inventory Financing
which the Administrative Agent has previously received for the account of the
Vendor Inventory Financing Administrator payment from a Lender pursuant to
Section 2.3(d)(2), the Administrative Agent shall promptly pay to such Lender
such Lender's Pro Rata Share of such payment from the Borrower in Dollars. Each
such payment shall be made by the Administrative Agent on the Business Day on
which the Administrative Agent receives immediately available funds paid to such
Person pursuant to the immediately preceding sentence, if received prior to
10:00 a.m. (California time) on such Business Day and otherwise on the next
succeeding Business Day.

                        (3)     Documentation. Upon the request of any Lender,
the Administrative Agent shall furnish to such Lender copies of such
documentation as may reasonably be requested by such Lender with respect to any
Vendor Inventory Financing.

                        (4)     Obligations Irrevocable. The obligations of each
Lender to make payments to the Administrative Agent with respect to any Vendor
Inventory Financing or with respect to their participation therein provided
through the Administrative Agent with respect to any Vendor Inventory Financing
or with respect to the Revolving Loans made as a result of any payment by
Administrative Agent with respect thereto, and the obligations of the Borrower
to make payments to the Administrative Agent, for the account of the Lenders,
shall be irrevocable, not subject to any qualification or exception whatsoever ,
including any of the following circumstances:

                                (i)     any lack of validity or enforceability
of this Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents;

                                (ii)    the existence of any claim, setoff,
defense or other right which the Borrower may have at any time against the
vendor under the Vendor Inventory Financing Agreement, any Lender, any Co-Agent,
the Vendor Inventory Financing



                                       34
<PAGE>   40

Administrator, or any other Person, whether in connection with this Agreement,
any Vendor Inventory Financing, the transactions contemplated herein or any
unrelated transactions (including any underlying transactions between the
Borrower or any other Person and the vendor under the Vendor Inventory Financing
Agreement);

                                (iii)   any draft, certificate or any other
document presented under the Vendor Inventory Financing Agreement proving to be
forged, fraudulent, invalid or insufficient in any respect or any statement
therein being untrue or inaccurate in any respect;

                                (iv)    the surrender or impairment of any
security for the performance or observance of any of the terms of any of the
Loan Documents;

                                (v)     the occurrence of any Default or Event
of Default; or

                                (vi)    the failure of the Borrower to satisfy
the applicable conditions precedent set forth in Article 10.

                (h)     Supporting Letter of Credit; Cash Collateral. If,
notwithstanding the provisions of Section 2.3(b) and Section 12.1, any Vendor
Inventory Financing is outstanding upon the termination of this Agreement, then
upon such termination the Borrower shall deposit with the Administrative Agent,
for the ratable benefit of the Co-Agents and the Lenders, with respect to each
Vendor Inventory Financing then outstanding, as the Majority Lenders, in their
discretion shall specify, either (A) a standby letter of credit (a "Supporting
Letter of Credit") in form and substance satisfactory to the Co-Agents, issued
by an issuer satisfactory to the Co-Agents in an amount equal to the maximum
amount of such Vendor Inventory Financing, under which Supporting Letter of
Credit the Administrative Agent is entitled to draw amounts necessary to
reimburse the Co-Agents and the Lenders for payments to be made by the Co-
Agents and the Lenders under such Vendor Inventory Financing and any fees and
expenses associated with such Letter of Credit, or (B) cash in amounts necessary
to reimburse the Co-Agents and the Lenders for payments made by the Co-Agents
or the Lenders under such Vendor Inventory Financing or under any credit support
or enhancement provided through the Administrative Agent with respect thereto
and any fees and expenses associated with such Vendor Inventory Financing. Such
Supporting Letter of Credit or deposit of cash shall be held by the
Administrative Agent, for the ratable benefit of the Co-Agents and the Lenders,
as security for, and to provide for the payment of, the aggregate unfunded
amount of such Vendor Inventory Financing remaining outstanding.

        2.4     Letters of Credit.

                (a)     Agreement to Issue or Cause To Issue. Subject to the
terms and conditions of this Agreement, and in reliance upon the representations
and warranties of the Borrower herein set forth, the Administrative Agent agrees
(i) to cause the Letter of Credit Issuer to issue for the account of the
Borrower one or more commercial/documentary and standby letters of credit
("Letters of Credit") and/or (ii) to provide credit support or other enhancement
to a Letter of Credit Issuer acceptable to Administrative Agent, which issues
Letters of Credit for the account of the Borrower (any such credit support or
enhancement being herein referred to as a "Credit Support") in accordance with
this Section 2.4 from time to time during the term of this Agreement.



                                       35
<PAGE>   41

                (b)     Amounts; Outside Expiration Date. The Administrative
Agent shall not have any obligation to take steps to issue or cause to be issued
any Letter of Credit or to provide Credit Support for any Letter of Credit at
any time if: (i) the maximum undrawn amount of the requested Letter of Credit is
greater than the Unused Letter of Credit Subfacility at such time; (ii) the
maximum undrawn amount of the requested Letter of Credit and all commissions,
fees, and charges due from the Borrower in connection with the opening thereof
exceed the Availability of the Borrower at such time; or (iii) such Letter of
Credit has an expiration date later than thirty (30) days prior to the Stated
Termination Date or more than twelve (12) months from the date of issuance for
standby letters of credit and 180 days for commercial/documentary letters of
credit.

                (c)     Other Conditions. In addition to being subject to the
satisfaction of the applicable conditions precedent contained in Article 10, the
obligation of the Administrative Agent to issue or to cause to be issued any
Letter of Credit or to provide Credit Support for any Letter of Credit is
subject to the following conditions precedent having been satisfied in a manner
satisfactory to the Administrative Agent:

                        (1)     The Borrower shall have delivered to the Letter
of Credit Issuer, at such times and in such manner as such Letter of Credit
Issuer may prescribe, an application in form and substance satisfactory to such
Letter of Credit Issuer and reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent
for the issuance of the Letter of Credit and such other documents as may be
required pursuant to the terms thereof, and the form and terms of the proposed
Letter of Credit shall be reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent
and the Letter of Credit Issuer; and

                        (2)     As of the date of issuance, no order of any
court, arbitrator or Governmental Authority shall purport by its terms to enjoin
or restrain money center banks generally from issuing letters of credit of the
type and in the amount of the proposed Letter of Credit, and no law, rule or
regulation applicable to money center banks generally and no request or
directive (whether or not having the force of law) from any Governmental
Authority with jurisdiction over money center banks generally shall prohibit, or
request that the proposed Letter of Credit Issuer refrain from, the issuance of
letters of credit generally or the issuance of such Letters of Credit.

                (d)     Issuance of Letters of Credit.

                        (1)     Request for Issuance. The Borrower shall give
the Administrative Agent three (3) Business Days prior written notice of the
Borrower's request for the issuance of a Letter of Credit. Such notice shall be
irrevocable and shall specify the original face amount of the Letter of Credit
requested, the effective date (which date shall be a Business Day) of issuance
of such requested Letter of Credit, whether such Letter of Credit may be drawn
in a single or in partial draws, the date on which such requested Letter of
Credit is to expire (which date shall be a Business Day), the purpose for which
such Letter of Credit is to be issued, and the beneficiary of the requested
Letter of Credit. The Borrower shall attach to such notice the proposed form of
the Letter of Credit.

                        (2)     Responsibilities of the Administrative Agent;
Issuance. The Administrative Agent shall determine, as of the Business Day
immediately preceding the requested effective date of issuance of the Letter of
Credit set forth in the notice from the



                                       36
<PAGE>   42

Borrower pursuant to Section 2.4(d)(1), (A) the amount of the applicable Unused
Letter of Credit Subfacility and (B) the Availability as of such date. If (i)
the undrawn amount of the requested Letter of Credit is not greater than the
Unused Letter of Credit Subfacility and (ii) the amount of such requested Letter
of Credit and all commissions, fees, and charges due from the Borrower in
connection with the opening thereof would not exceed the Availability of the
Borrower, the Administrative Agent shall, so long as the other conditions hereof
are met, cause the Letter of Credit Issuer to issue the requested Letter of
Credit on such requested effective date of issuance.

                        (3)     Notice of Issuance. On each Settlement Date, the
Administrative Agent shall give notice to each Lender of the issuance of all
Letters of Credit issued since the last Settlement Date.

                        (4)     No Extensions or Amendment. The Administrative
Agent shall not be obligated to extend or amend any Letter of Credit issued
hereunder unless the requirements of this Section 2.4 are met as though a new
Letter of Credit were being requested and issued. With respect to any Letter of
Credit which contains any "evergreen" or automatic renewal provision, each
Lender shall be deemed to have consented to any such extension or renewal unless
any such Lender shall have provided to the Administrative Agent, not less than
thirty (30) days prior to the last date on which the applicable issuer can in
accordance with the terms of the applicable Letter of Credit decline to extend
or renew such Letter of Credit, written notice that it declines to consent to
any such extension or renewal; provided, that if all of the requirements of this
Section 2.4 are met and no Default or Event of Default exists, no Lender shall
decline to consent to any such extension or renewal.

                (e)     Payments Pursuant to Letters of Credit.

                        (1)     Payment of Letter of Credit Obligations. The
Borrower agrees to reimburse immediately the Letter of Credit Issuer for any
draw under any Letter of Credit and the Administrative Agent for the account of
the Lenders upon any payment pursuant to any Credit Support immediately upon
demand, and to pay the Letter of Credit Issuer the amount of all other
obligations and other amounts payable to such Letter of Credit Issuer under or
in connection with any Letter of Credit immediately when due, irrespective of
any claim, setoff, defense or other right which the Borrower may have at any
time against such issuer or any other Person.

                        (2)     Revolving Loans to Satisfy Reimbursement
Obligations. Each drawing under any Letter of Credit shall constitute a request
by the Borrower to the Administrative Agent for a Borrowing of a Base Rate
Revolving Loan in the amount of such drawing. The Funding Date with respect to
such Borrowing shall be the date of such drawing.

                (f)     Participations.

                        (1)     Purchase of Participations. Immediately upon
issuance of any Letter of Credit in accordance with Section 2.4(d), each Lender
shall be deemed to have irrevocably and unconditionally purchased and received
without recourse or warranty, an undivided interest and participation equal to
such Lender's Pro Rata Share of the face amount of such Letter of Credit or the
Credit Support provided through the Administrative Agent to the Letter of Credit
Issuer, if not the Administrative Agent, in connection with the issuance of such



                                       37
<PAGE>   43

Letter of Credit (including all obligations of the Borrower with respect
thereto, and any security therefor or guaranty pertaining thereto).

                        (2)     Sharing of Reimbursement Obligation Payments.
Whenever the Administrative Agent receives a payment from the Borrower on
account of reimbursement obligations in respect of a Letter of Credit or Credit
Support as to which the Administrative Agent has previously received for the
account of the Letter of Credit Issuer thereof payment from a Lender pursuant to
Section 2.4(e)(2), the Administrative Agent shall promptly pay to such Lender
such Lender's Pro Rata Share of such payment from the Borrower in Dollars. Each
such payment shall be made by the Administrative Agent on the Business Day on
which the Administrative Agent receives immediately available funds paid to such
Person pursuant to the immediately preceding sentence, if received prior to
10:00 a.m. (California time) on such Business Day and otherwise on the next
succeeding Business Day.

                        (3)     Documentation. Upon the request of any Lender,
the Administrative Agent shall furnish to such Lender copies of any Letter of
Credit, reimbursement agreements executed in connection therewith, application
for any Letter of Credit and credit support or enhancement provided through the
Administrative Agent in connection with the issuance of any Letter of Credit,
and such other documentation as may reasonably be requested by such Lender.

                        (4)     Obligations Irrevocable. The obligations of each
Lender to make payments to the Administrative Agent with respect to any Letter
of Credit or with respect to their participation therein or with respect to any
Credit Support provided through the Administrative Agent with respect to a
Letter of Credit or with respect to the Revolving Loans made as a result of a
drawing under a Letter of Credit, and the obligations of the Borrower to make
payments to the Administrative Agent, for the account of the Lenders, shall be
irrevocable, not subject to any qualification or exception whatsoever,
including any of the following circumstances:

                                (i)     any lack of validity or enforceability
of this Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents;

                                (ii)    the existence of any claim, setoff,
defense or other right which the Borrower may have at any time against a
beneficiary named in a Letter of Credit or any transferee of any Letter of
Credit (or any Person for whom any such transferee may be acting), any Lender,
any Co-Agent, the issuer of such Letter of Credit, or any other Person, whether
in connection with this Agreement, any Letter of Credit, the transactions
contemplated herein or any unrelated transactions (including any underlying
transactions between the Borrower or any other Person and the beneficiary named
in any Letter of Credit);

                                (iii)   any draft, certificate or any other
document presented under the Letter of Credit proving to be forged, fraudulent,
invalid or insufficient in any respect or any statement therein being untrue or
inaccurate in any respect;

                                (iv)    the surrender or impairment of any
security for the performance or observance of any of the terms of any of the
Loan Documents;

                                (v)     the occurrence of any Default or Event
of Default; or



                                       38
<PAGE>   44

                                (vi)    the failure of the Borrower to satisfy
the applicable conditions precedent set forth in Article 10.

                (g)     Recovery or Avoidance of Payments. In the event any
payment by or on behalf of the Borrower received by the Administrative Agent
with respect to any Letter of Credit or Credit Support provided for any Letter
of Credit and distributed by the Administrative Agent to the Lenders on account
of their respective participations therein is thereafter set aside, avoided or
recovered from the Administrative Agent in connection with any receivership,
liquidation or bankruptcy proceeding, the Lenders shall, upon demand by the
Administrative Agent, pay to the Administrative Agent their respective Pro Rata
Shares of such amount set aside, avoided or recovered, together with interest at
the rate required to be paid by the Administrative Agent upon the amount
required to be repaid by it.

                (h)     Indemnification; Exoneration; Power of Attorney.

                        (1)     Indemnification. In addition to amounts payable
as elsewhere provided in this Section 2.4, the Borrower hereby agrees to
protect, indemnify, pay and save the Lenders and the Co-Agents harmless from and
against any and all claims, demands, liabilities, damages, losses, costs,
charges and expenses (including reasonable attorneys' fees) which any Lender or
any Co-Agent (other than the Bank in its capacity as Letter of Credit Issuer)
may incur or be subject to as a consequence, direct or indirect, of the issuance
of any Letter of Credit or the provision of any credit support or enhancement in
connection therewith. The agreement in this Section 2.4(h)(1) shall survive
payment of all Obligations. Nothing contained in this Agreement is intended to
limit the Borrower's rights, if any, with respect to the Letter of Credit Issuer
which arise as a result of the letter of credit application and related
documents executed by and between the Borrower and the Letter of Credit Issuer.

                        (2)     Assumption of Risk by the Borrower. As among the
Borrower, the Lenders, and the Co-Agents, the Borrower assumes all risks of the
acts and omissions of, or misuse of any of the Letters of Credit by, the
respective beneficiaries of such Letters of Credit. In furtherance and not in
limitation of the foregoing, the Lenders and the Co-Agents shall not be
responsible for: (A) the form, validity, sufficiency, accuracy, genuineness or
legal effect of any document submitted by any Person in connection with the
application for and issuance of and presentation of drafts with respect to any
of the Letters of Credit, even if it should prove to be in any or all respects
invalid, insufficient, inaccurate, fraudulent or forged; (B) the validity or
sufficiency of any instrument transferring or assigning or purporting to
transfer or assign any Letter of Credit or the rights or benefits thereunder or
proceeds thereof, in whole or in part, which may prove to be invalid or
ineffective for any reason; (C) the failure of the beneficiary of any Letter of
Credit to comply duly with conditions required in order to draw upon such Letter
of Credit; (D) errors, omissions, interruptions, or delays in transmission or
delivery of any messages, by mail, cable, telegraph, telex or otherwise, whether
or not they be in cipher; (E) errors in interpretation of technical terms; (F)
any loss or delay in the transmission or otherwise of any document required in
order to make a drawing under any Letter of Credit or of the proceeds thereof;
(G) the misapplication by the beneficiary of any Letter of Credit of the
proceeds of any drawing under such Letter of Credit; or (H) any consequences
arising from causes beyond the control of the Lenders or the Co-Agents,
including any act or omission, whether rightful or wrongful, of any present or
future de jure or de facto Governmental Authority. None of the foregoing shall
affect, impair or prevent the vesting of any rights or



                                       39
<PAGE>   45

powers of the any Co-Agent or any Lender under this Section 2.4(i). Nothing
contained in this Agreement is intended to limit the Borrower's rights, if any,
with respect to the Letter of Credit Issuer which arise as a result of the
letter of credit application and related documents executed by and between the
Borrower and the Letter of Credit Issuer.

                        (3)     Exoneration. In furtherance and extension, and
not in limitation, of the specific provisions set forth above, any action taken
or omitted by any Co-Agent or any Lender under or in connection with any of the
Letters of Credit or any related certificates, if taken or omitted in good faith
and in the exercise of reasonable care, shall not put any Co-Agent or any
Lender under any resulting liability to the Borrower or relieve the Borrower of
any of its obligations hereunder to any such Person.

                        (4)     Indemnification by Lenders. The Lenders agree to
indemnify the Letter of Credit Issuer (to the extent not reimbursed by the
Borrower and without limiting the obligations of Borrower hereunder) ratably in
accordance with their respective Pro Rata Shares, for any and all liabilities,
obligations, losses, damages, penalties, actions, judgments, suits, costs,
expenses (including attorneys' fees) or disbursements of any kind and nature
whatsoever that may be imposed on, incurred by or asserted against the Letter of
Credit Issuer in any way relating to or arising out of any Letter of Credit or
the transactions contemplated thereby or any action taken or omitted by the
Letter of Credit Issuer under any Letter of Credit or any Loan Document in
connection therewith; provided that no Lender shall be liable for any of the
foregoing to the extent it arises from the gross negligence or willful
misconduct of the Person to be indemnified. Without limitation of the foregoing,
each Lender agrees to reimburse the Letter of Credit Issuer promptly upon demand
for its Pro Rata Share of any costs or expenses payable by Borrower to the
Letter of Credit Issuer, to the extent that the Letter of Credit Issuer is not
promptly reimbursed for such costs and expenses by Borrower. The agreement
contained in this section shall survive payment in full of all Obligations.

                        (5)     Power of Attorney. In connection with all
Inventory financed by Letters of Credit, the Borrower hereby appoints the
Administrative Agent, or the Administrative Agent's designee, as its attorney,
with full power and authority: (a) to sign and/or endorse the Borrower's name
upon any warehouse or other receipts; (b) to sign the Borrower's name on bills
of lading and other negotiable and non-negotiable documents; (c) to clear
Inventory through customs in the Administrative Agent's or the Borrower's name,
and to sign and deliver to customs officials powers of attorney in the
Borrower's name for such purpose; (d) to complete in the Borrower's or the
Administrative Agent's name, any order, sale, or transaction, obtain the
necessary documents in connection therewith, and collect the proceeds thereof;
and (e) to do such other acts and things as are necessary in order to enable the
Administrative Agent to obtain possession or control of the Inventory and to
obtain payment of the Obligations. Neither the Administrative Agent nor its
designee, as the Borrower's attorney, will be liable for any acts or omissions,
nor for any error of judgement or mistakes of fact or law. This power, being
coupled with an interest, is irrevocable until all Obligations have been paid
and satisfied.

                        (6)     Account Party. The Borrower hereby authorizes
and directs any Letter of Credit Issuer to name the Borrower as the "Account
Party" therein and to deliver to the Administrative Agent all instruments,
documents and other writings and property received by the Letter of Credit
Issuer pursuant to the Letter of Credit, and to accept and rely upon the



                                       40
<PAGE>   46

Administrative Agent's instructions and agreements with respect to all matters
arising in connection with the Letter of Credit or the application therefor.

                        (7)     Control of Inventory. In connection with all
Inventory financed by Letters of Credit, the Borrower will, at the
Administrative Agent's request, instruct all suppliers, carriers, forwarders,
custom brokers, warehouses or others receiving or holding cash, checks,
Inventory, documents or instruments in which the Administrative Agent holds a
security interest to deliver them to the Administrative Agent and/or subject to
the Administrative Agent's order, and if they shall come into the Borrower's
possession, to deliver them, upon request, to the Administrative Agent in their
original form. The Borrower shall also, at the Administrative Agent's request,
designate the Administrative Agent as the consignee on all bills of lading and
other negotiable and non-negotiable documents.

                (i)     Supporting Letter of Credit; Cash Collateral. If,
notwithstanding the provisions of Section 2.4(b) and Section 12.1 any Letter of
Credit is outstanding upon the termination of this Agreement, then upon such
termination the Borrower shall deposit with the Administrative Agent, for the
ratable benefit of the Co-Agents and the Lenders, with respect to each Letter of
Credit then outstanding, as the Majority Lenders, in their discretion shall
specify, either (A) a standby letter of credit (a "Supporting Letter of Credit")
in form and substance satisfactory to the Co-Agents, issued by an issuer
satisfactory to the Co-Agents in an amount equal to the greatest amount for
which such Letter of Credit may be drawn plus any fees and expenses associated
with such Letter of Credit, under which Supporting Letter of Credit the
Administrative Agent is entitled to draw amounts necessary to reimburse the
Co-Agents and the Lenders for payments to be made by the Co-Agents and the
Lenders under such Letter of Credit or under any credit support or enhancement
provided through the Administrative Agent with respect thereto and any fees and
expenses associated with such Letter of Credit, or (B) cash in amounts necessary
to reimburse the Co-Agents and the Lenders for payments made by the Co-Agents
or the Lenders under such Letter of Credit or under any credit support or
enhancement provided through the Administrative Agent with respect thereto and
any fees and expenses associated with such Letter of Credit. Such Supporting
Letter of Credit or deposit of cash shall be held by the Administrative Agent,
for the ratable benefit of the Co-Agents and the Lenders, as security for, and
to provide for the payment of, the aggregate undrawn amount of such Letters of
Credit remaining outstanding.

        2.5     Bank Products.

                The Borrower may request and the Bank may, in its sole and
absolute discretion, arrange for the Borrower to obtain from the Bank or the
Bank's Affiliates Bank Products although the Borrower is not required to do so.
The Borrower agrees to indemnify and hold the Bank, the Co-Agents and the
Lenders harmless from any and all costs and obligations now or hereafter
incurred by or owing to any other Person by the Bank, any of the Co-Agents, or
any of the Lenders or the Bank's Affiliates arising from or related to such Bank
Products; provided, however, nothing contained herein is intended to limit the
Borrower's rights, if any, which arise as a result of the execution of documents
by and between the Borrower and the Bank which relate to Bank Products. The
agreement contained in this section shall survive termination of the Agreement.
The Borrower acknowledges and agrees that the obtaining of Bank Products from
the Bank or the Bank's Affiliates (a) is in the sole and absolute discretion of
the Bank or the



                                       41
<PAGE>   47

Bank's Affiliates, and (b) is subject to all rules and regulations of the Bank
or the Bank's Affiliates.

                                    ARTICLE 3

                                INTEREST AND FEES

        3.1     Interest.

                (a)     Interest Rates. All outstanding Obligations shall bear
interest on the unpaid principal amount thereof (including, to the extent
permitted by law, on interest thereon not paid when due) from the date made
until paid in full in cash at a rate determined by reference to the Base Rate or
the LIBOR Rate and Sections 3.1(a)(i) or (ii), as applicable, but not to exceed
the Maximum Rate described in Section 3.3; provided, that Obligations for Vendor
Inventory Financing Commitments shall not bear interest unless and until
Administrative Agent makes Revolving Loans to fund Borrower's reimbursement
obligations with respect thereto. Subject to the provisions of Section 3.2, any
of the Loans may be converted into, or continued as, Base Rate Loans or LIBOR
Rate Loans in the manner provided in Section 3.2. If at any time Loans are
outstanding with respect to which notice has not been delivered to the Co-Agents
in accordance with the terms of this Agreement specifying the basis for
determining the interest rate applicable thereto, then those Loans shall be Base
Rate Loans and shall bear interest at a rate determined by reference to the Base
Rate until notice to the contrary has been given to the Co-Agents in accordance
with this Agreement and such notice has become effective. Except as otherwise
provided herein, the outstanding Obligations shall bear interest as follows:

                        (i)     For all Base Rate Loans and all other
Obligations (other than LIBOR Rate Loans) at a fluctuating per annum rate equal
to the Base Rate plus the Applicable Base Rate Margin; and

                        (ii)    For all LIBOR Rate Loans at a per annum rate
equal to the applicable LIBOR Rate plus the Applicable LIBOR Rate Margin.

                The Applicable Margins as of the Closing Date shall be
determined by reference to the following table:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
        Applicable Margin                            Per Annum Rate
        -----------------                            --------------
<S>                                                  <C>
        Applicable Base Rate Margin                       0.25%

        Applicable LIBOR Rate Margin                      2.25%

        Applicable Unused Line Fee Margin                 0.25%
</TABLE>

The Applicable Base Rate Margin, the Applicable LIBOR Rate Margin, and the
Applicable Unused Line Fee Margin shall be adjusted (up or down) prospectively
on a quarterly basis as determined by the Borrower's consolidated financial
performance, which adjustments shall be implemented commencing on the earlier of
(A) January 1, 2001, or (B) the first day of the first calendar month that
occurs more than five days after delivery of the Borrower's Financial Statements
to Co-Agents for the Fiscal Year ending September 30, 2000 (such date
hereinafter



                                       42
<PAGE>   48

the "First Adjustment Date"). Adjustments in such Applicable Margins will be
determined by reference to the following grid:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
If Leverage Ratio is:                            Level of Applicable Margins is:
- --------------------                             ------------------------------
<S>                                              <C>
 > 0, but < 1.00                                            Level I
 > 1.00, but < 2.00                                         Level II
 > 2.00, but < 3.00                                         Level III
 < 0, or > 3.00                                             Level IV
</TABLE>

                               Applicable Margins

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                           Level I       Level II        Level III      Level IV
                                           -------       --------        ---------      --------
<S>                                        <C>           <C>             <C>            <C>
Applicable Base Rate Margin                 0.00%          0.25%            0.25%         0.50%
Applicable LIBOR Rate Margin                2.00%          2.25%            2.50%         2.75%
Applicable Unused Line Fee Margin           0.25%          0.25%           0.375%         0.50%
</TABLE>

                All adjustments in such Applicable Margins after the First
Adjustment Date shall be implemented quarterly on a prospective basis,
commencing with the first day of the first calendar month that occurs more than
five days after the date of delivery to Co-Agents of the quarterly unaudited or
annual audited (as applicable) Financial Statements evidencing the need for an
adjustment. Concurrently with the delivery of such Financial Statements, the
Borrower shall deliver to Co-Agents a certificate, signed by its chief financial
officer or, in the event such officer is not available, its chief accounting
officer, setting forth in reasonable detail the basis for the continuance of, or
any change in, such Applicable Margins. Failure to timely deliver such Financial
Statements shall, in addition to any other remedy provided for in this
Agreement, result in an increase in such Applicable Margins to the next highest
level set forth in the foregoing grid until the first day of the first calendar
month following the delivery of those Financial Statements demonstrating that
such an increase is not required. If a Default or an Event of Default shall have
occurred and be continuing at the time any reduction in such Applicable Margins
is to be implemented, that reduction shall be deferred until the first day of
the first calendar month following the date on which such Default or Event of
Default is waived or cured.

                Each change in the Base Rate shall be reflected in the interest
rate calculated based upon the Base Rate as of the effective date of such
change. All interest charges shall be computed on the basis of a year of 360
days and actual days elapsed. Interest accrued on all Loans will be payable in
arrears on the first day of each month hereafter and on the Termination Date;
provided, however, that interest accrued on each LIBOR Rate Loan shall be
payable in arrears on the LIBOR Interest Payment Date with respect to such LIBOR
Rate Loan.

                (b)     Default Rate. If any Default or Event of Default occurs
and is continuing and the Co-Agents or the Majority Lenders in their discretion
so elect, then, while any such



                                       43
<PAGE>   49

Default or Event of Default is outstanding, all of the Obligations shall bear
interest at the Default Rate applicable thereto.

        3.2     Continuation and Conversion Elections.

                (a)     The Borrower may, upon irrevocable written notice to the
Co-Agents in accordance with Section 3.2(b):

                        (i)     elect, as of any Business Day, in the case of
Base Rate Loans to convert any such Loans (or any part thereof in an amount not
less than $3,000,000, or that is in an integral multiple of $1,000,000 in excess
thereof) into LIBOR Rate Loans; or

                        (ii)    elect, as of the last day of the applicable
Interest Period, to continue any LIBOR Rate Loans having Interest Periods
expiring on such day (or any part thereof in an amount not less than $3,000,000,
or that is in an integral multiple of $1,000,000 in excess thereof);

provided, that if at any time the aggregate amount of LIBOR Rate Loans in
respect of any Borrowing is reduced, by payment, prepayment, or conversion of
part thereof to be less than $3,000,000, such LIBOR Rate Loans shall
automatically convert into Base Rate Loans, and on and after such date the right
of the Borrower to continue such Loans as, and convert such Loans into, LIBOR
Rate Loans, as the case may be, shall terminate, and provided further that if
the notice shall fail to specify the duration of the Interest Period, such
Interest Period shall be one month.

                (b)     The Borrower shall deliver a notice of
conversion/continuation in the form attached hereto as Exhibit E,("Notice of
Continuation/Conversion") to be received by the Co- Agents not later than 10:00
a.m. (California time) at least three (3) Business Days in advance of the
Continuation/Conversion Date, if the Loans are to be converted into or continued
as LIBOR Rate Loans and specifying:

                        (i)     the proposed Continuation/Conversion Date;

                        (ii)    the aggregate amount of Loans to be converted or
renewed;

                        (iii)   the type of Loans resulting from the proposed
conversion or continuation; and

                        (iv)    the duration of the requested Interest Period.

                (c)     If upon the expiration of any Interest Period applicable
to any LIBOR Rate Loans, the Borrower has failed to select timely a new Interest
Period to be applicable such LIBOR Rate Loans or if any Default or Event of
Default then exists, the Borrower shall be deemed to have elected to convert
such LIBOR Rate Loans into Base Rate Loans effective as of the expiration date
of such Interest Period.

                (d)     The Administrative Agent will promptly notify each
Lender of its receipt of a Notice of Conversion/Continuation. All conversions
and continuations shall be made



                                       44
<PAGE>   50

ratably according to the respective outstanding principal amounts of the Loans
with respect to which the notice was given held by each Lender.

                (e)     During the existence of a Default or Event of Default,
the Borrower may not elect to have a Loan converted into or continued as a LIBOR
Rate Loan.

                (f)     After giving effect to any conversion or continuation of
Loans, there may not be more than seven (7) different Interest Periods in effect
hereunder.

        3.3     Maximum Interest Rate. In no event shall any interest rate
provided for hereunder exceed the maximum rate legally chargeable by any Lender
under applicable law for such Lender with respect to loans of the type provided
for hereunder (the "Maximum Rate"). If, in any month, any interest rate, absent
such limitation, would have exceeded the Maximum Rate, then the interest rate
for that month shall be the Maximum Rate, and, if in future months, that
interest rate would otherwise be less than the Maximum Rate, then that interest
rate shall remain at the Maximum Rate until such time as the amount of interest
paid hereunder equals the amount of interest which would have been paid if the
same had not been limited by the Maximum Rate. In the event that, upon payment
in full of the Obligations, the total amount of interest paid or accrued under
the terms of this Agreement is less than the total amount of interest which
would, but for this Section 3.3, have been paid or accrued if the interest rates
otherwise set forth in this Agreement had at all times been in effect, then the
Borrower shall, to the extent permitted by applicable law, pay the
Administrative Agent, for the account of the Lenders, an amount equal to the
excess of (a) the lesser of (i) the amount of interest which would have been
charged if the Maximum Rate had, at all times, been in effect or (ii) the amount
of interest which would have accrued had the interest rates otherwise set forth
in this Agreement, at all times, been in effect over (b) the amount of interest
actually paid or accrued under this Agreement. In the event that a court of
competent jurisdiction determines that any Co-Agent and/or any Lender has
received interest and other charges hereunder in excess of the Maximum Rate,
such excess shall be deemed received on account of, and shall automatically be
applied to reduce, the Obligations other than interest, in the inverse order of
maturity, and if there are no Obligations outstanding, such Co-Agent and/or such
Lender shall refund to the Borrower such excess.

        3.4     Closing Fee. On the Closing Date, the Borrower shall pay to the
Administrative Agent, for the ratable benefit of the Co-Agents, the closing fee
(the "Closing Fee") specified in that certain fee letter dated September 30,
1999 between Borrower and the Co-Agents (the "Co-Agents' Fee Letter"), which
Closing Fee shall be fully earned by the Co-Agents on the Closing Date. The
Co-Agents, the Lenders and the Borrower agree that the Closing Fee shall be
financed by the Lenders as a Revolving Loan.

        3.5     Vendor Inventory Financing Fee. In consideration for the
commitment of the Lenders to make Revolving Loans to fund the Borrower's
obligation to pay all Vendor Inventory Financing Commitments, Vendor Inventory
Financing Administrator shall pay to Administrative Agent, for the ratable
benefit of the Lenders, the fee (the "Vendor Inventory Financing Fee") specified
in that certain fee letter dated September 30, 1999 between the Vendor Inventory
Financing Administrator and the Co-Agents. The Vendor Inventory Financing Fee
shall be payable monthly, in arrears, on or before the fifth Business Day of
each month hereafter and on the Termination Date.



                                       45
<PAGE>   51

        3.6     Unused Line Fee. Until the Loans have been paid in full and the
Agreement terminated, the Borrower agrees to pay, on the first day of each month
and on the Termination Date, to the Administrative Agent, for the account of the
Lenders, in accordance with their respective Pro Rata Shares, an unused line fee
(the "Unused Line Fee") equal to the Applicable Unused Line Fee Margin per annum
times the amount by which (i) the sum of (a) the Maximum Revolver Amount, minus
(b) the average daily outstanding amount of Vendor Inventory Financing
Commitments during the immediately preceding month or shorter period if
calculated on the Termination Date, exceeded (ii) the sum of (a) the average
daily outstanding amount of Revolving Loans, and (b) the average daily undrawn
face amount of outstanding Letters of Credit, in each case during the
immediately preceding month or shorter period if calculated on the Termination
Date. The Unused Line Fee shall be computed on the basis of a 360-day year for
the actual number of days elapsed. All payments received by the Administrative
Agent shall be deemed to be credited to the Borrower's Loan Account immediately
upon receipt for purposes of calculating the Unused Line Fee pursuant to this
Section 3.5.

        3.7     Letter of Credit Fee. The Borrower agrees to pay to the
Administrative Agent, for the account of the Lenders, in accordance with their
respective Pro Rata Shares, for each Letter of Credit, a fee (the "Letter of
Credit Fee") equal to (a) two percent (2%) per annum of the undrawn face amount
of each standby Letter of Credit, or (b) one percent (1%) per annum of the
undrawn face amount of each commercial/documentary Letter of Credit, plus in
each case all out-of-pocket costs, fees and expenses incurred by the
Administrative Agent in connection with the application for, processing of,
issuance of, or amendment to any Letter of Credit, which costs, fees and
expenses shall include a "fronting fee" (not in excess of $250 per Letter of
Credit) payable to the Letter of Credit Issuer. The Letter of Credit Fee shall
be payable monthly in arrears on the first day of each month following any month
in which a Letter of Credit was issued and/or in which a Letter of Credit
remains outstanding and on the Termination Date. The Letter of Credit Fee shall
be computed on the basis of a 360-day year for the actual number of days
elapsed.

                                    ARTICLE 4

                            PAYMENTS AND PREPAYMENTS

        4.1     Revolving Loans. The Borrower shall repay the outstanding
principal balance of the Revolving Loans, plus all accrued but unpaid interest
thereon, on the Termination Date. The Borrower may prepay Revolving Loans at any
time, and reborrow subject to the terms of this Agreement; provided, however,
that with respect to any LIBOR Rate Loans prepaid by the Borrower prior to the
expiration date of the Interest Period applicable thereto, the Borrower shall
pay to the Administrative Agent for the account of the Lenders the amounts
described in Section 5.4. In addition, and without limiting the generality of
the foregoing, upon demand the Borrower shall pay to the Administrative Agent,
for the account of the Lenders, the amount, without duplication, by which the
Aggregate Revolver Outstandings exceeds the Borrowing Base.

        4.2     Termination of Facility. The Borrower may terminate this
Agreement upon at least thirty (30) Business Days' notice to the Co-Agents and
the Lenders, upon (a) the payment in full of all outstanding Loans, together
with accrued interest thereon, the cancellation or payment of all obligations
with respect to any outstanding Vendor Inventory Financing, and the



                                       46
<PAGE>   52

cancellation and return of all outstanding Letters of Credit, (b) the payment of
the early termination fee set forth in the next sentence, (c) the payment in
full in cash of all other Obligations together with accrued interest thereon,
and (d) with respect to any LIBOR Rate Loans prepaid in connection with such
termination prior to the expiration date of the Interest Period applicable
thereto, the payment of the amounts described in Section 5.4. If this Agreement
is terminated at any time prior to the Stated Termination Date, whether pursuant
to this Section or pursuant to Section 11.2, the Borrower shall pay to the
Administrative Agent, for the account of the Co-Agents and the Lenders, an early
termination fee determined in accordance with the following table:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
PERIOD DURING WHICH
 EARLY TERMINATION
       OCCURS                             EARLY TERMINATION FEE
- -------------------                       ---------------------
<S>                           <C>
On or prior to the            two percent (2%) of the Average Facility Usage
first Anniversary Date        during the 180 days (or lesser period if within
                              180 days of the Closing Date) prior to the date of
                              termination.

After the first               one percent (1%) of the Average Facility Usage
Anniversary Date but on or    during the 180 days prior to the date of
prior to the second           termination.
Anniversary Date
</TABLE>

The "Average Facility Usage" for any period shall be the sum of (i) the average
Loans and Letters of Credit outstanding during such period, and (ii) the average
accounts payable of Borrower to the Vendor Inventory Financing Administrator
under the Vendor Inventory Financing Agreement during such period.

        4.3     Payments by the Borrower.

                (a)     All payments to be made by the Borrower shall be made
without set-off, recoupment or counterclaim. Except as otherwise expressly
provided herein, all payments by the Borrower shall be made to the
Administrative Agent for the account of the Lenders , at the account designated
by the Administrative Agent and shall be made in Dollars and in immediately
available funds, no later than 10:00 a.m. (California time) on the date
specified herein. Any payment received by the Administrative Agent later than
10:00 a.m. (California time) shall be deemed to have been received on the
following Business Day and any applicable interest or fee shall continue to
accrue.

                (b)     Subject to the provisions set forth in the definition of
"Interest Period" herein, whenever any payment is due on a day other than a
Business Day, such payment shall be made on the following Business Day, and such
extension of time shall in such case be included in the computation of interest
or fees, as the case may be.

                (c)     Unless the Administrative Agent receives notice from the
Borrower prior to the date on which any payment is due to the Lenders that the
Borrower will not make such payment in full as and when required, the
Administrative Agent may assume that the Borrower



                                       47
<PAGE>   53

has made such payment in full to the Administrative Agent on such date in
immediately available funds and the Administrative Agent may (but shall not be
so required), in reliance upon such assumption, distribute to each Lender on
such due date an amount equal to the amount then due such Lender. If and to the
extent the Borrower has not made such payment in full to the Administrative
Agent, each Lender shall repay to the Administrative Agent on demand such amount
distributed to such Lender, together with interest thereon at the Federal Funds
Rate for each day from the date such amount is distributed to such Lender until
the date repaid.

        4.4     Payments as Revolving Loans. All payments of principal,
interest, reimbursement obligations in connection with Vendor Inventory
Financing, Letters of Credit, fees, premiums and other sums payable hereunder,
including all reimbursement for expenses pursuant to Section 15.7, may, at the
option of the Administrative Agent, in its sole discretion, subject only to the
terms of this Section 4.4, be paid from the proceeds of Revolving Loans made
hereunder, whether made following a request by the Borrower pursuant to Section
2.2 or a deemed request as provided in this Section 4.4. The Borrower hereby
irrevocably authorizes the Administrative Agent to charge the Loan Account for
the purpose of paying principal, interest, reimbursement obligations in
connection with Vendor Inventory Financing, Letters of Credit, fees, premiums
and other sums payable hereunder, including reimbursing expenses pursuant to
Section 15.7, and agrees that all such amounts charged shall constitute
Revolving Loans (including Non-Ratable Loans and Administrative Agent Advances)
and that all such Revolving Loans so made shall be deemed to have been requested
by Borrower pursuant to Section 2.2.

        4.5     Apportionment, Application and Reversal of Payments. Principal
and interest payments shall be apportioned ratably among the Lenders (according
to the unpaid principal balance of the Loans to which such payments relate held
by each Lender) and payments of the fees shall, as applicable, be apportioned
ratably among the Lenders. All payments shall be remitted to the Administrative
Agent and all such payments not relating to principal or interest of specific
Loans, or not constituting payment of specific fees, and all proceeds of
Accounts or other Collateral received by the Administrative Agent, shall be
applied, ratably, subject to the provisions of this Agreement, first, to pay any
fees, indemnities or expense reimbursements, other than any amounts relating to
Bank Products, then due to the Administrative Agent or any Lender from the
Borrower; second, to pay any fees or expense reimbursements then due to the
Lenders from the Borrower; third, to pay interest due in respect of all
Revolving Loans, including Non-Ratable Loans and Administrative Agent Advances;
fourth, to pay or prepay principal of the Non-Ratable Loans and Administrative
Agent Advances; fifth, to pay or prepay principal of the Revolving Loans (other
than Non-Ratable Loans and Administrative Agent Advances) and unpaid
reimbursement obligations in respect of Letters of Credit; and sixth, to the
payment to the Administrative Agent of any amounts relating to Bank Products and
any other Obligation due to the Administrative Agent or any Lender by the
Borrower. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement,
unless so directed by the Borrower, or unless an Event of Default is
outstanding, neither the Administrative Agent nor any Lender shall apply any
payments which it receives to any LIBOR Rate Loan, except (a) on the expiration
date of the Interest Period applicable to any such LIBOR Rate Loan, or (b) in
the event, and only to the extent, that there are no outstanding Base Rate
Loans. The Administrative Agent shall promptly distribute to each Lender,
pursuant to the applicable wire transfer instructions received from each Lender
in writing, such funds as it may be entitled to receive, subject to a Settlement
delay as provided for in Section 2.2(j). The Administrative Agent and the
Lenders shall have the



                                       48
<PAGE>   54

continuing and exclusive right to apply and reverse and reapply any and all such
proceeds and payments to any portion of the Obligations.

        4.6     Indemnity for Returned Payments. If after receipt of any payment
which is applied to the payment of all or any part of the Obligations, any
Co-Agent or any Lender is for any reason compelled to surrender such payment or
proceeds to any Person because such payment or application of proceeds is
invalidated, declared fraudulent, set aside, determined to be void or voidable
as a preference, impermissible setoff, or a diversion of trust funds, or for any
other reason, then the Obligations or part thereof intended to be satisfied
shall be revived and continued and this Agreement shall continue in full force
as if such payment or proceeds had not been received by such Co-Agent or such
Lender and the Borrower shall be liable to pay to the Co-Agents and the Lenders,
and hereby does indemnify the Co-Agents and the Lenders and hold the Co-Agents
and the Lenders harmless for the amount of such payment or proceeds surrendered.
The provisions of this Section 4.6 shall be and remain effective notwithstanding
any contrary action which may have been taken by any Co-Agent or any Lender in
reliance upon such payment or application of proceeds, and any such contrary
action so taken shall be without prejudice to the Co-Agents' and the Lenders'
rights under this Agreement and shall be deemed to have been conditioned upon
such payment or application of proceeds having become final and irrevocable. The
provisions of this Section 4.6 shall survive the termination of this Agreement.

        4.7     Co-Agents' and Lenders' Books and Records; Monthly Statements.
The Borrower agrees that each Co-Agent's and each Lender's books and records
showing the Obligations and the transactions pursuant to this Agreement and the
other Loan Documents shall be admissible in any action or proceeding arising
therefrom, and shall constitute rebuttably presumptive proof thereof,
irrespective of whether any Obligation is also evidenced by a promissory note or
other instrument. The Administrative Agent will provide to the Borrower a
monthly statement of Loans, payments, and other transactions pursuant to this
Agreement. Such statement shall be deemed correct, accurate, and binding on the
Borrower and an account stated (except for reversals and reapplications of
payments made as provided in Section 4.5 and corrections of errors discovered by
the Administrative Agent), unless the Borrower notifies the Administrative Agent
in writing to the contrary within thirty (30) days after such statement is
rendered. In the event a timely written notice of objections is given by the
Borrower, only the items to which exception is expressly made will be considered
to be disputed by the Borrower.

                                    ARTICLE 5

                     TAXES, YIELD PROTECTION AND ILLEGALITY

        5.1     Taxes.

                (a)     Any and all payments by the Borrower to each Lender or
any Co-Agent under this Agreement and any other Loan Document shall be made free
and clear of, and without deduction or withholding for any Taxes. In addition,
the Borrower shall pay all Other Taxes.

                (b)     The Borrower agrees to indemnify and hold harmless each
Lender and each Co-Agent for the full amount of Taxes or Other Taxes (including
any Taxes or Other Taxes imposed by any jurisdiction on amounts payable under
this Section) paid by the Lender or the Co-Agent and any liability (including
penalties, interest, additions to tax and expenses) arising



                                       49
<PAGE>   55

therefrom or with respect thereto, whether or not such Taxes or Other Taxes were
correctly or legally asserted. Payment under this indemnification shall be made
within thirty (30) days after the date the Lender or the Co-Agent makes written
demand therefor.

                (c)     If the Borrower shall be required by law to deduct or
withhold any Taxes or Other Taxes from or in respect of any sum payable
hereunder to any Lender or any Co-Agent, then:

                        (i)     the sum payable shall be increased as necessary
so that after making all required deductions and withholdings (including
deductions and withholdings applicable to additional sums payable under this
Section) such Lender or such Co-Agent, as the case may be, receives an amount
equal to the sum it would have received had no such deductions or withholdings
been made;

                        (ii)    the Borrower shall make such deductions and
withholdings;

                        (iii)   the Borrower shall pay the full amount deducted
or withheld to the relevant taxing authority or other authority in accordance
with applicable law; and

                        (iv)    the Borrower shall also pay to each Lender or
the Administrative Agent for the account of such Lender, at the time interest is
paid, all additional amounts which the respective Lender specifies as necessary
to preserve the after-tax yield the Lender would have received if such Taxes or
Other Taxes had not been imposed.

                (d)     Within thirty (30) days after the date of any payment by
the Borrower of Taxes or Other Taxes, the Borrower shall furnish the
Administrative Agent the original or a certified copy of a receipt evidencing
payment thereof, or other evidence of payment satisfactory to the Administrative
Agent.

                (e)     If the Borrower is required to pay additional amounts to
any Lender or any Co-Agent pursuant to subsection (c) of this Section, then such
Lender shall use reasonable efforts (consistent with legal and regulatory
restrictions) to change the jurisdiction of its lending office so as to
eliminate any such additional payment by the Borrower which may thereafter
accrue, if such change in the judgment of such Lender is not otherwise
disadvantageous to such Lender.

        5.2     Illegality.

                (a)     If any Lender determines that the introduction of any
Requirement of Law, or any change in any Requirement of Law, or in the
interpretation or administration of any Requirement of Law, has made it
unlawful, or that any central bank or other Governmental Authority has asserted
that it is unlawful, for any Lender or its applicable lending office to make
LIBOR Rate Loans, then, on notice thereof by the Lender to the Borrower through
the Administrative Agent, any obligation of that Lender to make LIBOR Rate Loans
shall be suspended until the Lender notifies the Administrative Agent and the
Borrower that the circumstances giving rise to such determination no longer
exist.

                (b)     If a Lender determines that it is unlawful to maintain
any LIBOR Rate Loan, the Borrower shall, upon its receipt of notice of such fact
and demand from such Lender (with a copy to the Administrative Agent), prepay in
full such LIBOR Rate Loans of that Lender



                                       50
<PAGE>   56

then outstanding, together with interest accrued thereon and amounts required
under Section 5.4, either on the last day of the Interest Period thereof, if the
Lender may lawfully continue to maintain such LIBOR Rate Loans to such day, or
immediately, if the Lender may not lawfully continue to maintain such LIBOR Rate
Loan. If the Borrower is required to so prepay any LIBOR Rate Loan, then
concurrently with such prepayment, the Borrower shall borrow from the affected
Lender, in the amount of such repayment, a Base Rate Loan.

        5.3     Increased Costs and Reduction of Return.

                (a)     If any Lender determines that due to either (i) the
introduction of or any change in the interpretation of any law or regulation or
(ii) the compliance by that Lender with any guideline or request from any
central bank or other Governmental Authority (whether or not having the force of
law), there shall be any increase in the cost to such Lender of agreeing to make
or making, funding or maintaining any LIBOR Rate Loans, then the Borrower shall
be liable for, and shall from time to time, upon demand (with a copy of such
demand to be sent to the Administrative Agent), pay to the Administrative Agent
for the account of such Lender, additional amounts as are sufficient to
compensate such Lender for such increased costs.

                (b)     If any Lender shall have determined that (i) the
introduction of any Capital Adequacy Regulation, (ii) any change in any Capital
Adequacy Regulation, (iii) any change in the interpretation or administration of
any Capital Adequacy Regulation by any central bank or other Governmental
Authority charged with the interpretation or administration thereof, or (iv)
compliance by the Lender or any corporation or other entity controlling the
Lender with any Capital Adequacy Regulation, affects or would affect the amount
of capital required or expected to be maintained by the Lender or any
corporation or other entity controlling the Lender and (taking into
consideration such Lender's or such corporation's or other entity's policies
with respect to capital adequacy and such Lender's desired return on capital)
determines that the amount of such capital is increased as a consequence of its
Commitments, loans, credits or obligations under this Agreement, then, upon
demand of such Lender to the Borrower through the Administrative Agent, the
Borrower shall pay to the Lender, from time to time as specified by the Lender,
additional amounts sufficient to compensate the Lender for such increase.

        5.4     Funding Losses. The Borrower shall reimburse each Lender and
hold each Lender harmless from any loss or expense which the Lender may sustain
or incur as a consequence of:

                (a)     the failure of the Borrower to make on a timely basis
any payment of principal of any LIBOR Rate Loan;

                (b)     the failure of the Borrower to borrow, continue or
convert a Loan after the Borrower has given (or is deemed to have given) a
Notice of Borrowing or a Notice of Conversion/ Continuation;

                (c)     the prepayment or other payment (including after
acceleration thereof) of an LIBOR Rate Loan on a day that is not the last day of
the relevant Interest Period;

including any such loss or expense arising from the liquidation or reemployment
of funds obtained by it to maintain its LIBOR Rate Loans or from fees payable to
terminate the deposits from which such funds were obtained.



                                       51
<PAGE>   57

        5.5     Inability to Determine Rates. If the Administrative Agent
determines that for any reason adequate and reasonable means do not exist for
determining the LIBOR Rate for any requested Interest Period with respect to a
proposed LIBOR Rate Loan, or that the LIBOR Rate for any requested Interest
Period with respect to a proposed LIBOR Rate Loan does not adequately and fairly
reflect the cost to the Lenders of funding such Loan, the Administrative Agent
will promptly so notify the Borrower and each Lender. Thereafter, the obligation
of the Lenders to make or maintain LIBOR Rate Loans hereunder shall be suspended
until the Administrative Agent revokes such notice in writing. Upon receipt of
such notice, the Borrower may revoke any Notice of Borrowing or Notice of
Conversion/Continuation then submitted by it. If the Borrower does not revoke
such Notice, the Lenders shall make, convert or continue the Loans, as proposed
by the Borrower, in the amount specified in the applicable notice submitted by
the Borrower, but such Loans shall be made, converted or continued as Base Rate
Loans instead of LIBOR Rate Loans.

        5.6     Certificates of Lenders. Any Lender claiming reimbursement or
compensation under this Article 5 shall deliver to the Borrower (with a copy to
the Administrative Agent) a certificate setting forth in reasonable detail the
amount payable to the Lender hereunder and such certificate shall be conclusive
and binding on the Borrower in the absence of manifest error.

        5.7     Survival. The agreements and obligations of the Borrower in this
Article 5 shall survive the payment of all other Obligations.

                                    ARTICLE 6

                                   COLLATERAL

        6.1     Grant of Security Interest.

                (a)     As security for all Obligations, the Borrower hereby
grants to the Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the Co-Agents and the
Lenders, a continuing security interest in, lien on, assignment of and right of
set-off against, all of the following property and assets of the Borrower,
whether now owned or existing or hereafter acquired or arising, regardless of
where located:

                        (i)     all Accounts (including any credit enhancement
therefor);

                        (ii)    all Inventory;

                        (iii)   all contract rights, letters of credit, Assigned
Contracts, chattel paper, instruments, notes, documents, and documents of title;

                        (iv)    all General Intangibles;

                        (v)     all Equipment;

                        (vi)    all Investment Property;

                        (vii)   all money, cash, cash equivalents, securities
and other property of any kind of the Borrower held directly or indirectly by
any Co-Agent or any Lender;



                                       52
<PAGE>   58

                        (viii)  all of the Borrower's deposit accounts, credits,
and balances with and other claims against any Co-Agent or any Lender or any of
their Affiliates or any other financial institution with which the Borrower
maintains deposits, including any Payment Accounts;

                        (ix)    all books, records and other property related to
or referring to any of the foregoing, including books, records, account ledgers,
data processing records, computer software and other property and General
Intangibles at any time evidencing or relating to any of the foregoing; and

                        (x)     all accessions to, substitutions for and
replacements, products and proceeds of any of the foregoing, including, but not
limited to, proceeds of any insurance policies, claims against third parties,
and condemnation or requisition payments with respect to all or any of the
foregoing.

All of the foregoing, together with the Real Estate covered by the Mortgage(s),
and all other property of the Borrower in which any Co-Agent or any Lender may
at any time be granted a Lien, is herein collectively referred to as the
"Collateral."

                (b)     As security for all Obligations, the Borrower shall
simultaneously herewith execute and deliver to the Administrative Agent the
Mortgage(s) on the Real Estate.

                (c)     All of the Obligations shall be secured by all of the
Collateral.

        6.2     Perfection and Protection of Security Interest.

                (a)     The Borrower shall, at its expense, perform all steps
requested by the Administrative Agent at any time to perfect, maintain, protect,
and enforce the Administrative Agent's Liens, including: (i) executing,
delivering and/or filing and recording of the Mortgage(s) and the Patent,
Trademark and Copyright Security Agreement, and executing and filing financing
or continuation statements, and amendments thereof, in form and substance
satisfactory to the Co-Agents; (ii) delivering to the Administrative Agent the
originals of all instruments, documents, and chattel paper, and all other
Collateral of which the Administrative Agent determines it should have physical
possession in order to perfect and protect the Administrative Agent's security
interest therein, duly pledged, endorsed or assigned to the Administrative Agent
without restriction; (iii) delivering to the Administrative Agent warehouse
receipts covering any portion of the Collateral located in warehouses and for
which warehouse receipts are issued and certificates of title covering any
portion of the collateral for which certificates of title have been issued; (iv)
when an Event of Default exists, transferring Inventory to warehouses designated
by the Administrative Agent; (v) placing notations on the Borrower's books of
account to disclose the Administrative Agent's security interest; (vii)
delivering to the Administrative Agent all letters of credit on which the
Borrower is named beneficiary; and (viii) taking such other steps as are deemed
necessary or desirable by the Administrative Agent to maintain and protect the
Administrative Agent's Liens. To the extent permitted by applicable law, the
Administrative Agent may file, without the Borrower's signature, one or more
financing statements disclosing the Administrative Agent's Liens. The Borrower
agrees that a carbon, photographic, photostatic, or other reproduction of this
Agreement or of a financing statement is sufficient as a financing statement.



                                       53
<PAGE>   59

                (b)     If any Collateral is at any time in the possession or
control of any warehouseman, bailee or any of the Borrower's agents or
processors, then the Borrower shall notify the Administrative Agent thereof and
shall, at the request of Administrative Agent, notify such Person of the
Administrative Agent's security interest in such Collateral and instruct such
Person to hold all such Collateral for the Administrative Agent's account
subject to the Administrative Agent's instructions. If at any time any
Collateral is located on any operating facility of the Borrower which is not
owned by the Borrower, then the Borrower shall, at the request of the
Administrative Agent, obtain written subordinations, in form and substance
satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, of all present and future Liens to
which the owner or lessor of such premises may be entitled to assert against the
Collateral.

                (c)     From time to time, the Borrower shall, upon the
Administrative Agent's request, execute and deliver confirmatory written
instruments pledging to the Administrative Agent, for the ratable benefit of the
Co-Agents and the Lenders, the Collateral with respect to the Borrower, but the
Borrower's failure to do so shall not affect or limit any security interest or
any other rights of any Co-Agent or any Lender in and to the Collateral with
respect to the Borrower. So long as this Agreement is in effect and until all
Obligations have been fully satisfied, the Administrative Agent's Liens shall
continue in full force and effect in all Collateral (whether or not deemed
eligible for the purpose of calculating the Availability or as the basis for any
advance, loan, extension of credit, or other financial accommodation).

        6.3     Location of Collateral. The Borrower represents and warrants to
the Co-Agents and the Lenders that: (a) Schedule 6.3 is a correct and complete
list of the Borrower's chief executive office, the location of its books and
records, the locations of the Collateral, and the locations of all of its other
places of business; and (b) Schedule 6.3 correctly identifies any of such
facilities and locations that are not owned by the Borrower and sets forth the
names of the owners and lessors or sublessors of such facilities and locations.
The Borrower covenants and agrees that it will not (i) maintain any Collateral
at any location other than those locations listed for the Borrower on Schedule
6.3, (ii) otherwise change or add to any of such locations, or (iii) change the
location of its chief executive office from the location identified in Schedule
6.3, unless it gives the Co-Agents at least thirty (30) days' prior written
notice thereof and executes any and all financing statements and other documents
that the Administrative Agent requests in connection therewith. Without limiting
the foregoing, the Borrower represents that all of its Inventory (other than
Inventory in transit) is, and covenants that all of its Inventory will be,
located either (a) on premises owned by the Borrower, (b) on premises leased by
the Borrower, or (c) in a third-party warehouse or with a bailee. Borrower
further represents that (i) with respect all Inventory located on premises
leased by Borrower, if Administrative Agent has requested a landlord waiver for
such location, either the Administrative Agent shall have received an executed
landlord waiver from the landlord of such premises in form and substance
satisfactory to the Co-Agents, or Borrower shall have used commercially
reasonable efforts to obtain such waiver, and (ii) with respect to all Inventory
located in a third-party warehouse or with a bailee, if the Administrative Agent
has requested a bailee letter for such Inventory, the Administrative Agent shall
have received an executed bailee letter from the applicable Person in form and
substance satisfactory to the Co-Agents.

        6.4     Title to, Liens on, and Sale and Use of Collateral. The Borrower
represents and warrants to the Co-Agents and the Lenders and agrees with the
Co-Agents and the Lenders that: (a) all of the Collateral is and will continue
to be owned by the Borrower free and clear of all



                                       54
<PAGE>   60

Liens whatsoever, except for Permitted Liens; (b) the Administrative Agent's
Liens in the Collateral will not be subject to any prior Lien except for those
Liens identified in clauses (c), (d) and (e) of the definition of Permitted
Liens; and (c) the Borrower will use, store, and maintain the Collateral with
all reasonable care and will use such Collateral for lawful purposes only.

        6.5     Recovery Value Reports and Appraisals. On a quarterly basis, or
more frequently if required by Co-Agents in their reasonable discretion, the
Co-Agents shall obtain, at Borrower's expense, and Borrower shall cooperate in
the preparation of, a recovery value report with respect to Borrower's
Inventory, or an update or amendment of the existing recovery value report,
together with any other appraisals or updates thereof of any or all of the
Collateral, in each case from an appraiser, and prepared on a basis,
satisfactory to the Co-Agents. Based on the recovery value reports, or updates
or amendments thereof to be received by Co-Agents as described above, Co-Agents
may, in the exercise of their reasonable credit judgment, prepare and deliver to
Borrower a new Exhibit B based on the new information in any such recovery value
report or update or amendment thereof. From and after the delivery to Borrower
of any such new Exhibit B, the Categories of Eligible Inventory and the
percentages applicable to such Categories in such new Exhibit B shall be used
for the calculation of the Borrowing Base and Availability. In preparing any
such new Exhibit B, Co-Agents shall use a methodology consistent with the
methodology used in preparing the version of Exhibit B in effect on the Closing
Date.

        6.6     Access and Examination; Confidentiality.

                (a)     The Co-Agents, accompanied by any Lender which so
elects, may, upon reasonable notice, at all reasonable times during regular
business hours (and without notice, at any time when a Default or Event of
Default exists and is continuing) have access to, examine, audit, make extracts
from or copies of and inspect any or all of the Borrower's records, files, and
books of account and the Collateral, and discuss the Borrower's affairs with the
Borrower's officers and management. The Borrower will deliver to the Co-Agents
any instrument necessary for the Co-Agents to obtain records from any service
bureau maintaining records for the Borrower. The Co-Agents may, and at the
direction of the Majority Lenders shall, at any time when a Default or Event of
Default exists, and at the Borrower's expense, make copies of all of the
Borrower's books and records, or require the Borrower to deliver such copies to
the Co- Agents. The Co-Agents may, without expense to the Co-Agents, use such of
the Borrower's respective personnel, supplies, and Real Estate as may be
reasonably necessary for maintaining or enforcing the Administrative Agent's
Liens. The Administrative Agent shall have the right, at any time, in the
Administrative Agent's name or in the name of a nominee of the Administrative
Agent, to verify the validity, amount or any other matter relating to the
Accounts, Inventory, or other Collateral, by mail, telephone, or otherwise.



                                       55
<PAGE>   61

                (b)     The Borrower agrees that, subject to the Borrower's
prior consent for uses other than in a traditional tombstone, which consent
shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed, each Co-Agent and each Lender may
use the Borrower's name in advertising and promotional material and in
conjunction therewith disclose the general terms of this Agreement. Each
Co-Agent shall submit for Borrower's approval, which approval shall not be
unreasonably withheld or delayed, any traditional tombstone for the transactions
under this Agreement to be published or distributed by such Co-Agent, not less
than 24 hours prior to such publication or distribution; provided, that such
Co-Agent shall have no liability to the Borrower for any failure by such
Co-Agent to obtain the Borrower's prior approval if such failure was in good
faith. Each Co-Agent and each Lender severally agree to take normal and
reasonable precautions and exercise due care to maintain the confidentiality of
all information identified as "confidential" or "secret" by the Borrower and
provided to such Co-Agent or such Lender by or on behalf of the Borrower, under
this Agreement or any other Loan Document, except to the extent that such
information (i) was or becomes generally available to the public other than as a
result of disclosure by such Co-Agent or such Lender, or (ii) was or becomes
available on a nonconfidential basis from a source other than the Borrower,
provided that such source is not bound by a confidentiality agreement with the
Borrower known to such Co-Agent or such Lender; provided, however, that any
Co-Agent and any Lender may disclose such information (1) at the request or
pursuant to any requirement of any Governmental Authority to which such Co-Agent
or such Lender is subject or in connection with an examination of such Co-Agent
or such Lender by any such Governmental Authority; (2) pursuant to subpoena or
other court process; (3) when required to do so in accordance with the
provisions of any applicable Requirement of Law; (4) to the extent reasonably
required in connection with any litigation or proceeding (including, but not
limited to, any bankruptcy proceeding) to which any Co-Agent, any Lender or
their respective Affiliates may be party; (5) to the extent reasonably required
in connection with the exercise of any remedy hereunder or under any other Loan
Document; (6) to such Co-Agent's or such Lender's independent auditors,
accountants, attorneys and other professional advisors; (7) to any prospective
Participant or Assignee under any Assignment and Acceptance, actual or
potential, provided that such prospective Participant or Assignee agrees to keep
such information confidential to the same extent required of the Co-Agents and
the Lenders hereunder; (8) as expressly permitted under the terms of any other
document or agreement regarding confidentiality to which the Borrower is party
or is deemed party with such Co-Agent or such Lender, and (9) to its Affiliates,
provided that any such Affiliate agrees or is otherwise obligated to keep such
information confidential to the same extent required of the Co-Agents and the
Lenders hereunder.

        6.7     Collateral Reporting. The Borrower shall provide the Co-Agents
with the following documents at the following times in form satisfactory to the
Co-Agents: (a) on a weekly basis by the second day of the following week (or
more frequently if reasonably requested by either Co-Agent), (i) a Borrowing
Base Certificate, (ii) a point of sale Inventory report listing, by Category,
new in box, open box, and defective Inventory, showing STR and CLR breakdowns
within such Categories, and showing cost, market, and retail values for such
Categories, with supporting detail (including HDL, RTV, Salvage, Service, and
Holding Area breakdowns), and (iii) a Vendor Inventory Financing report listing,
by Vendor and by Category, new in box and open box Inventory; (b) on a monthly
basis by the 15th day of the following month (or more frequently if reasonably
requested by either Co-Agent), (i) a perpetual Inventory report, by location and
Category, with additional detail showing additions to and deletions from the
Inventory; (ii) a point of sale Inventory report, as described above, as of the
end of the


                                       56
<PAGE>   62
preceding month, (iii) a reconciliation between the perpetual Inventory report
described above and Borrower's general ledger, (iv) a Vendor Financing Inventory
report, as described above, as of the end of the preceding month, (v) an
Inventory turn report, listing, by Category, the units of Inventory sold and the
units of Inventory on hand during the preceding month, (vi) an Inventory order
report, listing, by Vendor, the orders placed and the orders filled and received
during the preceding month, (vii) a margin report, listing, by Category, the
Borrower's gross margins for the preceding month, and (viii) an aging of the
Borrower's accounts payable;(c) twice per year, by the 30th day after the end of
the Borrower's interim and year-end physical inventory counts, a shrink report
listing, by Category, shrinkage for the prior interim period since the last
physical inventory, and including book to physical adjustments; (d) such other
reports as to the Collateral of the Borrower as either Co-Agent shall reasonably
request from time to time; and (e) with the delivery of each of the foregoing, a
certificate of the Borrower executed by an officer thereof certifying as to the
accuracy and completeness of the foregoing. If any of the Borrower's records or
reports of the Collateral are prepared by an accounting service or other agent,
the Borrower hereby authorizes such service or agent to deliver such records,
reports, and related documents to the Administrative Agent, for distribution to
the Lenders.

        6.8     Collection of Accounts; Payments.

                (a)     The Borrower shall make collection of all Accounts and
other Collateral for the Administrative Agent, shall receive all payments as the
Administrative Agent's trustee, and shall immediately deliver all payments in
their original form duly endorsed in blank into a Payment Account established
for the account of the Borrower at a Clearing Bank acceptable to Co-Agents,
subject to a Blocked Account Agreement. All collections received in any lock-box
or Payment Account or directly by the Borrower or the Administrative Agent, and
all funds in any Payment Account or other account to which such collections are
deposited shall be subject to the Administrative Agent's sole control and
withdrawals by the Borrower shall not be permitted. The Administrative Agent or
the Administrative Agent's designee may, at any time after the occurrence of an
Event of Default, notify Account Debtors that the Accounts have been assigned to
the Administrative Agent and of the Administrative Agent's security interest
therein, and may collect them directly and charge the collection costs and
expenses to the Loan Account as a Revolving Loan. So long as an Event of Default
has occurred and is continuing, the Borrower, at the Administrative Agent's
request, shall execute and deliver to the Administrative Agent such documents as
the Administrative Agent shall require to grant the Administrative Agent access
to any post office box in which collections of Accounts are received.

                (b)     If sales of Inventory are made or services are rendered
for cash, the Borrower shall immediately deliver to the Administrative Agent or
deposit into a Payment Account the cash which the Borrower receives.

                (c)     All payments including immediately available funds
received by the Administrative Agent at a bank account designated by it, will be
the Administrative Agent's sole property for the benefit of the Co-Agents and
the Lenders and will be credited to the Loan Account (conditional upon final
collection) after allowing one (1) Business Day for collection; provided,
however, that such payments shall be deemed to be credited to the Loan Account
immediately upon receipt for purposes of (i) determining Availability, and
calculating the unused line fee pursuant to Section 3.5.



                                       57
<PAGE>   63

        6.9     Inventory; Perpetual Inventory. The Borrower represents and
warrants to the Co- Agents and the Lenders and agrees with the Co-Agents and the
Lenders that all of the Inventory owned by the Borrower is and will be held for
sale or lease, or to be furnished in connection with the rendition of services,
in the ordinary course of the Borrower's business, and is and will be fit for
such purposes. The Borrower will keep its Inventory in good and marketable
condition, except for damaged or defective goods arising in the ordinary course
of the Borrower's business. Borrower will not, without the prior written consent
of the Co-Agents, acquire or accept any Inventory on consignment or approval.
The Borrower agrees that all Inventory, if any, produced by the Borrower in the
United States of America will be produced in accordance with the Federal Fair
Labor Standards Act of 1938, as amended, and all rules, regulations, and orders
thereunder. The Borrower will conduct a physical count of the Inventory at least
twice per Fiscal Year (at least one of which shall be at the end of the fourth
fiscal quarters thereof), and after and during the continuation of an Event of
Default, at such other times as either Co-Agent requests. The Borrower will
maintain a perpetual inventory reporting system at all times. The Borrower will
not, without the Co-Agents' written consent, sell any Inventory on a consignment
basis.

        6.10    Equipment.

                (a)     The Borrower represents and warrants to the Co-Agents
and the Lenders and agrees with the Co-Agents and the Lenders that all of the
Equipment owned by the Borrower is and will be used or held for use in the
Borrower's business, and is and will be fit for such purposes. The Borrower
shall keep and maintain its Equipment in good operating condition and repair
(ordinary wear and tear excepted) and shall make all necessary replacements
thereof.

                (b)     The Borrower shall promptly inform the Co-Agents of any
material additions to or deletions from the Equipment. The Borrower shall not
permit any Equipment to become a fixture with respect to real property or to
become an accession with respect to other personal property with respect to
which real or personal property the Administrative Agent does not have a Lien.
The Borrower will not, without the Administrative Agent's prior written consent,
alter or remove any identifying symbol or number on any of the Borrower's
Equipment constituting Collateral.

                (c)     The Borrower shall not, without the Co-Agents' prior
written consent, sell, lease as a lessor, or otherwise dispose of any of the
Borrower's Equipment, other than Equipment held by the Borrower under any
operating lease; provided, that the Borrower may dispose of obsolete or unusable
Equipment having an orderly liquidation value no greater than $250,000 in the
aggregate in any Fiscal Year, or $750,000 in the aggregate during the term of
this Agreement, without the Co-Agents' consent, subject to the conditions set
forth in the next sentence. In the event any of such Equipment is sold,
transferred or otherwise disposed of pursuant to the proviso contained in the
immediately preceding sentence, (1) if such sale, transfer or disposition is
effected without replacement of such Equipment, or such Equipment is replaced by
Equipment leased by the Borrower or by Equipment purchased by the Borrower
subject to a Lien, then the Borrower shall deliver all of the net cash proceeds
of any such sale, transfer or disposition to the Administrative Agent, which
proceeds shall be applied to the reduction of the Loans, or (2) if such sale,
transfer or disposition is made in connection with the purchase by the Borrower
of replacement Equipment, then the Borrower shall use the proceeds of such sale,
transfer or disposition to purchase such replacement Equipment and shall deliver
to the Co-Agents written



                                       58
<PAGE>   64

evidence of the use of the proceeds for such purchase. All replacement Equipment
purchased by the Borrower shall be free and clear of all Liens except the
Administrative Agent's Lien.

        6.11    Assigned Contracts. The Borrower shall fully perform all of its
obligations under each of the Assigned Contracts, and shall enforce all of its
rights and remedies thereunder, in each case, as it deems appropriate in its
business judgment; provided, however, that the Borrower shall not take any
action or fail to take any action with respect to its Assigned Contracts which
would cause the termination of a material Assigned Contract. Without limiting
the generality of the foregoing, the Borrower shall take all action necessary or
appropriate to permit, and shall not take any action which would have any
materially adverse effect upon, the full enforcement of all indemnification
rights under its Assigned Contracts. The Borrower shall not, without the Co-
Agents' and the Majority Lenders' prior written consent, modify, amend,
supplement, compromise, satisfy, release, or discharge, in each case in any
material respect, any of its Assigned Contracts, any collateral securing the
same, any Person liable directly or indirectly with respect thereto, or any
agreement relating to any of its Assigned Contracts or the collateral therefor.
The Borrower shall notify the Co-Agents and the Lenders in writing, promptly
after the Borrower becomes aware thereof, of any event or fact which could give
rise to a material claim by it for indemnification under any of its Assigned
Contracts, and shall diligently pursue such right and report to the Co-Agents on
all further developments with respect thereto. The Borrower shall deposit into
the Payment Account or remit directly to the Administrative Agent for
application to the Obligations in such order as the Majority Lenders shall
determine, all amounts received by the Borrower as indemnification or otherwise
pursuant to its Assigned Contracts. If the Borrower shall fail after either
Co-Agent's demand to pursue diligently any right under its Assigned Contracts,
or if an Event of Default then exists, the Administrative Agent may, and at the
direction of the Majority Lenders shall, directly enforce such right in its own
or the Borrower's name and may enter into such settlements or other agreements
with respect thereto as the Co-Agents or the Majority Lenders, as applicable,
shall determine. In any suit, proceeding or action brought by the Administrative
Agent for the benefit of the Lenders under any Assigned Contract for any sum
owing thereunder or to enforce any provision thereof, the Borrower shall
indemnify and hold the Co-Agents and Lenders harmless from and against all
expense, loss or damage suffered by reason of any defense, setoff,
counterclaims, recoupment, or reduction of liability whatsoever of the obligor
thereunder arising out of a breach by the Borrower of any obligation thereunder
or arising out of any other agreement, indebtedness or liability at any time
owing from the Borrower to or in favor of such obligor or its successors. All
such obligations of the Borrower shall be and remain enforceable only against
the Borrower and shall not be enforceable against the Co-Agents or the Lenders.
Notwithstanding any provision hereof to the contrary, the Borrower shall at all
times remain liable to observe and perform all of its duties and obligations
under its Assigned Contracts, and any Co-Agent's or any Lender's exercise of any
of their respective rights with respect to the Collateral shall not release the
Borrower from any of such duties and obligations. Neither any Co-Agent nor any
Lender shall be obligated to perform or fulfill any of the Borrower's duties or
obligations under its Assigned Contracts or to make any payment thereunder, or
to make any inquiry as to the nature or sufficiency of any payment or property
received by it thereunder or the sufficiency of performance by any party
thereunder, or to present or file any claim, or to take any action to collect or
enforce any performance, any payment of any amounts, or any delivery of any
property.



                                       59
<PAGE>   65

        6.12    Documents, Instruments, and Chattel Paper. The Borrower
represents and warrants to the Co-Agents and the Lenders that (a) all documents,
instruments, and chattel paper describing, evidencing, or constituting
Collateral, and all signatures and endorsements thereon, are and will be
complete, valid, and genuine, and (b) all goods evidenced by such documents,
instruments, and chattel paper are and will be owned by the Borrower, free and
clear of all Liens other than Permitted Liens.

        6.13    Sale of Real Estate; Release of Mortgage. Borrower may, in its
discretion, sell the Real Estate owned by Borrower at 1731 East Bayshore
Boulevard in Palo Alto, California, on any terms deemed appropriate by Borrower.
Upon the closing of any such sale, Administrative Agent shall release and
reconvey its Mortgage on such Real Estate, so long as Administrative Agent
receives all cash and other proceeds from such sale, net of all customary costs
of sale. Agent shall apply all such cash it receives from such sale to the
Obligations.

        6.14    Right to Cure. The Administrative Agent may, in its discretion,
and shall, at the direction of the Majority Lenders, pay any amount or do any
act required of the Borrower hereunder or under any other Loan Document in order
to preserve, protect, maintain or enforce the Obligations, the Collateral or the
Administrative Agent's Liens therein, and which the Borrower fails to pay or do,
including payment of any judgment against the Borrower, any insurance premium,
any warehouse charge, any finishing or processing charge, any landlord's or
bailee's claim, and any other Lien upon or with respect to the Collateral. All
payments that the Administrative Agent makes under this Section 6.14 and all
out-of-pocket costs and expenses that either Co-Agent pays or incurs in
connection with any action taken by it hereunder shall be charged to the
Borrower's Loan Account as a Revolving Loan. Any payment made or other action
taken by the Administrative Agent under this Section 6.14 shall be without
prejudice to any right to assert an Event of Default hereunder and to proceed
thereafter as herein provided.

        6.15    Power of Attorney. The Borrower hereby appoints the
Administrative Agent and the Administrative Agent's designee as the Borrower's
attorney, with power: (a) to endorse the Borrower's name on any checks, notes,
acceptances, money orders, or other forms of payment or security that come into
the Administrative Agent's or any Lender's possession; (b) from and after any
Event of Default, to sign the Borrower's name on any invoice, bill of lading,
warehouse receipt or other document of title relating to any Collateral, and on
drafts against customers; (c) to sign Borrower's name on any assignments of
Accounts, and on notices of assignment, financing statements and other public
records and to file any such financing statements by electronic means with or
without a signature as authorized or required by applicable law or filing
procedure; (c) so long as any Event of Default has occurred and is continuing,
to notify the post office authorities to change the address for delivery of the
Borrower's mail to an address designated by the Administrative Agent and to
receive, open and dispose of all mail addressed to the Borrower; (d) to send
requests for verification of Accounts to customers or Account Debtors; (e) from
and after an Event of Default, to clear Inventory through customs in the
Borrower's name, the Administrative Agent's name or the name of the
Administrative Agent's designee, and to sign and deliver to customs officials
powers of attorney in the Borrower's name for such purpose; and (f) to do all
things necessary to carry out this Agreement. The Borrower ratifies and approves
all acts of such attorney. None of the Lenders or the Co-Agents nor their
attorneys will be liable for any acts or omissions or for any error of judgment
or mistake of fact or law except for their willful misconduct or gross
negligence as finally determined by a court of



                                       60
<PAGE>   66

competent jurisdiction. This power, being coupled with an interest, is
irrevocable until this Agreement has been terminated and the Obligations have
been fully satisfied.

        6.16    The Co-Agents' and Lenders' Rights, Duties and Liabilities. The
Borrower assumes all responsibility and liability arising from or relating to
the use, sale or other disposition of the Collateral. The Obligations shall not
be affected by any failure of any Co-Agent or any Lender to take any steps to
perfect the Administrative Agent's Liens or to collect or realize upon the
Collateral, nor shall loss of or damage to the Collateral release the Borrower
from any of the Obligations. Following the occurrence and continuation of an
Event of Default, the Administrative Agent may (but shall not be required to),
and at the direction of the Majority Lenders shall, without notice to or consent
from the Borrower, sue upon or otherwise collect, extend the time for payment
of, modify or amend the terms of, compromise or settle for cash, credit, or
otherwise upon any terms, grant other indulgences, extensions, renewals,
compositions, or releases, and take or omit to take any other action with
respect to the Collateral, any security therefor, any agreement relating
thereto, any insurance applicable thereto, or any Person liable directly or
indirectly in connection with any of the foregoing, without discharging or
otherwise affecting the liability of the Borrower for the Obligations or under
this Agreement or any other agreement now or hereafter existing between any
Co-Agent and/or any Lender and the Borrower.

        6.17    Site Visits, Observations and Testing. The Co-Agents and their
representatives will have the right at any reasonable time to enter and visit
the Real Estate and any other place where any property of the Borrower is
located for the purposes of observing the Real Estate, taking and removing soil
or groundwater samples, and conducting tests on any part of the Real Estate. The
Co-Agents are under no duty, however, to visit or observe the Real Estate or to
conduct tests, and any such acts by either Co-Agent will be solely for the
purposes of protecting the Administrative Agent's Liens and preserving the
Co-Agents' and the Lenders' rights under this Agreement. No site visit,
observation or testing by any Co-Agent or any Lender will result in a waiver of
any default of the Borrower or impose any liability on any Co-Agent or any
Lender. In no event will any site visit, observation or testing by any Co-Agent
be a representation that hazardous substances are or are not present in, on or
under the Real Estate, or that there has been or will be compliance with any
Environmental Law. Neither the Borrower nor any other party is entitled to rely
on any site visit, observation or testing by any Co-Agent. The Co-Agents and the
Lenders owe no duty of care to protect the Borrower or any other party against,
or to inform the Borrower or any other party of, any hazardous substances or any
other adverse condition affecting the Real Estate. Either Co-Agent may in its
discretion disclose to the Borrower or to any other party if so required by law
any report or findings made as a result of, or in connection with, any site
visit, observation or testing by such Co-Agent. The Borrower understands and
agrees that such Co-Agent make no warranty or representation to the Borrower or
any other party regarding the truth, accuracy or completeness of any such report
or findings that may be disclosed. The Borrower also understands that depending
on the results of any site visit, observation or testing by such Co-Agent and
disclosed to the Borrower, the Borrower may have a legal obligation to notify
one or more environmental agencies of the results, that such reporting
requirements are site-specific, and are to be evaluated by the Borrower without
advice or assistance from such Co-Agent. In each instance, such Co-Agent will
give the Borrower reasonable notice before entering the Real Estate or any other
place such Co-Agent is permitted to enter under this Section 6.17. Such Co-Agent
will make reasonable efforts to avoid interfering with the Borrower's use of the
Real Estate or any other property in exercising any rights provided hereunder.



                                       61
<PAGE>   67

                                    ARTICLE 7

                BOOKS AND RECORDS; FINANCIAL INFORMATION; NOTICES

        7.1     Books and Records. The Borrower shall maintain, at all times,
correct and complete books, records and accounts in which complete, correct and
timely entries are made of its transactions in accordance with GAAP applied
consistently with the audited Financial Statements required to be delivered
pursuant to Section 7.2(a). The Borrower shall, by means of appropriate entries,
reflect in such accounts and in all Financial Statements proper liabilities and
reserves for all taxes and proper provision for depreciation and amortization of
property and bad debts, all in accordance with GAAP. The Borrower shall maintain
at all times books and records pertaining to the Collateral in such detail, form
and scope as the Co-Agents or any Lender shall reasonably require, including,
but not limited to, records of (a) all payments received and all credits and
extensions granted with respect to the Accounts; (b) the return, rejection,
repossession, stoppage in transit, loss, damage, or destruction of any
Inventory; and (c) all other dealings affecting the Collateral.

        7.2     Financial Information. The Borrower shall promptly furnish to
each Lender, all such financial information as the Co-Agents shall reasonably
request. Without limiting the foregoing, the Borrower will furnish to the
Co-Agents, in sufficient copies for distribution by the Administrative Agent to
each Lender, in such detail as the Co-Agents or the Lenders shall request, the
following:

                (a)     As soon as available, but in any event not later than
ninety (90) days after the close of each Fiscal Year, consolidated audited
balance sheets, and statements of income and expense, cash flow and of
stockholders' equity for the Borrower and its Subsidiaries for such Fiscal Year,
and the accompanying notes thereto, setting forth in each case in comparative
form figures for the previous Fiscal Year, all in reasonable detail, fairly
presenting the financial position and the results of operations of the Borrower
and its consolidated Subsidiaries as at the date thereof and for the Fiscal Year
then ended, and prepared in accordance with GAAP. Such statements shall be
examined in accordance with generally accepted auditing standards by and, in the
case of such statements performed on a consolidated basis, accompanied by a
report thereon unqualified in any respect of independent certified public
accountants selected by the Borrower and reasonably satisfactory to the Agent.
The Borrower, simultaneously with retaining such independent public accountants
to conduct such annual audit, shall send a letter to such accountants, with
copies to the Co-Agents and the Lenders, notifying such accountants that one of
the primary purposes for retaining such accountants' services and having audited
financial statements prepared by them is for use by the Co-Agents and the
Lenders. The Borrower hereby authorizes the Co-Agents to communicate directly
with its certified public accountants and, by this provision, authorizes those
accountants to disclose to the Co-Agents any and all financial statements and
other supporting financial documents and schedules relating to the Borrower and
to discuss directly with the Co-Agents the finances and affairs of the Borrower.

                (b)     As soon as available, but in any event not later than
thirty (30) days after the end of each month, consolidated unaudited balance
sheets of the Borrower and its consolidated Subsidiaries as at the end of such
month, and consolidated and consolidating unaudited statements of income and
expense and cash flow for the Borrower and its consolidated Subsidiaries for
such month and for the period from the beginning of the Fiscal Year to the end



                                       62
<PAGE>   68

of such month, all in reasonable detail, fairly presenting the financial
position and results of operations of the Borrower and its consolidated
Subsidiaries as at the date thereof and for such periods, prepared in accordance
with GAAP applied consistently with the audited Financial Statements required to
be delivered pursuant to Section 7.2(a), and showing the comparison of actual
results to the Latest Projections. The Borrower shall certify by a certificate
signed by its chief financial officer that all such statements have been
prepared in accordance with GAAP and present fairly, subject to normal year-end
adjustments, the Borrower's financial position as at the dates thereof and its
results of operations for the periods then ended.

                (c)     As soon as available, but in any event not later than
forty-five (45) days after the close of each fiscal quarter other than the
fourth quarter of a Fiscal Year, consolidated unaudited balance sheets of the
Borrower and its consolidated Subsidiaries as at the end of such quarter, and
consolidated and consolidating unaudited statements of income and expense and
statement of cash flows for the Borrower and its Subsidiaries for such quarter
and for the period from the beginning of the Fiscal Year to the end of such
quarter, all in reasonable detail, fairly presenting the financial position and
results of operation of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries as at the date thereof
and for such periods, prepared in accordance with GAAP consistent with the
audited Financial Statements required to be delivered pursuant to Section
7.2(a), and showing the comparison of actual results to the Latest Projections.
The Borrower shall certify by a certificate signed by its chief financial
officer that all such statements have been prepared in accordance with GAAP and
present fairly, subject to normal year-end adjustments, the Borrower's financial
position as at the dates thereof and its results of operations for the periods
then ended.

                (d)     With each of the audited Financial Statements delivered
pursuant to Section 7.2(a), a certificate of the independent certified public
accountants that examined such statement to the effect that they have reviewed
and are familiar with this Agreement and that, in examining such Financial
Statements, they did not become aware of any fact or condition which then
constituted a Default or Event of Default with respect to a financial covenant,
except for those, if any, described in reasonable detail in such certificate.

                (e)     With each of the annual audited Financial Statements
delivered pursuant to Section 7.2(a), and within forty-five (45) days after the
end of each fiscal quarter, a certificate of the chief financial officer of the
Borrower: (i) stating that, except as explained in reasonable detail in such
certificate, (A) all of the representations and warranties of the Borrower
contained in this Agreement and the other Loan Documents are correct and
complete in all material respects as at the date of such certificate as if made
at such time, except for those that speak as of a particular day, (B) the
Borrower is, at the date of such certificate, in compliance in all material
respects with all of its respective covenants and agreements in this Agreement
and the other Loan Documents, and (C) no Default or Event of Default then exists
or existed during the period covered by such Financial Statements; (ii)
describing and analyzing in reasonable detail all material trends, changes, and
developments in each and all Financial Statements; and (iii) explaining the
variances of the figures in the corresponding budgets and prior Fiscal Year
financial statements. If such certificate discloses that a representation or
warranty is not correct or complete, or that a covenant has not been complied
with, or that a Default or Event of Default existed or exists, such certificate
shall set forth what action the Borrower has taken or proposes to take with
respect thereto.



                                       63
<PAGE>   69

                (f)     Within thirty (30) days after the beginning of each
Fiscal Year, annual forecasts (to include forecasted consolidated balance
sheets, statements of income and expenses and statements of cash flow) for the
Borrower and its Subsidiaries as at the end of and for each month of such Fiscal
Year.

                (g)     Promptly upon the filing thereof, copies of all reports,
if any, to or other documents filed by the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries
with the Securities and Exchange Commission under the Exchange Act, and all
reports, notices, or statements sent or received by the Borrower or any of its
Subsidiaries to or from the holders of any equity interests of the Borrower
(other than routine non-material correspondence sent by shareholders of the
Borrower to the Borrower) or any such Subsidiary or of any Funded Debt of the
Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries registered under the Securities Act of 1933
or to or from the trustee under any indenture under which the same is issued.

                (h)     As soon as available, but in any event not later than 15
days after the Borrower's receipt thereof, a copy of all management reports and
management letters prepared for the Borrower by any independent certified public
accountants of the Borrower.

                (i)     Promptly after their preparation, copies of any and all
proxy statements, financial statements, and reports which the Borrower makes
available to its shareholders.

                (j)     Promptly after filing with the IRS, a copy of each tax
return filed by the Borrower or by any of its Subsidiaries.

                (k)     Such additional information as either of the Co-Agents
and/or any Lender may from time to time reasonably request regarding the
financial and business affairs of the Borrower or any Subsidiary.

        7.3     Notices to the Lenders. The Borrower shall notify the Co-Agents
and the Lenders in writing of the following matters at the following times:

                (a)     Immediately after becoming aware of any Default or Event
of Default.

                (b)     Immediately after becoming aware of the assertion by the
holder of any capital stock of the Borrower or of any Subsidiary or of any Debt
that a material default exists with respect thereto or that the Borrower or such
subsidiary is not in compliance with the material terms thereof, or the threat
or commencement by such holder of any enforcement action because of such
asserted default or non-compliance.

                (c)     Immediately after becoming aware of any material adverse
change in the Borrower's or any Subsidiary's property, business, operations, or
financial condition.

                (d)     Immediately after becoming aware of any pending or
threatened action, suit, or proceeding, by any Person, or any pending or
threatened investigation by a Governmental Authority, which may materially and
adversely affect the Collateral, the repayment of the Obligations, the Agent's
or any Lender's rights under the Loan Documents, or the Borrower's or any
Subsidiary's property, business, operations, or condition (financial or
otherwise).



                                       64
<PAGE>   70

                (e)     Immediately after becoming aware of any pending or
threatened strike, work stoppage, unfair labor practice claim, or other labor
dispute affecting the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries in a manner which
could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

                (f)     Immediately after becoming aware of any violation of any
law, statute, regulation, or ordinance of a Governmental Authority affecting the
Borrower or any subsidiary which could reasonably be expected to have a Material
Adverse Effect.

                (g)     Immediately after receipt of any notice of any violation
by the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries of any Environmental Law which could
reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect or that any
Governmental Authority has asserted that the Borrower or any Subsidiary is not
in compliance with any Environmental Law or is investigating the Borrower's or
such Subsidiary's compliance therewith.

                (h)     Immediately after receipt of any written notice that the
Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries is or may be liable to any Person as a
result of the Release or threatened Release of any Contaminant or that the
Borrower or any Subsidiary is subject to investigation by any Governmental
Authority evaluating whether any remedial action is needed to respond to the
Release or threatened Release of any Contaminant which, in either case, is
reasonably likely to give rise to liability in excess of $100,000.

                (i)     Immediately after receipt of any written notice of the
imposition of any Environmental Lien against any property of the Borrower or any
of its Subsidiaries.

                (j)     Any change in the Borrower's name, state of
organization, or form of organization, trade names under which the Borrower will
sell Inventory or create Accounts, or to which instruments in payment of
Accounts may be made payable, in each case at least thirty (30) days prior
thereto.

                (k)     Within ten (10) Business Days after the Borrower or any
ERISA Affiliate knows or has reason to know, that an ERISA Event or a prohibited
transaction (as defined in Sections 406 of ERISA and 4975 of the Code) has
occurred, and, when known, any action taken or threatened by the IRS, the DOL or
the PBGC with respect thereto.

                (l)     Upon request, or, in the event that such filing reflects
a significant change with respect to the matters covered thereby, promptly after
the filing thereof with the PBGC, the DOL or the IRS, as applicable, copies of
the following: (i) each annual report (form 5500 series), including Schedule B
thereto, filed with the PBGC, the DOL or the IRS with respect to each Plan, (ii)
a copy of each funding waiver request filed with the PBGC, the DOL or the IRS
with respect to any Plan and all communications received by the Borrower or any
ERISA Affiliate from the PBGC, the DOL or the IRS with respect to such request,
and (iii) a copy of each other filing or notice filed with the PBGC, the DOL or
the IRS, with respect to each Plan of either Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate.

                (m)     Upon request, copies of each actuarial report for any
Plan or Multi-employer Plan and annual report for any Multi-employer Plan; and
within three (3) Business Days after receipt thereof by the Borrower or any
ERISA Affiliate, copies of the following: (i) any notices of the PBGC's
intention to terminate a Plan or to have a trustee



                                       65
<PAGE>   71

appointed to administer such Plan; (ii) any favorable or unfavorable
determination letter from the IRS regarding the qualification of a Plan under
Section 401(a) of the Code; or (iii) any notice from a Multi-employer Plan
regarding the imposition of withdrawal liability.

                (n)     Within three (3) Business Days after the occurrence
thereof: (i) any changes in the benefits of any existing Plan which increase the
Borrower's annual costs with respect thereto by an amount in excess of $100,000,
or the establishment of any new Plan or the commencement of contributions to any
Plan to which the Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate was not previously
contributing; or (ii) any failure by the Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate to make
a required installment or any other required payment under Section 412 of the
Code on or before the due date for such installment or payment.

                (o)     Within three (3) Business Days after the Borrower or any
ERISA Affiliate knows or has reason to know that any of the following events has
or will occur: (i) a Multi-employer Plan has been or will be terminated; (ii)
the administrator or plan sponsor of a Multi-employer Plan intends to terminate
a Multi-employer Plan; or (iii) the PBGC has instituted or will institute
proceedings under Section 4042 of ERISA to terminate a Multi-employer Plan.

        Each notice given under this Section shall describe the subject matter
thereof in reasonable detail, and shall set forth the action that the Borrower,
its Subsidiary, or any ERISA Affiliate, as applicable, has taken or proposes to
take with respect thereto.

                                    ARTICLE 8

                     GENERAL WARRANTIES AND REPRESENTATIONS

        The Borrower warrants and represents to the Co-Agents and the Lenders
that except as hereafter disclosed to and accepted by the Co-Agents and the
Majority Lenders in writing:

        8.1     Authorization, Validity, and Enforceability of this Agreement
and the Loan Documents. The Borrower has the corporate power and authority to
execute, deliver and perform this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, to
incur the Obligations, and to grant to the Agent Liens upon and security
interests in the Collateral. The Borrower has taken all necessary corporate
action (including obtaining approval of its stockholders if necessary) to
authorize its execution, delivery, and performance of this Agreement and the
other Loan Documents to which it is a party. This Agreement and the other Loan
Documents have been duly executed and delivered by the Borrower, and constitute
the legal, valid and binding obligations of the Borrower, enforceable against it
in accordance with their respective terms without defense, setoff or
counterclaim. The Borrower's execution, delivery, and performance of this
Agreement and the other Loan Documents do not and will not conflict with, or
constitute a violation or breach of, or constitute a default under, or result in
the creation or imposition of any Lien upon the property of the Borrower or any
of its Subsidiaries by reason of the terms of (a) any contract, mortgage, Lien,
lease, agreement, indenture, or instrument to which the Borrower is a party or
which is binding upon it, (b) any Requirement of Law applicable to the Borrower
or any of its Subsidiaries, or (c) the certificate or articles of incorporation
or by-laws of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries.

        8.2     Validity and Priority of Security Interest. The provisions of
this Agreement, the Mortgage(s), and the other Loan Documents create legal and
valid Liens on all the Collateral in



                                       66
<PAGE>   72

favor of the Agent, for the ratable benefit of the Agent and the Lenders, and
such Liens constitute perfected and continuing Liens on all the Collateral,
having priority over all other Liens on the Collateral, except for those Liens
identified in clauses (c), (d) and (e) of the definition of Permitted Liens
securing all the Obligations, and enforceable against the Borrower and all third
parties.

        8.3     Organization and Qualification. The Borrower (a) is duly
incorporated and organized and validly existing in good standing under the laws
of the state of its incorporation, (b) is qualified to do business as a foreign
corporation and is in good standing in the jurisdictions set forth on Schedule
8.3 which are the only jurisdictions in which qualification is necessary in
order for it to own or lease its property and conduct its business and (c) has
all requisite power and authority to conduct its business and to own its
property.

        8.4     Corporate Name; Prior Transactions. The Borrower has not, during
the past five (5) years, been known by or used any other corporate or fictitious
name, other than The Good Guys, Inc., or been a party to any merger or
consolidation, or acquired all or substantially all of the assets of any Person,
or acquired any of its property outside of the ordinary course of business.

        8.5     Subsidiaries and Affiliates. Schedule 8.5 is a correct and
complete list of the name and relationship to the Borrower of each and all of
the Borrower's Subsidiaries and other Affiliates. Each Subsidiary is (a) duly
incorporated and organized and validly existing in good standing under the laws
of its state of incorporation set forth on Schedule 8.5, and (b) qualified to do
business as a foreign corporation and in good standing in each jurisdiction in
which the failure to so qualify or be in good standing could reasonably be
expected to have a material adverse effect on any such Subsidiary's business,
operations, prospects, property, or condition (financial or otherwise) and (c)
has all requisite power and authority to conduct its business and own its
property.

        8.6     Financial Statements and Projections.

                (a)     The Borrower has delivered to the Co-Agents and the
Lenders the audited balance sheet and related statements of income, retained
earnings, cash flows, and changes in stockholders equity for the Borrower and
its consolidated Subsidiaries as of September 30, 1998, and for the Fiscal Year
then ended, accompanied by the report thereon of the Borrower's independent
certified public accountants, Deloitte & Touche LLP. The Borrower has also
delivered to the Agent and the Lenders the unaudited balance sheet and related
statements of income and cash flows for the Borrower and its consolidated
Subsidiaries as of August 31, 1999. Such financial statements are attached
hereto as Exhibit G. All such financial statements have been prepared in
accordance with GAAP and present fairly the financial position of the Borrower
and its consolidated Subsidiaries as at the dates thereof and their results of
operations for the periods then ended.

                (b)     The Latest Projections when submitted to the Lenders as
required herein represent the Borrower's best estimate of the future financial
performance of the Borrower and its consolidated Subsidiaries for the periods
set forth therein. The Latest Projections have been prepared on the basis of the
assumptions set forth therein, which the Borrower believes are fair



                                       67
<PAGE>   73

and reasonable in light of current and reasonably foreseeable business
conditions at the time submitted to the Lender.

        8.7     Capitalization. The Borrower's authorized capital stock consists
of 1,000,000 shares of common stock, no par value per share, of which 1,000
shares are validly issued and outstanding, fully paid and non-assessable. Parent
owns 100% of the issued and outstanding capital stock of the Borrower.

        8.8     Solvency. The Borrower is Solvent prior to and after giving
effect to the making of and the Revolving Loans to be made on the Closing Date
and the issuance of the Letters of Credit to be issued on the Closing Date, and
shall remain Solvent during the term of this Agreement.

        8.9     Debt. After giving effect to the making of the Revolving Loans
to be made on the Closing Date, as of the Closing Date, the Borrower and its
Subsidiaries have no Debt, except (a) the Obligations, (b) Debt described on
Schedule 8.9, (c) trade payables and other contractual obligations arising in
the ordinary course of business, and (d) other Debt existing on the Closing Date
and reflected in the Financial Statements attached hereto as Exhibit G.

        8.10    Distributions. No Distribution has been declared, paid, or made
upon or in respect of any capital stock or other securities of the Borrower or
any of its Subsidiaries.

        8.11    Title to Property. The Borrower has good and marketable title in
fee simple to the Real Estate identified on Schedule 8.12 as owned by the
Borrower, and the Borrower has good, indefeasible, and merchantable title to all
of its other property (including the assets reflected on the August 31, 1999
Financial Statements delivered to the Co-Agents and the Lenders, except as
disposed of in the ordinary course of business since the date thereof), free of
all Liens except Permitted Liens.

        8.12    Real Estate; Leases. Schedule 8.12 sets forth, as of the Closing
Date, a correct and complete list of all Real Estate owned by the Borrower and
of any real property owned by any of its Subsidiaries, all leases and subleases
of real or personal property held by the Borrower as lessee or sublessee, other
than any lease of personal property as to which the Borrower is lessee or
sublessee for which the value of such personal property is less than $100,000,
and all leases and subleases of real or personal property held by the Borrower
as lessor, or sublessor. Each of such leases and subleases is valid and
enforceable in accordance with its terms and is in full force and effect, and no
default by any party to any such lease or sublease exists.

        8.13    Proprietary Rights. Schedule 8.13 sets forth a correct and
complete list of all of the Borrower's Proprietary Rights. None of the
Proprietary Rights is subject to any licensing agreement or similar arrangement
except as set forth on Schedule 8.13. To the best of the Borrower's knowledge,
none of the Proprietary Rights infringes on or conflicts with any other Person's
property, and no other Person's property infringes on or conflicts with the
Proprietary Rights. The Proprietary Rights described on Schedule 8.13 constitute
all of the property of such type necessary to the current and anticipated future
conduct of the Borrower's business.

        8.14    Trade Names. All trade names or styles under which the Borrower
or any of its Subsidiaries will sell Inventory or create Accounts, or to which
instruments in payment of Accounts may be made payable, are listed on Schedule
8.14.



                                       68
<PAGE>   74

        8.15    Litigation. Except as set forth on Schedule 8.15, there is no
pending, or to the best of the Borrower's knowledge threatened, action, suit,
proceeding, or counterclaim by any Person, or to the best of the Borrower's
knowledge investigation by any Governmental Authority, or any basis for any of
the foregoing, which could reasonably be expected to cause a Material Adverse
Effect.

        8.16    Restrictive Agreements. The Borrower is not a party to any
contract or agreement, or subject to any charter or other corporate restriction,
which affects its ability to execute, deliver, and perform the Loan Documents
and repay the Obligations or which could reasonably be expected to cause a
Material Adverse Effect.

        8.17    Labor Disputes. Except as set forth on Schedule 8.17, (a) there
is no collective bargaining agreement or other labor contract covering employees
of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, (b) no such collective bargaining
agreement or other labor contract is scheduled to expire during the term of this
Agreement, (c) no union or other labor organization is seeking to organize, or
to be recognized as, a collective bargaining unit of employees of the Borrower
or any of its Subsidiaries or for any similar purpose, and (d) there is no
pending or (to the best of the Borrower's knowledge) threatened, strike, work
stoppage, material unfair labor practice claim, or other material labor dispute
against or affecting the Borrower or its Subsidiaries or their employees.

        8.18    Environmental Laws. Except as otherwise disclosed on Schedule
8.18:

                (a)     The Borrower and its Subsidiaries have complied in all
material respects with all Environmental Laws and neither the Borrower nor any
Subsidiary nor any of its presently owned real property or presently conducted
operations, nor its previously owned real property (with respect to matters
occurring during the period of the Borrower's ownership of such real property)
or prior operations, is subject to any enforcement order from or liability
agreement with any Governmental Authority or private Person respecting (i)
compliance with any Environmental Law or (ii) any potential liabilities and
costs or remedial action arising from the Release or threatened Release of a
Contaminant.

                (b)     The Borrower and its Subsidiaries have obtained all
permits necessary for their current operations under Environmental Laws, and all
such permits are in good standing and the Borrower and its Subsidiaries are in
compliance with all terms and conditions of such permits, except where the
failure to obtain or comply with such permits would not have a Material Adverse
Effect..

                (c)     Neither the Borrower nor any of its Subsidiaries, nor,
to the best of the Borrower's knowledge, any of its predecessors in interest,
has in violation of applicable law stored, treated or disposed of any hazardous
waste, except where such violation would not have a Material Adverse Effect.

                (d)     Neither the Borrower nor any of its Subsidiaries has
received any summons, complaint, order or similar written notice that it is not
currently in compliance with, or that any Governmental Authority is
investigating its compliance with, any Environmental Laws or that it is or may
be liable to any other Person as a result of a Release or threatened Release of
a Contaminant.



                                       69
<PAGE>   75

                (e)     To the best of the Borrower's knowledge, none of the
present or past operations of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries is the subject
of any investigation by any Governmental Authority evaluating whether any
remedial action is needed to respond to a Release or threatened Release of a
Contaminant.

                (f)     There is not now, nor to the best of the Borrower's
knowledge has there ever been on or in the Real Estate:

                        (1)     any underground storage tanks or surface
impoundments,

                        (2)     any asbestos-containing material, or

                        (3)     any polychlorinated biphenyls (PCBs) used in
hydraulic oils, electrical transformers or other equipment.

                (g)     Neither the Borrower nor any of its Subsidiaries has
filed any notice under any requirement of Environmental Law reporting a spill or
accidental and unpermitted Release or discharge of a Contaminant into the
environment.

                (h)     Neither the Borrower nor any of its Subsidiaries has
entered into any negotiations or settlement agreements with any Person
(including the prior owner of its property) imposing material obligations or
liabilities on the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries with respect to any
remedial action in response to the Release of a Contaminant or environmentally
related claim.

                (i)     To Borrower's knowledge, after due enquiry, none of the
products manufactured, distributed or sold by the Borrower or any of its
Subsidiaries contain asbestos containing material.

                (j)     To Borrower's knowledge, after due enquiry, no
Environmental Lien has attached to the Real Estate.

        8.19    No Violation of Law. Neither the Borrower nor any of its
Subsidiaries is in violation of any law, statute, regulation, ordinance,
judgment, order, or decree applicable to it which violation could reasonably be
expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

        8.20    No Default. Neither the Borrower nor any of its Subsidiaries is
in default with respect to any note, indenture, loan agreement, mortgage, lease,
deed, or other agreement to which the Borrower or such Subsidiary is a party or
by which it is bound, which default could reasonably be expected to have a
Material Adverse Effect.

        8.21    ERISA Compliance.

                (a)     Each Plan is in substantial compliance in all material
respects with the applicable provisions of ERISA, the Code and other federal or
state law. Each Plan which is intended to qualify under Section 401(a) of the
Code has received a favorable determination letter from the IRS and to the best
knowledge of the Borrower, nothing has occurred which would cause the loss of
such qualification. The Borrower and each ERISA Affiliate has made all required
contributions to any Plan subject to Section 412 of the Code, and no application
for a



                                       70
<PAGE>   76

funding waiver or an extension of any amortization period pursuant to Section
412 of the Code has been made with respect to any Plan.

                (b)     There are no pending or, to the best knowledge of
Borrower, threatened claims, actions or lawsuits, or action by any Governmental
Authority, with respect to any Plan which has resulted or could reasonably be
expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect. There has been no prohibited
transaction or violation of the fiduciary responsibility rules with respect to
any Plan which has resulted or could reasonably be expected to result in a
Material Adverse Effect.

                (c)     (i) No ERISA Event has occurred or is reasonably
expected to occur; (ii) no Pension Plan has any Unfunded Pension Liability;
(iii) neither the Borrower nor any ERISA Affiliate has incurred, or reasonably
expects to incur, any liability under Title IV of ERISA with respect to any
Pension Plan (other than premiums due and not delinquent under Section 4007 of
ERISA); (iv) neither the Borrower nor any ERISA Affiliate has incurred, or
reasonably expects to incur, any liability (and no event has occurred which,
with the giving of notice under Section 4219 of ERISA, would result in such
liability) under Section 4201 or 4243 of ERISA with respect to a Multi-employer
Plan; and (v) neither the Borrower nor any ERISA Affiliate has engaged in a
transaction that could be subject to Section 4069 or 4212(c) of ERISA.

        8.22    Taxes. The Borrower and its Subsidiaries have filed all federal
and other tax returns and reports required to be filed, and have paid all
federal and other taxes, assessments, fees and other governmental charges levied
or imposed upon them or their properties, income or assets otherwise due and
payable unless such unpaid taxes and assessments would constitute a Permitted
Lien.

        8.23    Regulated Entities. None of the Borrower, any Person controlling
the Borrower, or any Subsidiary, is an "Investment Company" within the meaning
of the Investment Company Act of 1940. The Borrower is not subject to regulation
under the Public Utility Holding Company Act of 1935, the Federal Power Act, the
Interstate Commerce Act, any state public utilities code or law, or any other
federal or state statute or regulation limiting its ability to incur
indebtedness.

        8.24    Use of Proceeds; Margin Regulations. The proceeds of the Loans
are to be used solely for working capital purposes. Neither the Borrower nor any
Subsidiary is engaged in the business of purchasing or selling Margin Stock or
extending credit for the purpose of purchasing or carrying Margin Stock.

        8.25    Copyrights, Patents, Trademarks and Licenses, etc. The Borrower
owns or is licensed or otherwise has the right to use all of the patents,
trademarks, service marks, trade names, copyrights, contractual franchises,
licenses, rights of way, authorizations and other rights that are reasonably
necessary for the operation of its businesses, without conflict with the rights
of any other Person. To the best knowledge of the Borrower, no slogan or other
advertising device, product, process, method, substance, part or other material
now employed, or now contemplated to be employed, by the Borrower or any
Subsidiary infringes upon any rights held by any other Person. No claim or
litigation regarding any of the foregoing is pending or threatened, and no
patent, invention, device, application, principle or any statute, law, rule,



                                       71
<PAGE>   77

regulation, standard or code is pending or, to the knowledge of the Borrower,
proposed, which, in either case, could reasonably be expected to have a Material
Adverse Effect.

        8.26    No Material Adverse Change. As of the Closing Date, no material
adverse change has occurred in the Borrower's Property, business, operations, or
conditions (financial or otherwise) since the date of the quarterly Financial
Statements as of June 30, 1999 previously delivered to the Co-Agents, other than
one-time, non-recurring, restructuring charges reflected in the Latest
Projections delivered to the Co-Agents prior to the Closing Date.

        8.27    Year 2000 Compliance. On the basis of a comprehensive review and
assessment undertaken by the Borrower of the Borrower's computers and computer
applications completed on September 30, 1999, the adoption and implementation as
of the Closing Date of a detailed plan for the remediation and testing of such
computers and applications, and inquiry made of Borrower's material suppliers,
vendors and customers Borrower reasonably believes that it will be Year 2000
Compliant on or before October 31, 1999.

        8.28    Full Disclosure. None of the representations or warranties made
by the Borrower or any Subsidiary in the Loan Documents as of the date such
representations and warranties are made or deemed made, and none of the
statements contained in any exhibit, report, statement or certificate furnished
by or on behalf of the Borrower or any Subsidiary in connection with the Loan
Documents (including the offering and disclosure materials delivered by or on
behalf of the Borrower to the Lenders prior to the Closing Date), contains any
untrue statement of a material fact or omits any material fact required to be
stated therein or necessary to make the statements made therein, in light of the
circumstances under which they are made, not misleading as of the time when made
or delivered.

        8.29    Material Agreements. Schedule 8.29 hereto sets forth, as of the
Closing Date, all material agreements and contracts to which the Borrower or any
of its Subsidiaries is a party or is bound as of the date hereof.

        8.30    Bank Accounts. Schedule 8.30 contains a complete and accurate
list, as of the Closing Date, of all bank accounts maintained by the Borrower
with any bank or other financial institution.

        8.31    Governmental Authorization. No approval, consent, exemption,
authorization, or other action by, or notice to, or filing with, any
Governmental Authority or other Person is necessary or required in connection
with the execution, delivery or performance by, or enforcement against, the
Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries of this Agreement or any other Loan
Document.

                                    ARTICLE 9

                       AFFIRMATIVE AND NEGATIVE COVENANTS

                The Borrower covenants to the Co-Agents and each Lender that so
long as any of the Obligations remain outstanding or this Agreement is in
effect:

        9.1     Taxes and Other Obligations. The Borrower shall, and shall cause
each of its Subsidiaries to, (a) file when due all tax returns and other reports
which it is required to file;



                                       72
<PAGE>   78

(b) pay, or provide for the payment, when due, of all taxes, fees, assessments
and other governmental charges against it or upon its property, income and
franchises, make all required withholding and other tax deposits, and establish
adequate reserves for the payment of all such items, and provide to the Agent
and the Lenders, upon request, satisfactory evidence of its timely compliance
with the foregoing; and (c) pay when due all Debt owed by it and all claims of
materialmen, mechanics, carriers, warehousemen, landlords, processors and other
like Persons, and all other indebtedness owed by it and perform and discharge in
a timely manner all other obligations undertaken by it; provided, however, so
long as the Borrower has notified the Agent in writing, neither the Borrower nor
any of its Subsidiaries need pay any tax, fee, assessment, or governmental
charge, that (i) it is contesting in good faith by appropriate proceedings
diligently pursued, (ii) the Borrower or its Subsidiary, as the case may be, has
established proper reserves for as provided in GAAP, and (iii) no Lien (other
than a Permitted Lien) results from such non-payment.

        9.2     Corporate Existence and Good Standing. The Borrower shall, and
shall cause each of its Subsidiaries to, maintain its corporate existence and
its qualification and good standing in all jurisdictions in which the failure to
maintain such existence and qualification or good standing could reasonably be
expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

        9.3     Compliance with Law and Agreements; Maintenance of Licenses. The
Borrower shall comply, and shall cause each Subsidiary to comply, in all
material respects with all Requirements of Law of any Governmental Authority
having jurisdiction over it or its business (including the Federal Fair Labor
Standards Act), except to the extent any such failure to comply could not
reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. The Borrower shall,
and shall cause each of its Subsidiaries to, obtain and maintain all licenses,
permits, franchises, and governmental authorizations necessary to own its
property and to conduct its business as conducted on the Closing Date. The
Borrower shall not modify, amend or alter its certificate or article of
incorporation other than in a manner which does not adversely affect the rights
of the Lenders or the Agent.

        9.4     Maintenance of Property. The Borrower shall, and shall cause
each of its Subsidiaries to, maintain all of its property necessary and useful
in the conduct of its business, in good operating condition and repair, ordinary
wear and tear excepted.

        9.5     Insurance.

                (a)     The Borrower shall maintain, and shall cause each of its
Subsidiaries to maintain, with financially sound and reputable insurers having a
rating of at least AVII or better by Best Rating Guide, insurance against loss
or damage by fire with extended coverage; theft, burglary, pilferage and loss in
transit; public liability and third party property damage; larceny, embezzlement
or other criminal liability; business interruption; public liability and third
party property damage; and such other hazards or of such other types as is
customary for Persons engaged in the same or similar business, as the Co-Agents,
in its discretion, or acting at the direction of the Majority Lenders, shall
specify, in amounts, and under policies acceptable to the Co-Agents and the
Majority Lenders. Without limiting the foregoing, the Borrower shall also
maintain, and shall cause each of its Subsidiaries to maintain, flood insurance,
in the event of a designation of the area in which any Real Estate covered by
the Mortgages and any of the Equipment and Inventory located on such Real Estate
is located as "flood prone" or a "flood risk



                                       73
<PAGE>   79

area," (hereinafter "SFHA") as defined by the Flood Disaster Protection Act of
1973, in an amount to be reasonably determined by the Co-Agents, and shall
comply with the additional requirements of the National Flood Insurance Program
as set forth in said Act. The Borrower shall also maintain flood insurance for
its Inventory and Equipment which is, at any time, located in a SFHA.

                (b)     The Borrower shall cause the Administrative Agent, for
the ratable benefit of the Co-Agents and the Lenders, to be named as secured
party or mortgagee and sole loss payee or additional insured, in a manner
acceptable to the Co-Agents. Each policy of insurance shall contain a clause or
endorsement requiring the insurer to give not less than thirty (30) days' prior
written notice to the Administrative Agent in the event of cancellation of the
policy for any reason whatsoever and a clause or endorsement stating that the
interest of the Administrative Agent shall not be impaired or invalidated by any
act or neglect of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries or the owner of any
Real Estate for purposes more hazardous than are permitted by such policy. All
premiums for such insurance shall be paid by the Borrower when due, and
certificates of insurance and, if requested by the Administrative Agent or any
Lender, photocopies of the policies, shall be delivered to the Administrative
Agent, in each case in sufficient quantity for distribution by the
Administrative Agent to each of the Lenders. If the Borrower fails to procure
such insurance or to pay the premiums therefor when due, the Administrative
Agent may, and at the direction of the Majority Lenders shall, do so from the
proceeds of Revolving Loans.

                (c)     The Borrower shall promptly notify the Co-Agents and the
Lenders of any loss, damage, or destruction to the Collateral, whether or not
covered by insurance, if such loss, damage, or destruction exceeds $250,000. The
Administrative Agent is hereby authorized to collect all insurance proceeds in
respect of Collateral directly and to apply or remit them as follows:

                        (i)     With respect to insurance proceeds relating to
Collateral other than Fixed Assets, after deducting from such proceeds the
reasonable expenses, if any, incurred by the Administrative Agent in the
collection or handling thereof, the Administrative Agent shall apply such
proceeds, ratably, to the reduction of the Obligations in the order provided for
in Section 4.5.

                        (ii)    With respect to insurance proceeds relating to
Collateral consisting of Fixed Assets, after deducting from such proceeds the
reasonable expenses, if any, incurred by the Administrative Agent in the
collection or handling thereof, the Administrative Agent shall apply such
proceeds, ratably, to the reduction of the Revolving Loans, or at the option of
the Majority Lenders, may permit or require the Borrower to use such money, or
any part thereof, to replace, repair, restore or rebuild the relevant Fixed
Assets in a diligent and expeditious manner with materials and workmanship of
substantially the same quality as existed before the loss, damage or
destruction; provided, however, that so long as there does not then exist any
Default or Event of Default, the Borrower shall be permitted to use insurance
proceeds relating to Collateral consisting of Fixed Assets in an aggregate
amount not to exceed $500,000 with respect to any occurrence, to replace,
repair, restore or rebuild the relevant Fixed Assets, in the manner set forth in
this sentence; and provided, further, that the Borrower first (i) provides the
Co-Agents and the Majority Lenders with plans and specifications for any such
repair or restoration which shall be reasonably satisfactory to the Co-Agents
and the Majority Lenders and (ii)



                                       74
<PAGE>   80

demonstrates to the reasonable satisfaction of the Co-Agents and the Majority
Lenders that the funds available to it will be sufficient to complete such
project in the manner provided therein.

        9.6     Condemnation.

                (a)     The Borrower shall, immediately upon learning of the
institution of any proceeding for the condemnation or other taking of any of its
property, notify the Co-Agents of the pendency of such proceeding, and agrees
that the Administrative Agent may participate in any such proceeding, and the
Borrower from time to time will deliver to the Administrative Agent all
instruments reasonably requested by the Administrative Agent to permit such
participation.

                (b)     The Administrative Agent is hereby authorized to collect
the proceeds of any condemnation claim or award directly, and to apply or remit
them as follows:

                        (i)     With respect to condemnation proceeds relating
to Collateral other than Fixed Assets, after deducting from such proceeds the
reasonable expenses, if any, incurred by the Administrative Agent in the
collection or handling thereof, the Administrative Agent shall apply such
proceeds, ratably, to the reduction of the Obligations in the order provided for
in Section 4.5.

                        (ii)    With respect to condemnation proceeds relating
to Collateral consisting of Fixed Assets, after deducting from such proceeds the
reasonable expenses, if any, incurred by the Administrative Agent in the
collection or handling thereof, the Administrative Agent shall apply such
proceeds to the reduction of the Revolving Loans, or at the option of the
Majority Lenders, may permit or require the Borrower to use such money, or any
part thereof, to replace, repair, restore or rebuild the relevant Fixed Assets
in a diligent and expeditious manner with materials and workmanship of
substantially the same quality as existed before the condemnation; provided,
however, that so long as there does not then exist any Default or Event of
Default, the Borrower shall be permitted to use proceeds relating to Collateral
consisting of Fixed Assets in an aggregate amount not to exceed $500,000 with
respect to any occurrence, to replace, repair, restore or rebuild the relevant
Fixed Assets, in the manner set forth in this sentence; and provided, further,
that plans and specifications for any such repair or restoration shall be
reasonably satisfactory to the Co-Agents and the Majority Lenders and shall be
subject to the reasonable approval of the Co-Agents and the Majority Lenders.

        9.7     Environmental Laws.

                (a)     The Borrower shall, and shall cause each of its
Subsidiaries to, conduct its business in compliance, in all material respects,
with all Environmental Laws applicable to it, including those relating to the
generation, handling, use, storage, and disposal of any Contaminant. The
Borrower shall, and shall cause each of its Subsidiaries to, take prompt and
appropriate action to respond to any non-compliance with Environmental Laws and
shall regularly report to the Agent on such response.

                (b)     Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the
Borrower shall submit to the Co-Agents and the Lenders annually, commencing on
the first Anniversary Date, and on each Anniversary Date thereafter, an update
of the status of each environmental compliance or liability issue. The Co-Agents
or any Lender may request copies of technical



                                       75
<PAGE>   81

reports prepared by the Borrower and its communications with any Governmental
Authority to determine whether the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries is
proceeding reasonably to correct, cure or contest in good faith any alleged
non-compliance or environmental liability. The Borrower shall, at the Co-
Agents' or the Majority Lenders' request and at the Borrower's expense, (i)
retain an independent environmental engineer acceptable to the Co-Agent s to
evaluate the site, including tests if appropriate, where the non-compliance or
alleged non-compliance with Environmental Laws has occurred and prepare and
deliver to the Co-Agents, in sufficient quantity for distribution by the
Administrative Agent to the Lenders, a report setting forth the results of such
evaluation, a proposed plan for responding to any environmental problems
described therein, and an estimate of the costs thereof, and (ii) provide to the
Co-Agents and the Lenders a supplemental report of such engineer whenever the
scope of the environmental problems, or the response thereto or the estimated
costs thereof, shall change in any material respect.

        9.8     Compliance with ERISA. The Borrower shall, and shall cause each
of its ERISA Affiliates to: (a) maintain each Plan in compliance in all material
respects with the applicable provisions of ERISA, the Code and other federal or
state law; (b) cause each Plan which is qualified under Section 401(a) of the
Code to maintain such qualification; (c) make all required contributions to any
Plan subject to Section 412 of the Code; (d) not engage in a prohibited
transaction or violation of the fiduciary responsibility rules with respect to
any Plan; and (e) not engage in a transaction that could be subject to Section
4069 or 4212(c) of ERISA.

        9.9     Mergers, Consolidations or Sales. (a) Neither the Borrower nor
any of its Subsidiaries shall enter into any transaction of merger,
reorganization, or consolidation, or transfer, sell, assign, lease, or otherwise
dispose of all or any part of its property, or wind up, liquidate or dissolve,
or agree to do any of the foregoing, except (i) for sales of Inventory in the
ordinary course of its business, (ii) for sales or other dispositions of
Equipment in the ordinary course of business that are obsolete or no longer
useable by Borrower in its business as permitted by Section 6.10, and (iii)
other sales of assets other than Inventory or Accounts in an aggregate amount of
not more than $250,000 . The inclusion of proceeds in the definition of
Collateral shall not be deemed to constitute the Agent's or any Lender's consent
to any sale or other disposition of the Collateral except as expressly permitted
herein.

        9.10    Distributions; Capital Change; Restricted Investments. Neither
the Borrower nor any of its Subsidiaries shall (i) directly or indirectly
declare or make, or incur any liability to make, any Distribution, except
Distributions to the Borrower by its Subsidiaries, (ii) make any change in its
capital structure which could have a Material Adverse Effect, or (iii) make any
Restricted Investment.

        9.11    Transactions Affecting Collateral or Obligations. Neither the
Borrower nor any of its Subsidiaries shall enter into any transaction which
would be reasonably expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

        9.12    Guaranties. Neither the Borrower nor any of its Subsidiaries
shall make, issue, or become liable on any Guaranty, except Guaranties of the
Obligations in favor of the Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the
Lenders.



                                       76
<PAGE>   82

        9.13    Debt. Neither the Borrower nor any of its Subsidiaries shall
incur or maintain any Debt, other than: (a) the Obligations; (b) trade payables
and contractual obligations to suppliers and customers arising in the ordinary
course of business; (c) other Debt existing on the Closing Date and reflected in
the Financial Statements attached hereto as Exhibit G; together with any
refinancings, renewals, or extensions of such Debt that do not increase the
principal amount or accelerate the amortization thereof, and are not otherwise
on terms materially less favorable to the Borrower or such Subsidiary, (d) Debt
described on Schedule 8.9, and (e) Debt that is subordinated to the Obligations
as to right and time of payment and any other rights and remedies on terms and
conditions acceptable to Co-Agents, and Requisite Lenders, and that it otherwise
on terms and conditions acceptable to Co-Agents.

        9.14    Prepayment. Neither the Borrower nor any of its Subsidiaries
shall voluntarily prepay any Debt, except for (i) Debt that is not material
individually or in the aggregate, and (ii) Obligations in accordance with the
terms of this Agreement.

        9.15    Transactions with Affiliates. Except as set forth below, and
except for employment compensation to employees who are Affiliates, neither the
Borrower nor any of its Subsidiaries shall, sell, transfer, distribute, or pay
any money or property, including, but not limited to, any fees or expenses of
any nature (including, but not limited to, any fees or expenses for management
services), to any Affiliate, or lend or advance money or property to any
Affiliate, or invest in (by capital contribution or otherwise) or purchase or
repurchase any stock or indebtedness, or any property, of any Affiliate, or
become liable on any Guaranty of the indebtedness, dividends, or other
obligations of any Affiliate. Notwithstanding the foregoing, while no Event of
Default has occurred and is continuing, the Borrower and its Subsidiaries may
engage in transactions with Affiliates in the ordinary course of business
consistent with past practices, in amounts and upon terms fully disclosed to the
Agent and the Lenders, and no less favorable to the Borrower and its
Subsidiaries than would be obtained in a comparable arm's-length transaction
with a third party who is not an Affiliate.

        9.16    Investment Banking and Finder's Fees. Neither the Borrower nor
any of its Subsidiaries shall pay or agree to pay, or reimburse any other party
with respect to, any investment banking or similar or related fee, underwriter's
fee, finder's fee, or broker's fee to any Person in connection with this
Agreement. The Borrower shall defend and indemnify the Co- Agents and the
Lenders against and hold them harmless from all claims of any Person that the
Borrower is obligated to pay for any such fees, and all costs and expenses
(including attorneys' fees) incurred by the Co-Agents and/or any Lender in
connection therewith.

        9.17    Business Conducted. The Borrower shall not and shall not permit
any of its Subsidiaries to, engage directly or indirectly, in any line of
business other than the businesses in which the Borrower is engaged on the
Closing Date.

        9.18    Liens. Neither the Borrower nor any of its Subsidiaries shall
create, incur, assume, or permit to exist any Lien on any property now owned or
hereafter acquired by any of them, except Permitted Liens.

        9.19    Sale and Leaseback Transactions. Neither the Borrower nor any of
its Subsidiaries shall, directly or indirectly, enter into any arrangement with
any Person providing



                                       77
<PAGE>   83

for the Borrower or such Subsidiary to lease or rent property that the Borrower
or such Subsidiary has sold or will sell or otherwise transfer to such Person.

        9.20    New Subsidiaries. The Borrower shall not, directly or
indirectly, organize, create, acquire or permit to exist any Subsidiary other
than those listed on Schedule 8.5.

        9.21    Fiscal Year. The Borrower shall not change its Fiscal Year.

        9.22    Minimum Availability. Borrower shall maintain at all times
Availability of not less than $5,000,000.

        9.23    Year 2000 Readiness. The Borrower shall perform all acts
reasonably necessary to ensure that Borrower's business is Year 2000 Compliant
in a timely manner, but in no event later than October 31, 1999. The Borrower
shall also continue its enquiry of its material suppliers, vendors and customers
to determine that such Persons are Year 2000 Compliant and, based on such
enquiry, shall make appropriate arrangements to address any problems the
Borrower may encounter if any such Persons are not Year 2000 Compliant.

        9.24    Use of Proceeds. The Borrower shall not, and shall not suffer or
permit any Subsidiary to, use any portion of the Loan proceeds, directly or
indirectly, (i) to purchase or carry Margin Stock, (ii) to repay or otherwise
refinance indebtedness of the Borrower or others incurred to purchase or carry
Margin Stock, (iii) to extend credit for the purpose of purchasing or carrying
any Margin Stock, or (iv) to acquire any security in any transaction that is
subject to Section 13 or 14 of the Exchange Act.

        9.25    Syndication Efforts. At the request of either Co-Agent at any
time and from time to time, Borrower shall, at its reasonable expense, cooperate
with such Co-Agent in such Co- Agent's efforts, if any, to syndicate the credit
facilities provided under this Agreement. Such cooperation may include making
management of Borrower available, upon reasonable notice and during normal
business hours, to participate in bank meetings, answer questions, provide
reasonable additional financial and other information, and to be otherwise
actively involved in such Co-Agent's syndication efforts.

        9.26    Further Assurances. The Borrower shall execute and deliver, or
cause to be executed and delivered, to the Administrative Agent and/or the
Lenders such documents and agreements, and shall take or cause to be taken such
actions, as the Administrative Agent, the Documentation Agent, or any Lender
may, from time to time, request to carry out the terms and conditions of this
Agreement and the other Loan Documents.

                                   ARTICLE 10

                              CONDITIONS OF LENDING

        10.1    Conditions Precedent to Making of Loans on the Closing Date. The
obligation of the Lenders to make the initial Revolving Loans on the Closing
Date, the obligation of the Administrative Agent to cause the Letter of Credit
Issuer to issue any Letter of Credit on the Closing Date, and the obligation of
the Administrative Agent to cause the Vendor Inventory Financing Administrator
to provide Vendor Inventory Financing on the Closing Date, are subject



                                       78
<PAGE>   84

to the following conditions precedent having been satisfied in a manner
satisfactory to the Co- Agents and each Lender:

                (a)     This Agreement and the other Loan Documents shall have
been executed by each party thereto and the Borrower shall have performed and
complied with all covenants, agreements and conditions contained herein and the
other Loan Documents which are required to be performed or complied with by the
Borrower before or on such Closing Date.

                (b)     All documents listed in the Schedule of Documents
(including the Revolving Notes) to be delivered on or before the Closing Date
shall have been delivered in form and substance reasonably acceptable to the
Co-Agents and the Lenders.

                (c)     Upon making the Revolving Loans on the Closing Date
(including such Revolving Loans made to finance the Closing Fee or otherwise as
reimbursement for fees, costs and expenses then payable under this Agreement)
and with all its obligations current, the Borrower would have Availability in an
amount no less than $10,000,000.

                (d)     All representations and warranties made hereunder and in
the other Loan Documents shall be true and correct as of the Closing Date as if
made on such date.

                (e)     No Default or Event of Default shall exist on the
Closing Date, or would exist after giving effect to the Loans to be made, the
Letters of Credit to be issued and the Credit Support to be in place on such
date.

                (f)     The Agent and the Lenders shall have received such
opinions of counsel for the Borrower and its Subsidiaries as the Agent or any
Lender shall request, each such opinion to be in a form, scope, and substance
satisfactory to the Agent, the Lenders, and their respective counsel.

                (g)     The Administrative Agent and the Lenders shall have
received title policies, in form and substance acceptable to the Co-Agents, with
respect to the Mortgages.

                (h)     The Administrative Agent shall have received:

                        (i)     acknowledgment copies of proper financing
statements, duly filed on or before the Closing Date under the UCC of all
jurisdictions that the Agent may deem necessary or desirable in order to perfect
the Administrative Agent's Lien; and

                        (ii)    either (A) duly executed UCC-3 Termination
Statements and such other instruments, in form and substance satisfactory to the
Administrative Agent, as shall be necessary to terminate and satisfy all Liens
on the Property of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries except Permitted Liens, or
(B) a payoff letter from the Borrower's existing lender confirming such lender's
commitment to deliver such Termination Statements on terms satisfactory to Co-
Agents.

                (i)     The Borrower shall have paid all fees and expenses of
the Co-Agents and the Attorney Costs incurred in connection with any of the Loan
Documents and the transactions contemplated thereby to the extent invoiced.



                                       79
<PAGE>   85

                (j)     The Co-Agents shall have received evidence, in form,
scope, and substance, reasonably satisfactory to the Co-Agents, of all insurance
coverage as required by this Agreement.

                (k)     The Co-Agents and the Lenders shall have had an
opportunity, if they so choose, to examine the books of account and other
records and files of the Borrower and to make copies thereof, and to conduct a
pre-closing audit which shall include, without limitation, verification of
Inventory, Accounts, and the Borrowing Base, and the results of such examination
and audit shall have been satisfactory to the Co-Agents and the Lenders in all
respects.

                (l)     All proceedings taken in connection with the execution
of this Agreement, all other Loan Documents, and all documents and papers
relating thereto shall be satisfactory in form, scope, and substance to the
Co-Agents and the Lenders.

        The acceptance by the Borrower of any Loans made, Letters of Credit
issued, or Vendor Inventory Financing provided, on the Closing Date, shall be
deemed to be a representation and warranty made by the Borrower to the effect
that all of the conditions precedent to the making of such Loans or the issuance
of such Letters of Credit have been satisfied, with the same effect as delivery
to the Co-Agents and the Lenders of a certificate signed by a Responsible
Officer of the Borrower, dated the Closing Date, to such effect.

        Execution and delivery to the Administrative Agent by a Lender of a
counterpart of this Agreement shall be deemed confirmation by such Lender that
(i) all conditions precedent in this Section 10.1 have been fulfilled to the
satisfaction of such Lender, (ii) the decision of such Lender to execute and
deliver to the Administrative Agent an executed counterpart of this Agreement
was made by such Lender independently and without reliance on the Agent or any
other Lender as to the satisfaction of any condition precedent set forth in this
Section 10.1, and (iii) all documents sent to such Lender for approval consent,
or satisfaction were acceptable to such Lender.

        10.2    Conditions Precedent to Each Loan. The obligation of the Lenders
to make each Loan, including the initial Revolving Loans on the Closing Date,
the obligation of the Administrative Agent to cause the Letter of Credit Issuer
to issue any Letter of Credit, and the obligation of the Administrative Agent to
cause the Vendor Inventory Financing Administrator to provide any Vendor
Inventory Financing, shall be subject to the further conditions precedent that
on and as of the date of any such extension of credit:

                (a)     the following statements shall be true, and the
acceptance by the Borrower of any extension of credit shall be deemed to be a
statement to the effect set forth in clauses (i) and (ii), with the same effect
as the delivery to the Co-Agents and the Lenders of a certificate signed by a
Responsible Officer, dated the date of such extension of credit, stating that:

                        (i)     The representations and warranties contained in
this Agreement and the other Loan Documents are correct in all material respects
on and as of the date of such extension of credit as though made on and as of
such date, other than any such representation or warranty which relates to a
specified prior date and except to the extent the Co-Agents and the Lenders have
been notified by the Borrower that any representation or warranty is not correct
and



                                       80
<PAGE>   86

the Majority Lenders have explicitly waived in writing compliance with such
representation or warranty; and

                        (ii)    No event has occurred and is continuing, or
would result from such extension of credit, which constitutes a Default or an
Event of Default; and

                (b)     The amount of the Borrowing Base shall be sufficient to
make such Revolving Loans or issue such Letters of Credit without exceeding the
Availability, provided, however, that the foregoing conditions precedent are not
conditions to each Lender participating in or reimbursing the Bank or the
Administrative Agent for such Lenders' Pro Rata Share of any Non-Ratable Loan or
Administrative Agent Advance made in accordance with the provisions of Sections
2.2(h), (i) and (j).

                                   ARTICLE 11

                                DEFAULT; REMEDIES

        11.1    Events of Default. It shall constitute an event of default
("Event of Default") if any one or more of the following shall occur for any
reason:

                (a)     any failure by the Borrower to pay the principal of or
interest or premium on any of the Obligations or any fee or other amount owing
hereunder when due, whether upon demand or otherwise;

                (b)     any representation or warranty made or deemed made by
the Borrower in this Agreement or by the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries in
any of the other Loan Documents, any Financial Statement, or any certificate
furnished by the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries at any time to the
Administrative Agent or any Lender shall prove to be untrue in any material
respect as of the date on which made, deemed made, or furnished;

                (c)     any default shall occur in the observance or performance
of any of the covenants in Sections 9.2, 9.4, 9.6(a), 9.8, or 9.20, and such
default remains uncured for 15 days after Borrower delivers written notice to
Administrative Agent, or Administrative Agent delivers written notice to
Borrower, of such default;

                (d)     any default shall occur in the observance or performance
of any of the covenants and agreements contained in this Agreement (other than
any covenant or agreement specifically covered or listed elsewhere in this
Section 11.1), any other Loan Documents, or any other agreement entered into at
any time to which the Borrower or any Subsidiary and the Administrative Agent or
any Lender are party (including in respect of any Bank Products), or if any such
agreement or document shall terminate (other than in accordance with its terms
or the terms hereof or with the written consent of the Administrative Agent and
the Majority Lenders) or become void or unenforceable, without the written
consent of the Administrative Agent and the Majority Lenders;

                (e)     default shall occur with respect to any Funded Debt
(other than the Obligations) in an outstanding principal amount which exceeds
$250,000, or under any agreement or instrument under or pursuant to which any
such Funded Debt may have been issued, created, assumed, or guaranteed by the
Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, and such



                                       81
<PAGE>   87

default shall continue for more than the period of grace, if any, therein
specified, if the effect thereof (with or without the giving of notice or
further lapse of time or both) is to accelerate, or to permit the holders of any
such Funded Debt to accelerate, the maturity of any such Funded Debt, or any
such Funded Debt shall be declared due and payable or be required to be prepaid
(other than by a regularly scheduled required prepayment) prior to the stated
maturity thereof;

                (f)     the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries shall (i) file a
voluntary petition in bankruptcy or file a voluntary petition or an answer or
otherwise commence any action or proceeding seeking reorganization, arrangement
or readjustment of its debts or for any other relief under the federal
Bankruptcy Code, as amended, or under any other bankruptcy or insolvency act or
law, state or federal, now or hereafter existing, or consent to, approve of, or
acquiesce in, any such petition, action or proceeding; (ii) apply for or
acquiesce in the appointment of a receiver, assignee, liquidator, sequestrator,
custodian, monitor, trustee or similar officer for it or for all or any part of
its property with a value, individually or collectively, of more than $250,000;
(iii) make an assignment for the benefit of creditors; or (iv) be unable
generally to pay its debts as they become due;

                (g)     an involuntary petition or proposal shall be filed or an
action or proceeding otherwise commenced seeking reorganization, arrangement,
consolidation or readjustment of the debts of the Borrower or any of its
Subsidiaries or for any other relief under the federal Bankruptcy Code, as
amended, or under any other bankruptcy or insolvency act or law, state or
federal, now or hereafter existing and either (i) such petition, proposal,
action or proceeding shall not have been dismissed within a period of sixty (60)
days after its commencement or (ii) an order for relief against the Borrower or
such Subsidiary shall have been entered in such proceeding;

                (h)     a receiver, assignee, liquidator, sequestrator,
custodian, monitor, trustee or similar officer for the Borrower or any of its
Subsidiaries or for all or any part of its property with a value, individually
or collectively, of more than $250,000 shall be appointed, or a warrant of
attachment, execution or similar process shall be issued against any property
with a value of more than $250,000 of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries;

                (i)     the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries shall file a
certificate of dissolution under applicable state law or shall be liquidated,
dissolved or wound-up or shall commence or have commenced against it any action
or proceeding for dissolution, winding-up or liquidation, or shall take any
corporate action in furtherance thereof;

                (j)     all or any material part of the property of the Borrower
or any of its Subsidiaries shall be nationalized, expropriated or condemned,
seized or otherwise appropriated, or custody or control of such property or of
the Borrower or such Subsidiary shall be assumed by any Governmental Authority
or any court of competent jurisdiction at the instance of any Governmental
Authority, except where contested in good faith by proper proceedings diligently
pursued where a stay of enforcement is in effect;

                (k)     any guaranty of the Obligations shall be terminated,
revoked or declared void or invalid;



                                       82
<PAGE>   88

                (l)     one or more judgments, orders, decrees or arbitration
awards is entered against the Borrower involving in the aggregate liability (to
the extent not covered by independent third-party insurance as to which the
insurer does not dispute coverage) as to any single or related or unrelated
series of transactions, incidents or conditions, of $250,000 or more, and the
same shall remain unsatisfied, unvacated and unstayed pending appeal for a
period of 5 days after the entry thereof;

                (m)     any loss, theft, damage or destruction of any item or
items of Collateral or other property of the Borrower or any Subsidiary occurs
which could reasonably be expected to cause a Material Adverse Effect and is not
adequately covered by insurance;

                (n)     there occurs a Material Adverse Effect;

                (o)     there is filed against the Borrower or any of its
Subsidiaries any action, suit or proceeding under any federal or state
racketeering statute (including the Racketeer Influenced and Corrupt
Organization Act of 1970), which action, suit or proceeding (i) is not dismissed
within one hundred twenty (120) days, and (ii) could reasonably be expected to
result in the confiscation or forfeiture of any material portion of the
Collateral;

                (p)     for any reason other than the failure of the Agent to
take any action available to it to maintain perfection of the Administrative
Agent's Liens, pursuant to the Loan Documents, any Loan Document ceases to be in
full force and effect or any Lien with respect to any material portion of the
Collateral intended to be secured thereby ceases to be, or is not, valid,
perfected and prior to all other Liens (other than Permitted Liens) or is
terminated, revoked or declared void;

                (q)     (i) an ERISA Event shall occur with respect to a Pension
Plan or Multi-employer Plan which has resulted or could reasonably be expected
to result in liability of the Borrower under Title IV of ERISA to the Pension
Plan, Multi-employer Plan or the PBGC in an aggregate amount in excess of
$250,000 ; (ii) the aggregate amount of Unfunded Pension Liability among all
Pension Plans at any time exceeds $250,000 ; or (iii) the Borrower or any ERISA
Affiliate shall fail to pay when due, after the expiration of any applicable
grace period, any installment payment with respect to its withdrawal liability
under Section 4201 of ERISA under a Multi-employer Plan in an aggregate amount
in excess of $250,000 ; or

                (r)     there occurs a Change of Control.

        11.2    Remedies.

                (a)     If a Default or an Event of Default exists, the
Administrative Agent may, in its discretion, and shall, at the direction of the
Majority Lenders, do one or more of the following at any time or times and in
any order, without notice to or demand on the Borrower: (i) reduce the Maximum
Revolver Amount, or the advance rates against Eligible Accounts and/or Eligible
Inventory used in computing the Borrowing Base, or reduce one or more of the
other elements used in computing the Borrowing Base; (ii) restrict the amount of
or refuse to make Revolving Loans; and (iii) restrict or refuse to provide
Letters of Credit or Credit Support. If an Event of Default exists, the
Administrative Agent shall, at the direction of the Majority Lenders, do one or
more of the following, in addition to the actions described in the preceding
sentence, at any time or times and in any order, without notice to or demand on
the Borrower: (A) terminate



                                       83
<PAGE>   89

the Commitments and this Agreement; (B) declare any or all Obligations to be
immediately due and payable; provided, however, that upon the occurrence of any
Event of Default described in Sections 11.1(e), 11.2(f), 11.1(g), or 11.1(h),
the Commitments shall automatically and immediately expire and all Obligations
shall automatically become immediately due and payable without notice or demand
of any kind; and (C) pursue its other rights and remedies under the Loan
Documents and applicable law.

                (b)     If an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing:
(i) the Administrative Agent shall have for the benefit of the Lenders, in
addition to all other rights of the Administrative Agent and the Lenders, the
rights and remedies of a secured party under the UCC; (ii) the Administrative
Agent may, at any time, take possession of the Collateral and keep it on the
Borrower's premises, at no cost to the Administrative Agent or any Lender, or
remove any part of it to such other place or places as the Administrative Agent
may desire, or the Borrower shall, upon the Administrative Agent's demand, at
the Borrower's cost, assemble the Collateral and make it available to the
Administrative Agent at a place reasonably convenient to the Administrative
Agent; and (iii) the Administrative Agent may sell and deliver any Collateral at
public or private sales, for cash, upon credit or otherwise, at such prices and
upon such terms as the Administrative Agent deems advisable, in its sole
discretion, and may, if the Administrative Agent deems it reasonable, postpone
or adjourn any sale of the Collateral by an announcement at the time and place
of sale or of such postponed or adjourned sale without giving a new notice of
sale. Without in any way requiring notice to be given in the following manner,
the Borrower agrees that any notice by the Administrative Agent of sale,
disposition or other intended action hereunder or in connection herewith,
whether required by the UCC or otherwise, shall constitute reasonable notice to
the Borrower if such notice is mailed by registered or certified mail, return
receipt requested, postage prepaid, or is delivered personally against receipt,
at least five (5) Business Days prior to such action to the Borrower's address
specified in or pursuant to Section 15.8. If any Collateral is sold on terms
other than payment in full at the time of sale, no credit shall be given against
the Obligations until the Administrative Agent or the Lenders receive payment,
and if the buyer defaults in payment, the Administrative Agent may resell the
Collateral without further notice to the Borrower. In the event the
Administrative Agent seeks to take possession of all or any portion of the
Collateral by judicial process, the Borrower irrevocably waives: (A) the posting
of any bond, surety or security with respect thereto which might otherwise be
required; (B) any demand for possession prior to the commencement of any suit or
action to recover the Collateral; and (C) any requirement that the
Administrative Agent retain possession and not dispose of any Collateral until
after trial or final judgment. The Borrower agrees that the Administrative Agent
has no obligation to preserve rights to the Collateral or marshal any Collateral
for the benefit of any Person in connection with actions taken by the
Administrative Agent under this Article 11. The Administrative Agent is hereby
granted a license or other right to use, without charge, the Borrower's labels,
patents, copyrights, name, trade secrets, trade names, trademarks, and
advertising matter, or any similar property, in completing production of,
advertising or selling any Collateral, and the Borrower's rights under all
licenses and all franchise agreements shall inure to the Administrative Agent's
benefit for such purpose. The proceeds of sale shall be applied first to all
expenses of sale, including attorneys' fees, and then to the Obligations. The
Administrative Agent will return any excess to the Borrower and the Borrower
shall remain liable for any deficiency.

                (c)     If an Event of Default occurs, the Borrower hereby
waives all rights to notice and hearing prior to the exercise by the
Administrative Agent of the Administrative



                                       84
<PAGE>   90

Agent's rights to repossess the Collateral without judicial process or to reply,
attach or levy upon the Collateral without notice or hearing.

                                   ARTICLE 12

                              TERM AND TERMINATION

        12.1    Term and Termination. The term of this Agreement shall end on
the Stated Termination Date. The Co-Agents upon direction from the Majority
Lenders may terminate this Agreement without notice upon the occurrence of an
Event of Default. Upon the effective date of termination of this Agreement for
any reason whatsoever, all Obligations (including all unpaid principal, accrued
interest and any early termination or prepayment fees or penalties) shall become
immediately due and payable and the Borrower shall immediately arrange for the
cancellation and return of Letters of Credit then outstanding and the
termination or satisfaction of all Vendor Inventory Financing then outstanding.
Notwithstanding the termination of this Agreement, until all Obligations are
indefeasibly paid and performed in full in cash, the Borrower shall remain bound
by the terms of this Agreement and shall not be relieved of any of its
Obligations hereunder, and the Co-Agents and the Lenders shall retain all their
rights and remedies hereunder (including the Administrative Agent's Liens in and
all rights and remedies with respect to all then existing and after-arising
Collateral).

                                   ARTICLE 13

           AMENDMENTS; WAIVER; PARTICIPATIONS; ASSIGNMENTS; SUCCESSORS

        13.1    Amendments and Waivers. No amendment or waiver of any provision
of this Agreement or any other Loan Document, and no consent with respect to any
departure by the Borrower therefrom, shall be effective unless the same shall be
in writing and signed by the Majority Lenders (or by the Co-Agents at the
written request of the Majority Lenders) and the Borrower and then any such
waiver or consent shall be effective only in the specific instance and for the
specific purpose for which given; provided, however, that no such waiver,
amendment, or consent shall, unless in writing and signed by all the Lenders and
the Borrower and acknowledged by the Co-Agents, do any of the following:

                (a)     increase or extend the Commitment of any Lender;

                (b)     postpone or delay any date fixed by this Agreement or
any other Loan Document for any payment of principal, interest, fees or other
amounts due to the Lenders (or any of them) hereunder or under any other Loan
Document;

                (c)     reduce the principal of, or the rate of interest
specified herein on any Loan, or any fees or other amounts payable hereunder or
under any other Loan Document;

                (d)     change the percentage of the Commitments or of the
aggregate unpaid principal amount of the Loans which is required for the Lenders
or any of them to take any action hereunder;



                                       85
<PAGE>   91

                (e)     increase any of the percentages set forth in the
definition of the Borrowing Base;

                (f)     amend this Section or any provision of the Agreement
providing for consent or other action by all Lenders;

                (g)     release Collateral other than as permitted by Section
14.12;

                (h)     change the definitions of "Majority Lenders"; or

                (i)     increase the Maximum Revolver Amount, the Unused Vendor
Inventory Financing Subfacility, or the Unused Letter of Credit Subfacility;

provided, however, the Co-Agents may, in their sole discretion and
notwithstanding the limitations contained in clauses (e) an (i) above and any
other terms of the Agreement, make Revolving Loans (including Administrative
Agent Advances) above such limitations in an amount not to exceed five percent
(5%) of the Borrowing Base; and provided further, that no amendment, waiver or
consent shall, unless in writing and signed by each of the Co-Agents, affect the
rights or duties of either of the Co-Agents under this Agreement or any other
Loan Document.

        13.2    Assignments; Participations.

                (a)     Any Lender may, (i) with the written consent of the
Borrower (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed, and which
consent shall not be required if any Event of Default has occurred and is
continuing), and (ii) with the written consent of the Co- Agents (which consent
shall not be unreasonably withheld, and which consent shall not be required in
connection with any assignment and delegation by a Lender to an Affiliate of
such Lender), assign and delegate to one or more Eligible Assignees (each an
"Assignee") all, or any ratable part of all, of the Loans, the Commitments and
the other rights and obligations of such Lender hereunder, in a minimum amount
of $5,000,000 (provided that, unless an assignor Lender has assigned and
delegated all of its Loans and Commitments, no such assignment and/or delegation
shall be permitted unless, after giving effect thereto, such assignor Lender
retains a Commitment in a minimum amount of $5,000,000); provided, however, that
the Borrower and the Co-Agents may continue to deal solely and directly with
such Lender in connection with the interest so assigned to an Assignee until (i)
written notice of such assignment, together with payment instructions, addresses
and related information with respect to the Assignee, shall have been given to
the Borrower and the Co-Agents by such Lender and the Assignee; (ii) such Lender
and its Assignee shall have delivered to the Borrower and the Co-Agents an
Assignment and Acceptance in the form of Exhibit H ("Assignment and Acceptance")
together with any Note or Notes subject to such assignment and (iii) the
assignor Lender or Assignee has paid to the Co- Agents a processing fee in the
amount of $3,000.

                (b)     From and after the date that the Administrative Agent
notifies the assignor Lender that it has received an executed Assignment and
Acceptance and payment of the above-referenced processing fee, (i) the Assignee
thereunder shall be a party hereto and, to the extent that rights and
obligations, including, but not limited to, the obligation to participate in
Letters of Credit and Credit Support and Vendor Inventory Financing and Vendor
Inventory Financing Credit Support have been assigned to it pursuant to such
Assignment and Acceptance,



                                       86
<PAGE>   92

shall have the rights and obligations of a Lender under the Loan Documents, and
(ii) the assignor Lender shall, to the extent that rights and obligations
hereunder and under the other Loan Documents have been assigned by it pursuant
to such Assignment and Acceptance, relinquish its rights and be released from
its obligations under this Agreement (and in the case of an Assignment and
Acceptance covering all or the remaining portion of an assigning Lender's rights
and obligations under this Agreement, such Lender shall cease to be a party
hereto).

                (c)     By executing and delivering an Assignment and
Acceptance, the assigning Lender thereunder and the Assignee thereunder confirm
to and agree with each other and the other parties hereto as follows: (i) other
than as provided in such Assignment and Acceptance, such assigning Lender makes
no representation or warranty and assumes no responsibility with respect to any
statements, warranties or representations made in or in connection with this
Agreement or the execution, legality, validity, enforceability, genuineness,
sufficiency or value of this Agreement or any other Loan Document furnished
pursuant hereto or the attachment, perfection, or priority of any Lien granted
by the Borrower to any Co-Agent or any Lender in the Collateral; (ii) such
assigning Lender makes no representation or warranty and assumes no
responsibility with respect to the financial condition of the Borrower or the
performance or observance by the Borrower of any of its obligations under this
Agreement or any other Loan Document furnished pursuant hereto; (iii) such
Assignee confirms that it has received a copy of this Agreement, together with
such other documents and information as it has deemed appropriate to make its
own credit analysis and decision to enter into such Assignment and Acceptance;
(iv) such Assignee will, independently and without reliance upon any Co-Agent,
such assigning Lender or any other Lender, and based on such documents and
information as it shall deem appropriate at the time, continue to make its own
credit decisions in taking or not taking action under this Agreement; (v) such
Assignee appoints and authorizes each of the Co- Agents to take such action as
agent on its behalf and to exercise such powers under this Agreement as are
delegated to such Co-Agent by the terms hereof, together with such powers,
including the discretionary rights and incidental power, as are reasonably
incidental thereto; and (vi) such Assignee agrees that it will perform in
accordance with their terms all of the obligations which by the terms of this
Agreement are required to be performed by it as a Lender.

                (d)     Immediately upon each Assignee's making its processing
fee payment under the Assignment and Acceptance, this Agreement shall be deemed
to be amended to the extent, but only to the extent, necessary to reflect the
addition of the Assignee and the resulting adjustment of the Commitments arising
therefrom. The Commitment allocated to each Assignee shall reduce such
Commitments of the assigning Lender pro tanto.

                (e)     Any Lender may at any time sell to one or more
commercial banks, financial institutions, or other Persons not Affiliates of the
Borrower (a "Participant") participating interests in any Loans, the Commitment
of that Lender and the other interests of that Lender (the "originating Lender")
hereunder and under the other Loan Documents; provided, however, that (i) the
originating Lender's obligations under this Agreement shall remain unchanged,
(ii) the originating Lender shall remain solely responsible for the performance
of such obligations, (iii) the Borrower and the Co-Agents shall continue to deal
solely and directly with the originating Lender in connection with the
originating Lender's rights and obligations under this Agreement and the other
Loan Documents, and (iv) no Lender shall transfer or grant any participating
interest under which the Participant has rights to approve any amendment to, or
any consent or waiver with respect to, this Agreement or any other Loan
Document, and all



                                       87
<PAGE>   93

amounts payable by the Borrower hereunder shall be determined as if such Lender
had not sold such participation; except that, if amounts outstanding under this
Agreement are due and unpaid, or shall have been declared or shall have become
due and payable upon the occurrence of an Event of Default, each Participant
shall be deemed to have the right of set-off in respect of its participating
interest in amounts owing under this Agreement to the same extent and subject to
the same limitation as if the amount of its participating interest were owing
directly to it as a Lender under this Agreement.

                (f)     Notwithstanding any other provision in this Agreement,
any Lender may at any time create a security interest in, or pledge, all or any
portion of its rights under and interest in this Agreement in favor of any
Federal Reserve Bank in accordance with Regulation A of the FRB or U.S. Treasury
Regulation 31 CFR Section 203.14, and such Federal Reserve Bank may enforce such
pledge or security interest in any manner permitted under applicable law.

                                   ARTICLE 14

                                  THE CO-AGENTS

        14.1    Appointment and Authorization. Each Lender hereby designates and
appoints Bank as its Administrative Agent and GE Capital as its Documentation
Agent under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents and each Lender hereby
irrevocably authorizes such Co-Agent to take such action on its behalf under the
provisions of this Agreement and each other Loan Document and to exercise such
powers and perform such duties as are expressly delegated to it by the terms of
this Agreement or any other Loan Document, together with such powers as are
reasonably incidental thereto. Each of the Co-Agents agrees to act as such on
the express conditions contained in this Article 14. The provisions of this
Article 14 are solely for the benefit of the Co-Agents and the Lenders, and the
Borrower shall have no rights as a third party beneficiary of any of the
provisions contained herein. Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary
contained elsewhere in this Agreement or in any other Loan Document, the
Co-Agents shall not have any duties or responsibilities, except those expressly
set forth herein, nor shall the Co-Agents have or be deemed to have any
fiduciary relationship with any Lender, and no implied covenants, functions,
responsibilities, duties, obligations or liabilities shall be read into this
Agreement or any other Loan Document or otherwise exist against the Co-Agents.
Without limiting the generality of the foregoing sentence, the use of the term
"agent" in this Agreement with reference to the Co-Agents is not intended to
connote any fiduciary or other implied (or express) obligations arising under
agency doctrine of any applicable law. Instead, such term is used merely as a
matter of market custom, and is intended to create or reflect only an
administrative relationship between independent contracting parties. Except as
expressly otherwise provided in this Agreement, each of the Co-Agents shall have
and may use its sole discretion with respect to exercising or refraining from
exercising any discretionary rights or taking or refraining from taking any
actions which such Co-Agent is expressly entitled to take or assert under this
Agreement and the other Loan Documents, including (a) the determination of the
applicability of ineligibility criteria with respect to the calculation of the
Borrowing Base, (b) the making of Administrative Agent Advances pursuant to
Section 2.2(i), and (c) the exercise of remedies pursuant to Section 11.2, and
any action so taken or not taken shall be deemed consented to by the Lenders.



                                       88
<PAGE>   94

        14.2    Delegation of Duties. Each of the Co-Agents may execute any of
its duties under this Agreement or any other Loan Document by or through agents,
employees or attorneys-in-fact and shall be entitled to advice of counsel
concerning all matters pertaining to such duties. No Co-Agent shall be
responsible for the negligence or misconduct of any agent or attorney-in-fact
that it selects as long as such selection was made without gross negligence or
willful misconduct (with such gross negligence or willful misconduct being
determined by a final judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction).

        14.3    Liability of Co-Agents. None of the Co-Agent-Related Persons
shall (i) be liable for any action taken or omitted to be taken by any of them
under or in connection with this Agreement or any other Loan Document or the
transactions contemplated hereby (except for its own gross negligence or willful
misconduct as determined by a final judgment of a court of competent
jurisdiction), or (ii) be responsible in any manner to any of the Lenders for
any recital, statement, representation or warranty made by the Borrower or any
Subsidiary or Affiliate of the Borrower, or any officer thereof, contained in
this Agreement or in any other Loan Document, or in any certificate, report,
statement or other document referred to or provided for in, or received by any
Co-Agent under or in connection with, this Agreement or any other Loan Document,
or the validity, effectiveness, genuineness, enforceability or sufficiency of
this Agreement or any other Loan Document, or for any failure of the Borrower or
any other party to any Loan Document to perform its obligations hereunder or
thereunder. No Co-Agent-Related Person shall be under any obligation to any
Lender to ascertain or to inquire as to the observance or performance of any of
the agreements contained in, or conditions of, this Agreement or any other Loan
Document, or to inspect the properties, books or records of the Borrower or any
of the Borrower's Subsidiaries or Affiliates.

        14.4    Reliance by Co-Agents. Each Co-Agent shall be entitled to rely,
and shall be fully protected in relying, upon any writing, resolution, notice,
consent, certificate, affidavit, letter, telegram, facsimile, telex or telephone
message, statement or other document or conversation believed by it to be
genuine and correct and to have been signed, sent or made by the proper Person
or Persons, and upon advice and statements of legal counsel (including counsel
to the Borrower), independent accountants and other experts selected by such
Co-Agent. Each Co- Agent shall be fully justified in failing or refusing to take
any action under this Agreement or any other Loan Document unless it shall first
receive such advice or concurrence of the Majority Lenders as it deems
appropriate and, if it so requests, it shall first be indemnified to its
satisfaction by the Lenders against any and all liability and expense which may
be incurred by it by reason of taking or continuing to take any such action.
Each Co-Agent shall in all cases be fully protected in acting, or in refraining
from acting, under this Agreement or any other Loan Document in accordance with
a request or consent of the Majority Lenders (or all Lenders if so required by
Section 13.1) and such request and any action taken or failure to act pursuant
thereto shall be binding upon all of the Lenders.

        14.5    Notice of Default. No Co-Agent shall be deemed to have knowledge
or notice of the occurrence of any Default or Event of Default, unless such
Co-Agent shall have received written notice from a Lender or the Borrower
referring to this Agreement, describing such Default or Event of Default and
stating that such notice is a "notice of default." Each Co-Agent will notify the
Lenders of its receipt of any such notice. Each Co-Agent shall take such action
with respect to such Default or Event of Default as may be requested by the
Majority Lenders in accordance with Section 11; provided, however, that unless
and until such Agent has received



                                       89
<PAGE>   95

any such request, such Co-Agent may (but shall not be obligated to) take such
action, or refrain from taking such action, with respect to such Default or
Event of Default as it shall deem advisable.

        14.6    Credit Decision. Each Lender acknowledges that none of the
Co-Agent-Related Persons has made any representation or warranty to it, and that
no act by any Co-Agent hereinafter taken, including any review of the affairs of
the Borrower and its Affiliates, shall be deemed to constitute any
representation or warranty by any Co-Agent-Related Person to any Lender. Each
Lender represents to the Co-Agents that it has, independently and without
reliance upon any Co-Agent-Related Person and based on such documents and
information as it has deemed appropriate, made its own appraisal of and
investigation into the business, prospects, operations, property, financial and
other condition and creditworthiness of the Borrower and its Affiliates, and all
applicable bank regulatory laws relating to the transactions contemplated
hereby, and made its own decision to enter into this Agreement and to extend
credit to the Borrower. Each Lender also represents that it will, independently
and without reliance upon any Co-Agent-Related Person and based on such
documents and information as it shall deem appropriate at the time, continue to
make its own credit analysis, appraisals and decisions in taking or not taking
action under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, and to make such
investigations as it deems necessary to inform itself as to the business,
prospects, operations, property, financial and other condition and
creditworthiness of the Borrower. Except for notices, reports and other
documents expressly herein required to be furnished to the Lenders by the
Co-Agents, the Co-Agents shall not have any duty or responsibility to provide
any Lender with any credit or other information concerning the business,
prospects, operations, property, financial and other condition or
creditworthiness of the Borrower which may come into the possession of any of
the Co-Agent-Related Persons.

        14.7    Indemnification. Whether or not the transactions contemplated
hereby are consummated, the Lenders shall indemnify upon demand the
Co-Agent-Related Persons (to the extent not reimbursed by or on behalf of the
Borrower and without limiting the obligation of the Borrower to do so), pro
rata, from and against any and all Indemnified Liabilities as such term is
defined in Section 15.11; provided, however, that no Lender shall be liable for
the payment to the Co-Agent-Related Persons of any portion of such Indemnified
Liabilities resulting solely from such Person's gross negligence or willful
misconduct as determined by a final judgment of a court of competent
jurisdiction. Without limitation of the foregoing, each Lender shall reimburse
each Co-Agent upon demand for its ratable share of any costs or out-of-pocket
expenses (including Attorney Costs) incurred by such Co-Agent in connection with
the preparation, execution, delivery, administration, modification, amendment or
enforcement (whether through negotiations, legal proceedings or otherwise) of,
or legal advice in respect of rights or responsibilities under, this Agreement,
any other Loan Document, or any document contemplated by or referred to herein,
to the extent that such Co-Agent is not reimbursed for such expenses by or on
behalf of the Borrower. The undertaking in this Section shall survive the
payment of all Obligations hereunder and the resignation or replacement of any
Co-Agent.

        14.8    Co-Agents in Individual Capacity. The Bank and its Affiliates,
and GE Capital and its Affiliates, may make loans to, issue letters of credit
for the account of, accept deposits from, acquire equity interests in and
generally engage in any kind of banking, trust, financial advisory, underwriting
or other business with the Borrower and its Subsidiaries and Affiliates as
though the Bank and GE Capital were not the Co-Agents hereunder and without
notice to or



                                       90
<PAGE>   96

consent of the Lenders. The Lenders acknowledge that, pursuant to such
activities, the Bank or its Affiliates, and GE Capital and its Affiliates, may
receive information regarding the Borrower or its Affiliates (including
information that may be subject to confidentiality obligations in favor of the
Borrower or such Subsidiary) and acknowledge that the Co-Agents, the Bank and GE
Capital shall be under no obligation to provide such information to them. With
respect to its Loans, the Bank and GE Capital shall each have the same rights
and powers under this Agreement as any other Lender and may exercise the same as
though it were not a Co-Agent, and the terms "Lender" and "Lenders" include each
of the Bank and GE Capital in its individual capacity.

        14.9    Successor Co-Agents. Any Co-Agent may resign as a Co-Agent upon
thirty (30) days' notice to the other Co-Agent, Lenders and the Borrower, such
resignation to be effective upon the acceptance of a successor agent to its
appointment as such Co-Agent. In the event the Bank or GE Capital sells all of
its Commitment and Revolving Loans as part of a sale, transfer or other
disposition by it of substantially all of its loan portfolio, the Bank or GE
Capital, as the case may be, shall resign as Co-Agent and such purchaser or
transferee shall become the successor Co-Agent hereunder. If any Co-Agent
resigns under this Agreement, subject to the proviso in the preceding sentence,
the Majority Lenders shall appoint from among the Lenders a successor agent for
the Lenders to replace such Co-Agent. If no successor agent is appointed prior
to the effective date of the resignation of such Co-Agent, such Co-Agent may
appoint, after consulting with the other Co-Agent, the Lenders and the Borrower,
a successor agent from among the Lenders. Upon the acceptance of its appointment
as successor agent hereunder, such successor agent shall succeed to all the
rights, powers and duties of the retiring Co-Agent and the terms "Co-Agent" and
"Administrative Agent" or "Documentation Agent," as the case may be, shall mean
such successor agent and the retiring Co-Agent's appointment, powers and duties
as Co- Agent and Administrative Agent or Documentation Agent, as the case may
be, shall be terminated. After any retiring Co-Agent's resignation hereunder as
such Co-Agent, the provisions of this Section 14 shall inure to its benefit as
to any actions taken or omitted to be taken by it while it was Co-Agent under
this Agreement.

        14.10   Withholding Tax.

                (a)     If any Lender is a "foreign corporation, partnership or
trust" within the meaning of the Code and such Lender claims exemption from, or
a reduction of, U.S. withholding tax under Sections 1441 or 1442 of the Code,
such Lender agrees with and in favor of the Co-Agents, to deliver to the
Administrative Agent:

                        (i)     if such Lender claims an exemption from, or a
reduction of, withholding tax under a United States tax treaty, properly
completed IRS Forms 1001 and W-8 before the payment of any interest in the first
calendar year and before the payment of any interest in each third succeeding
calendar year during which interest may be paid under this Agreement;

                        (ii)    if such Lender claims that interest paid under
this Agreement is exempt from United States withholding tax because it is
effectively connected with a United States trade or business of such Lender, two
properly completed and executed copies of IRS Form 4224 before the payment of
any interest is due in the first taxable year of such Lender and



                                       91
<PAGE>   97

in each succeeding taxable year of such Lender during which interest may be paid
under this Agreement, and IRS Form W-9; and

                        (iii)   such other form or forms as may be required
under the Code or other laws of the United States of America as a condition to
exemption from, or reduction of, United States withholding tax.

Such Lender agrees to promptly notify the Co-Agents of any change in
circumstances which would modify or render invalid any claimed exemption or
reduction.

                (b)     If any Lender claims exemption from, or reduction of,
withholding tax under a United States tax treaty by providing IRS Form 1001 and
such Lender sells, assigns, grants a participation in, or otherwise transfers
all or part of the Obligations of the Borrower to such Lender, such Lender
agrees to notify the Co-Agents of the percentage amount in which it is no longer
the beneficial owner of Obligations of the Borrower to such Lender. To the
extent of such percentage amount, the Agent will treat such Lender's IRS Form
1001 as no longer valid.

                (c)     If any Lender claiming exemption from United States
withholding tax by filing IRS Form 4224 with the Administrative Agent sells,
assigns, grants a participation in, or otherwise transfers all or part of the
Obligations of the Borrower to such Lender, such Lender agrees to undertake sole
responsibility for complying with the withholding tax requirements imposed by
Sections 1441 and 1442 of the Code.

                (d)     If any Lender is entitled to a reduction in the
applicable withholding tax, the Administrative Agent may withhold from any
interest payment to such Lender an amount equivalent to the applicable
withholding tax after taking into account such reduction. If the forms or other
documentation required by subsection (a) of this Section are not delivered to
the Administrative Agent, then the Administrative Agent may withhold from any
interest payment to such Lender not providing such forms or other documentation
an amount equivalent to the applicable withholding tax.

                (e)     If the IRS or any other Governmental Authority of the
United States of America or other jurisdiction asserts a claim that the
Administrative Agent did not properly withhold tax from amounts paid to or for
the account of any Lender (because the appropriate form was not delivered, was
not properly executed, or because such Lender failed to notify the
Administrative Agent of a change in circumstances which rendered the exemption
from, or reduction of, withholding tax ineffective, or for any other reason)
such Lender shall indemnify the Administrative Agent fully for all amounts paid,
directly or indirectly, by the Administrative Agent as tax or otherwise,
including penalties and interest, and including any taxes imposed by any
jurisdiction on the amounts payable to the Administrative Agent under this
Section, together with all costs and expenses (including Attorney Costs). The
obligation of the Lenders under this subsection shall survive the payment of all
Obligations and the resignation or replacement of the Administrative Agent.

        14.11   Relationship Between Co-Agents. As between Co-Agents, (a)
Administrative Agent shall serve as designated agent for Co-Agents and Lenders
under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents with respect to the filing,
recordation and perfection of Liens, the management of deposit accounts and the
receipt and disbursement of funds to, from, and on



                                       92
<PAGE>   98

behalf of Credit Parties and Lenders, and the other administrative functions
specifically set forth in this Agreement and the other Loan Documents as
assigned to Administrative Agent, and (b) Documentation Agent shall serve as
designated agent for Co-Agents and Lenders under this Agreement and the other
Loan Documents with respect to the structuring, preparation, and negotiation of
the Loan Documents and amendments and modifications thereto. Neither Co-Agent
shall attempt to take action inconsistent with the foregoing allocation of
responsibility; provided, that each Co-Agent shall, to the extent reasonably
practical, (i) provide timely access to information to the other relating to any
actions taken or being considered by such Co-Agent in connection with its
duties, and (ii) upon the request of the other, make such Co-Agent's
representatives available to the other in timely fashion to discuss any such
actions. Each Co-Agent shall exercise reasonable credit judgment in performing
its duties hereunder; provided, that no provision of this Section 14.11 shall be
deemed to (A) modify the provisions of Section 14.4,or(B) restrict or modify the
authority of a Co-Agent, in its capacity as a Lender, accorded such Co-Agent by
Section 14.8.

        14.12   Collateral Matters.

                (a)     The Lenders hereby irrevocably authorize the
Administrative Agent, at its option and in its sole discretion, to release any
Agent's Lien upon any Collateral (i) upon the termination of the Commitments and
payment and satisfaction in full by Borrower of all Loans and reimbursement
obligations in respect of Vendor Inventory Financing and Vendor Inventory
Financing Credit Support, Letters of Credit and Credit Support, and the
termination of all outstanding Letters of Credit (whether or not any of such
obligations are due) and all other Obligations; (ii) constituting property being
sold or disposed of if the Borrower certifies to the Co-Agents that the sale or
disposition is made in compliance with Section 9.9 (and the Administrative Agent
may rely conclusively on any such certificate, without further inquiry); (iii)
constituting property in which the Borrower owned no interest at the time the
Lien was granted or at any time thereafter; or (iv) constituting property leased
to the Borrower under a lease which has expired or been terminated in a
transaction permitted under this Agreement. Except as provided above, the
Administrative Agent will not release any of the Administrative Agent's Liens
without the prior written authorization of the Lenders; provided that the
Administrative Agent may, in its discretion, release the Administrative Agent's
Liens on Collateral valued in the aggregate not in excess of $250,000 during any
one year period without the prior written authorization of the Lenders. Upon
request by the Administrative Agent or the Borrower at any time, the Lenders
will confirm in writing the Administrative Agent's authority to release any
Administrative Agent's Liens upon particular types or items of Collateral
pursuant to this Section 14.12.

                (b)     Upon receipt by the Administrative Agent of any
authorization required pursuant to Section 14.12(a) from the Lenders of the
Administrative Agent's authority to release any Administrative Agent's Liens
upon particular types or items of Collateral, and upon at least five (5)
Business Days' prior written request by the Borrower, the Administrative Agent
shall (and is hereby irrevocably authorized by the Lenders to) execute such
documents as may be necessary to evidence the release of the Administrative
Agent's Liens upon such Collateral; provided, however, that (i) the
Administrative Agent shall not be required to execute any such document on terms
which, in the Administrative Agent's opinion, would expose the Administrative
Agent to liability or create any obligation or entail any consequence other than
the release of such Liens without recourse or warranty, and (ii) such release
shall not in any



                                       93
<PAGE>   99

manner discharge, affect or impair the Obligations or any Liens (other than
those expressly being released) upon (or obligations of the Borrower in respect
of) all interests retained by the Borrower, including the proceeds of any sale,
all of which shall continue to constitute part of the Collateral.

                (c)     The Co-Agents shall have no obligation whatsoever to any
of the Lenders to assure that the Collateral exists or is owned by the Borrower
or is cared for, protected or insured or has been encumbered, or that the
Administrative Agent's Liens have been properly or sufficiently or lawfully
created, perfected, protected or enforced or are entitled to any particular
priority, or to exercise at all or in any particular manner or under any duty of
care, disclosure or fidelity, or to continue exercising, any of the rights,
authorities and powers granted or available to the Co-Agents pursuant to any of
the Loan Documents, it being understood and agreed that in respect of the
Collateral, or any act, omission or event related thereto, each Co-Agent may act
in any manner it may deem appropriate, in its sole discretion given such
Co-Agent's own interest in the Collateral in its capacity as one of the Lenders
and that such Co-Agent shall have no other duty or liability whatsoever to any
Lender as to any of the foregoing.

        14.13   Restrictions on Actions by Lenders; Sharing of Payments.

                (a)     Each of the Lenders agrees that it shall not, without
the express consent of all Lenders, and that it shall, to the extent it is
lawfully entitled to do so, upon the request of all Lenders, set off against the
Obligations, any amounts owing by such Lender to the Borrower or any accounts of
the Borrower now or hereafter maintained with such Lender. Each of the Lenders
further agrees that it shall not, unless specifically requested to do so by the
Co-Agents, take or cause to be taken any action to enforce its rights under this
Agreement or against the Borrower, including the commencement of any legal or
equitable proceedings, to foreclose any Lien on, or otherwise enforce any
security interest in, any of the Collateral.

                (b)     If at any time or times any Lender shall receive (i) by
payment, foreclosure, setoff or otherwise, any proceeds of Collateral or any
payments with respect to the Obligations of the Borrower to such Lender arising
under, or relating to, this Agreement or the other Loan Documents, except for
any such proceeds or payments received by such Lender from the Administrative
Agent pursuant to the terms of this Agreement, or (ii) payments from the
Administrative Agent in excess of such Lender's ratable portion of all such
distributions by the Administrative Agent, such Lender shall promptly (1) turn
the same over to the Administrative Agent, in kind, and with such endorsements
as may be required to negotiate the same to the Administrative Agent, or in same
day funds, as applicable, for the account of all of the Lenders and for
application to the Obligations in accordance with the applicable provisions of
this Agreement, or (2) purchase, without recourse or warranty, an undivided
interest and participation in the Obligations owed to the other Lenders so that
such excess payment received shall be applied ratably as among the Lenders in
accordance with their Pro Rata Shares; provided, however, that if all or part of
such excess payment received by the purchasing party is thereafter recovered
from it, those purchases of participations shall be rescinded in whole or in
part, as applicable, and the applicable portion of the purchase price paid
therefor shall be returned to such purchasing party, but without interest except
to the extent that such purchasing party is required to pay interest in
connection with the recovery of the excess payment.



                                       94
<PAGE>   100

        14.14   Agency for Perfection. Each Lender hereby appoints each other
Lender as agent for the purpose of perfecting the Lenders' security interest in
assets which, in accordance with Division 9 of the UCC can be perfected only by
possession. Should any Lender (other than the Administrative Agent) obtain
possession of any such Collateral, such Lender shall notify the Administrative
Agent thereof, and, promptly upon the Administrative Agent's request therefor
shall deliver such Collateral to the Administrative Agent or in accordance with
the Administrative Agent's instructions.

        14.15   Payments by Administrative Agent to Lenders. All payments to be
made by the Administrative Agent to the Lenders shall be made by bank wire
transfer or internal transfer of immediately available funds to each Lender
pursuant to wire transfer instructions delivered in writing to the
Administrative Agent on or prior to the Closing Date (or if such Lender is an
Assignee, on the applicable Assignment and Acceptance), or pursuant to such
other wire transfer instructions as each party may designate for itself by
written notice to the Administrative Agent. Concurrently with each such payment,
the Administrative Agent shall identify whether such payment (or any portion
thereof) represents principal, premium or interest on the Revolving Loans or
otherwise.

        14.16   Concerning the Collateral and the Related Loan Documents. Each
Lender authorizes and directs the Co-Agents to enter into this Agreement and the
other Loan Documents, for the ratable benefit and obligation of the Co-Agents
and the Lenders. Each Lender agrees that any action taken by any Co-Agent or the
Majority Lenders, as applicable, in accordance with the terms of this Agreement
or the other Loan Documents, and the exercise by any Co-Agent or the Majority
Lenders, as applicable, of their respective powers set forth therein or herein,
together with such other powers that are reasonably incidental thereto, shall be
binding upon all of the Lenders.

        14.17   Field Audit and Examination Reports; Disclaimer by Lenders. By
signing this Agreement, each Lender:

                (a)     is deemed to have requested that the Administrative
Agent furnish such Lender, promptly after it becomes available, a copy of each
field audit or examination report (each a "Report" and collectively, "Reports")
prepared by the Administrative Agent;

                (b)     expressly agrees and acknowledges that none of the Bank,
GE Capital or any Co-Agent (i) makes any representation or warranty as to the
accuracy of any Report, or (ii) shall be liable for any information contained in
any Report;

                (c)     expressly agrees and acknowledges that the Reports are
not comprehensive audits or examinations, that the Administrative Agent, the
Bank, GE Capital or other party performing any audit or examination will inspect
only specific information regarding the Borrower and will rely significantly
upon the Borrower's books and records, as well as on representations of the
Borrower's personnel;

                (d)     agrees to keep all Reports confidential and strictly for
its internal use, and not to distribute except to its participants, or use any
Report in any other manner; and

                (e)     without limiting the generality of any other
indemnification provision contained in this Agreement, agrees: (i) to hold the
Administrative Agent and any such other



                                       95
<PAGE>   101

Lender preparing a Report harmless from any action the indemnifying Lender may
take or conclusion the indemnifying Lender may reach or draw from any Report in
connection with any loans or other credit accommodations that the indemnifying
Lender has made or may make to the Borrower, or the indemnifying Lender's
participation in, or the indemnifying Lender's purchase of, a loan or loans of
the Borrower; and (ii) to pay and protect, and indemnify, defend and hold the
Administrative Agent and any such other Lender preparing a Report harmless from
and against, the claims, actions, proceedings, damages, costs, expenses and
other amounts (including Attorney Costs) incurred by such Administrative Agent
and any such other Lender preparing a Report as the direct or indirect result of
any third parties who might obtain all or part of any Report through the
indemnifying Lender.

        14.18   Relation Among Lenders. The Lenders are not partners or
co-venturers, and no Lender shall be liable for the acts or omissions of, or
(except as otherwise set forth herein in case of the Co-Agents) authorized to
act for, any other Lender.

                                   ARTICLE 15

                                  MISCELLANEOUS

        15.1    No Waivers; Cumulative Remedies. No failure by any Co-Agent or
any Lender to exercise any right, remedy, or option under this Agreement or any
present or future supplement thereto, or in any other agreement between or among
the Borrower and any Co-Agent and/or any Lender, or delay by any Co-Agent or any
Lender in exercising the same, will operate as a waiver thereof. No waiver by
any Co-Agent or any Lender will be effective unless it is in writing, and then
only to the extent specifically stated. No waiver by any Co-Agent or the Lenders
on any occasion shall affect or diminish each Co-Agent's and each Lender's
rights thereafter to require strict performance by the Borrower of any provision
of this Agreement. The Co-Agents and the Lenders may proceed directly to collect
the Obligations without any prior recourse to the Collateral. Each Co-Agent's
and each Lender's rights under this Agreement will be cumulative and not
exclusive of any other right or remedy which any Co-Agent or any Lender may
have.

        15.2    Severability. The illegality or unenforceability of any
provision of this Agreement or any Loan Document or any instrument or agreement
required hereunder shall not in any way affect or impair the legality or
enforceability of the remaining provisions of this Agreement or any instrument
or agreement required hereunder.

        15.3    Governing Law; Choice of Forum; Service of Process; Jury Trial
Waiver.

                (a)     THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE INTERPRETED AND THE RIGHTS AND
LIABILITIES OF THE PARTIES HERETO DETERMINED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE INTERNAL
LAWS (AS OPPOSED TO THE CONFLICT OF LAWS PROVISIONS, PROVIDED THAT PERFECTION
ISSUES WITH RESPECT TO DIVISION 9 OF THE UCC MAY GIVE EFFECT TO APPLICABLE
CHOICE OR CONFLICT OF LAW RULES SET FORTH IN DIVISION 9 OF THE UCC) OF THE STATE
OF CALIFORNIA; PROVIDED THAT THE CO-AGENTS AND THE LENDERS SHALL RETAIN ALL
RIGHTS ARISING UNDER FEDERAL LAW.

                (b)     ANY LEGAL ACTION OR PROCEEDING WITH RESPECT TO THIS
AGREEMENT OR ANY OTHER LOAN DOCUMENT MAY BE BROUGHT IN THE



                                       96
<PAGE>   102

COURTS OF THE STATE OF CALIFORNIA FOR THE COUNTY OF SAN FRANCISCO OR OF THE
UNITED STATES FOR THE NORTHERN DISTRICT OF CALIFORNIA, AND BY EXECUTION AND
DELIVERY OF THIS AGREEMENT, EACH OF THE BORROWER, THE CO-AGENTS AND THE LENDERS
CONSENTS, FOR ITSELF AND IN RESPECT OF ITS PROPERTY, TO THE NON-EXCLUSIVE
JURISDICTION OF THOSE COURTS. EACH OF THE BORROWER, THE CO-AGENTS AND THE
LENDERS IRREVOCABLY WAIVES ANY OBJECTION, INCLUDING ANY OBJECTION TO THE LAYING
OF VENUE OR BASED ON THE GROUNDS OF FORUM NON CONVENIENS, WHICH IT MAY NOW OR
HEREAFTER HAVE TO THE BRINGING OF ANY ACTION OR PROCEEDING IN SUCH JURISDICTION
IN RESPECT OF THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY DOCUMENT RELATED HERETO. NOTWITHSTANDING THE
FOREGOING: (1) THE CO-AGENTS AND THE LENDERS SHALL HAVE THE RIGHT TO BRING ANY
ACTION OR PROCEEDING AGAINST THE BORROWER OR ITS PROPERTY IN THE COURTS OF ANY
OTHER JURISDICTION THE CO-AGENTS OR THE LENDERS DEEM NECESSARY OR APPROPRIATE IN
ORDER TO REALIZE ON THE COLLATERAL OR OTHER SECURITY FOR THE OBLIGATIONS AND (2)
EACH OF THE PARTIES HERETO ACKNOWLEDGES THAT ANY APPEALS FROM THE COURTS
DESCRIBED IN THE IMMEDIATELY PRECEDING SENTENCE MAY HAVE TO BE HEARD BY A COURT
LOCATED OUTSIDE THOSE JURISDICTIONS.

                (c)     THE BORROWER HEREBY WAIVES PERSONAL SERVICE OF ANY AND
ALL PROCESS UPON IT AND CONSENTS THAT ALL SUCH SERVICE OF PROCESS MAY BE MADE BY
REGISTERED MAIL (RETURN RECEIPT REQUESTED) DIRECTED TO THE BORROWER AT ITS
ADDRESS SET FORTH IN SECTION 15.8 AND SERVICE SO MADE SHALL BE DEEMED TO BE
COMPLETED FIVE (5) DAYS AFTER THE SAME SHALL HAVE BEEN SO DEPOSITED IN THE U.S.
MAILS. NOTHING CONTAINED HEREIN SHALL AFFECT THE RIGHT OF CO-AGENTS OR THE
LENDERS TO SERVE LEGAL PROCESS BY ANY OTHER MANNER PERMITTED BY LAW.

        15.4    WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL. THE BORROWER, THE LENDERS AND THE
CO-AGENTS EACH IRREVOCABLY WAIVE THEIR RESPECTIVE RIGHTS TO A TRIAL BY JURY OF
ANY CLAIM OR CAUSE OF ACTION BASED UPON OR ARISING OUT OF OR RELATED TO THIS
AGREEMENT, THE OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS, OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY OR
THEREBY, IN ANY ACTION, PROCEEDING OR OTHER LITIGATION OF ANY TYPE BROUGHT BY
ANY OF THE PARTIES AGAINST ANY OTHER PARTY OR ANY CO-AGENT-RELATED PERSON,
PARTICIPANT OR ASSIGNEE, WHETHER WITH RESPECT TO CONTRACT CLAIMS, TORT CLAIMS,
OR OTHERWISE. THE BORROWER, THE LENDERS AND THE CO- AGENTS EACH AGREE THAT ANY
SUCH CLAIM OR CAUSE OF ACTION SHALL BE TRIED BY A COURT TRIAL WITHOUT A JURY.
WITHOUT LIMITING THE FOREGOING, THE PARTIES FURTHER AGREE THAT THEIR RESPECTIVE
RIGHT TO A TRIAL BY JURY IS WAIVED BY OPERATION OF THIS SECTION AS TO ANY
ACTION, COUNTERCLAIM OR OTHER PROCEEDING WHICH SEEKS, IN WHOLE OR IN PART, TO
CHALLENGE THE VALIDITY OR ENFORCEABILITY OF THIS AGREEMENT OR THE OTHER LOAN
DOCUMENTS OR ANY PROVISION HEREOF OR THEREOF. THIS WAIVER SHALL APPLY TO ANY
SUBSEQUENT AMENDMENTS, RENEWALS, SUPPLEMENTS OR MODIFICATIONS TO THIS AGREEMENT
AND THE OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS.



                                       97
<PAGE>   103

        15.5    Survival of Representations and Warranties. All of the
Borrower's representations and warranties contained in this Agreement shall
survive the execution, delivery, and acceptance thereof by the parties,
notwithstanding any investigation by the Co-Agents or the Lenders or their
respective agents.

        15.6    Other Security and Guaranties. The Administrative Agent, may,
without notice or demand and without affecting the Borrower's obligations
hereunder, from time to time: (a) take from any Person and hold collateral
(other than the Collateral) for the payment of all or any part of the
Obligations and exchange, enforce or release such collateral or any part
thereof; and (b) accept and hold any endorsement or guaranty of payment of all
or any part of the Obligations and release or substitute any such endorser or
guarantor, or any Person who has given any Lien in any other collateral as
security for the payment of all or any part of the Obligations, or any other
Person in any way obligated to pay all or any part of the Obligations.

        15.7    Fees and Expenses. The Borrower agrees to pay to each Co-Agent,
for its benefit, on demand, all reasonable costs and expenses that such Co-Agent
pays or incurs in connection with the negotiation, preparation, syndication,
consummation, administration, enforcement, and termination of this Agreement or
any of the other Loan Documents, including: (a) Attorney Costs; (b) costs and
expenses (including attorneys' and paralegals' fees and disbursements) for any
amendment, supplement, waiver, consent, or subsequent closing in connection with
the Loan Documents and the transactions contemplated thereby; (c) costs and
expenses of lien and title searches and title insurance; (d) taxes, fees and
other charges for recording the Mortgage, filing financing statements and
continuations, and other actions to perfect, protect, and continue the
Administrative Agent's Liens (including costs and expenses paid or incurred by
the Co-Agents in connection with the consummation of Agreement); (e) sums paid
or incurred to pay any amount or take any action required of the Borrower under
the Loan Documents that the Borrower fails to pay or take; (f) costs of
appraisals, inspections, and verifications of the Collateral, including travel,
lodging, and meals for inspections of the Collateral and the Borrower's
operations by such Co-Agent plus such Co-Agent's then customary charge for field
examinations and audits and the preparation of reports thereof (such charge is
currently $750 per day (or portion thereof) for each agent or employee of such
Co-Agent with respect to each field examination or audit); (g) costs and
expenses of forwarding loan proceeds, collecting checks and other items of
payment, and establishing and maintaining Payment Accounts and lock boxes; (h)
costs and expenses of preserving and protecting the Collateral; and (i) costs
and expenses (including attorneys' and paralegals' fees and disbursements) paid
or incurred to obtain payment of the Obligations, enforce the Administrative
Agent's Liens, sell or otherwise realize upon the Collateral, and otherwise
enforce the provisions of the Loan Documents, or to defend any claims made or
threatened against any Co-Agent or any Lender arising out of the transactions
contemplated hereby (including preparations for and consultations concerning any
such matters). The foregoing shall not be construed to limit any other
provisions of the Loan Documents regarding costs and expenses to be paid by the
Borrower. All of the foregoing costs and expenses shall be charged to the
Borrower's Loan Account as Revolving Loans as described in Section 4.4.

        15.8    Notices. Except as otherwise provided herein, all notices,
demands and requests that any party is required or elects to give to any other
shall be in writing, or by a telecommunications device capable of creating a
written record, and any such notice shall become effective (a) upon personal
delivery thereof, including, but not limited to, delivery by overnight mail and
courier service, (b) four (4) days after it shall have been mailed by United



                                       98
<PAGE>   104

States mail, first class, certified or registered, with postage prepaid, or (c)
in the case of notice by such a telecommunications device, when properly
transmitted, in each case addressed to the party to be notified as follows:

                If to the Administrative Agent or to the Bank:

                        Bank of America, N.A.
                        55 South Lake Avenue, Suite 900
                        Pasadena, California 91101,
                        Attention: Joyce White, Division Manager
                        Telecopy No. (626) 578-6143

                        with copies to:

                        Bank of America, N.A.
                        10124 Old Grove Road
                        San Diego, California 92131-1649
                        Attention: Thomas G. Montgomery Sr., Esq.
                        Telecopy No. (858) 549-7518

                If to the Documentation Agent:

                        General Electric Capital Corporation
                        6130 Stoneridge Mall Road, Suite 300
                        Pleasanton, California 94588
                        Attention: Account Manager (The Good Guys)
                        Telecopy No. (925) 730-6496

                        with copies to:

                        Murphy Sheneman Julian & Rogers
                        101 California Street, Suite 3900
                        San Francisco, California 94111
                        Attention: Hill Blackett, III, Esq.
                        Telecopy No.: (415) 421-7879

                        and

                        General Electric Capital Corporation
                        201 High Ridge Road
                        Stamford, Connecticut 06927-5100
                        Attention: Corporate Counsel
                        Telecopy No.: (203) 316-7889

                If to the Borrower:

                        The Good Guys - California, Inc.
                        700 Marina Boulevard
                        Brisbane, California 94005
                        Attention: Mr. Paul N. Erickson
                        Telecopy No.: (650) 615-6290



                                       99
<PAGE>   105

                        with copies to:

                        Howard, Rice, Nemerovski, Canady, Falk & Rabkin
                        Three Embarcadero Center, 7th Floor
                        San Francisco, California 94111-4065
                        Attention: Janet A. Nexon, Esq.
                        Telecopy No.: (415) 217-5910

or to such other address as each party may designate for itself by like notice.
Failure or delay in delivering copies of any notice, demand, request, consent,
approval, declaration or other communication to the persons designated above to
receive copies shall not adversely affect the effectiveness of such notice,
demand, request, consent, approval, declaration or other communication.

        15.9    Waiver of Notices. Unless otherwise expressly provided herein,
the Borrower waives presentment, and notice of demand or dishonor and protest as
to any instrument, notice of intent to accelerate the Obligations and notice of
acceleration of the Obligations, as well as any and all other notices to which
it might otherwise be entitled. No notice to or demand on the Borrower which any
Co-Agent or any Lender may elect to give shall entitle the Borrower to any or
further notice or demand in the same, similar or other circumstances.

        15.10   Binding Effect. The provisions of this Agreement shall be
binding upon and inure to the benefit of the respective representatives,
successors, and assigns of the parties hereto; provided, however, that no
interest herein may be assigned by the Borrower without the prior written
consent of the Co-Agents and each Lender. The rights and benefits of the
Co-Agents and the Lenders hereunder shall inure to any party acquiring any
interest in the Obligations or any part thereof in accordance with the
provisions of this Agreement.

        15.11   Indemnity of the Co-Agents and the Lenders by the Borrower.

                (a)     The Borrower agrees to defend, indemnify and hold the
Co-Agent-Related Persons, and each Lender and each of its respective officers,
directors, employees, counsel, agents and attorneys-in-fact (each, an
"Indemnified Person") harmless from and against any and all liabilities,
obligations, losses, damages, penalties, actions, judgments, suits, costs,
charges, expenses and disbursements (including Attorney Costs) of any kind or
nature whatsoever which may at any time (including at any time following
repayment of the Loans and the termination, resignation or replacement of any
Co-Agent or replacement of any Lender) be imposed on, incurred by or asserted
against any such Person in any way relating to or arising out of this Agreement
or any document contemplated by or referred to herein, or the transactions
contemplated hereby, or any action taken or omitted by any such Person under or
in connection with any of the foregoing, including with respect to any
investigation, litigation or proceeding (including any Insolvency Proceeding or
appellate proceeding) related to or arising out of this Agreement, any other
Loan Document, or the Loans or the use of the proceeds thereof, whether or not
any Indemnified Person is a party thereto (all the foregoing, collectively, the
"Indemnified Liabilities"); provided, that the Borrower shall have no obligation
hereunder to any Indemnified Person with respect to Indemnified Liabilities
resulting solely from the gross negligence or willful misconduct of such
Indemnified Person as finally determined by a court of competent jurisdiction.
The agreements in this Section shall survive payment of all other Obligations.



                                      100
<PAGE>   106

                (b)     The Borrower agrees to indemnify, defend and hold
harmless each of the Co-Agents and the Lenders from any loss or liability
directly or indirectly arising out of the use, generation, manufacture,
production, storage, release, threatened release, discharge, disposal or
presence of a hazardous substance relating to the Borrower's operations,
business or property. This indemnity will apply whether the hazardous substance
is on, under or about the Borrower's property or operations or property leased
to the Borrower. The indemnity includes but is not limited to attorneys' fees.
The indemnity extends to each of the Co-Agents and the Lenders, their parents,
affiliates, subsidiaries and all of their directors, officers, employees,
agents, successors, attorneys and assigns. "Hazardous substances" means any
substance, material or waste that is or becomes designated or regulated as
"toxic," "hazardous," "pollutant," or "contaminant" or a similar designation or
regulation under any federal, state or local law (whether under common law,
statute, regulation or otherwise) or judicial or administrative interpretation
of such, including petroleum or natural gas. This indemnity will survive
repayment of all other Obligations.

        15.12   Limitation of Liability. NO CLAIM MAY BE MADE BY THE BORROWER,
ANY LENDER OR OTHER PERSON AGAINST ANY CO-AGENT, ANY LENDER, OR THE AFFILIATES,
DIRECTORS, OFFICERS, OFFICERS, EMPLOYEES, OR AGENTS OF ANY OF THEM FOR ANY
SPECIAL, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL OR PUNITIVE DAMAGES IN RESPECT OF ANY CLAIM FOR
BREACH OF CONTRACT OR ANY OTHER THEORY OF LIABILITY ARISING OUT OF OR RELATED TO
THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED BY THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY OTHER LOAN DOCUMENT, OR
ANY ACT, OMISSION OR EVENT OCCURRING IN CONNECTION THEREWITH, AND THE BORROWER
AND EACH LENDER HEREBY WAIVE, RELEASE AND AGREE NOT TO SUE UPON ANY CLAIM FOR
SUCH DAMAGES, WHETHER OR NOT ACCRUED AND WHETHER OR NOT KNOWN OR SUSPECTED TO
EXIST IN ITS FAVOR.

        15.13   Final Agreement. This Agreement and the other Loan Documents are
intended by the Borrower, the Co-Agents and the Lenders to be the final,
complete, and exclusive expression of the agreement between them. This Agreement
supersedes any and all prior oral or written agreements relating to the subject
matter hereof. No modification, rescission, waiver, release, or amendment of any
provision of this Agreement or any other Loan Document shall be made, except by
a written agreement signed by the Borrower and a duly authorized officer of each
of the Co-Agents and the requisite Lenders.

        15.14   Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in any number of
counterparts, and by the Co-Agents, each Lender and the Borrower in separate
counterparts, each of which shall be an original, but all of which shall
together constitute one and the same agreement; signature pages may be detached
from multiple separate counterparts and attached to a single counterpart so that
all signature pages are physically attached to the same document.

        15.15   Captions. The captions contained in this Agreement are for
convenience of reference only, are without substantive meaning and should not be
construed to modify, enlarge, or restrict any provision.

        15.16   Right of Setoff. In addition to any rights and remedies of the
Lenders provided by law, if an Event of Default exists or the Loans have been
accelerated, each Lender is authorized at any time and from time to time,
without prior notice to the Borrower, any such notice being



                                      101
<PAGE>   107

waived by the Borrower to the fullest extent permitted by law, to set off and
apply any and all deposits (general or special, time or demand, provisional or
final) at any time held by, and other indebtedness at any time owing by, such
Lender to or for the credit or the account of the Borrower against any and all
Obligations owing to such Lender, now or hereafter existing, irrespective of
whether or not the Co-Agents or such Lender shall have made demand under this
Agreement or any Loan Document and although such Obligations may be contingent
or unmatured. Each Lender agrees promptly to notify the Borrower and the
Co-Agents after any such set-off and application made by such Lender; provided,
however, that the failure to give such notice shall not affect the validity of
such set-off and application. NOTWITHSTANDING THE FOREGOING, NO LENDER SHALL
EXERCISE ANY RIGHT OF SET-OFF, BANKER'S LIEN, OR THE LIKE AGAINST ANY DEPOSIT
ACCOUNT OR PROPERTY OF THE BORROWER HELD OR MAINTAINED BY SUCH LENDER WITHOUT
THE PRIOR WRITTEN UNANIMOUS CONSENT OF THE LENDERS.



                                      102
<PAGE>   108

        IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have entered into this Agreement on the
date first above written.

                                        "Borrower"

                                        THE GOOD GUYS - CALIFORNIA, INC.

                                        By
                                          --------------------------------------

                                        Title:
                                              ----------------------------------

                                        "Administrative Agent"

                                        BANK OF AMERICA, N.A.,
                                        as the Administrative Agent

                                        By
                                          --------------------------------------

                                                                , Vice President
                                          ---------------------

                                        "Documentation Agent"

                                        GENERAL ELECTRIC CAPITAL
                                        CORPORATION, as the
                                        Documentation Agent

                                        By
                                          --------------------------------------

                                                     , Duly Authorized Signatory
                                          ----------

                                        "Vendor Inventory Financing
                                        Administrator"

                                        BANK OF AMERICA, N.A., as the

                                        Vendor Inventory Financing Administrator

                                        By
                                          --------------------------------------

                                                                , Vice President
                                          ---------------------



                                      103
<PAGE>   109

                                        "Lenders"


Commitment: $50,000,000                 BANK OF AMERICA, N.A., as a Lender

Pro Rata Share: 50%

                                        By
                                          --------------------------------------

                                                                , Vice President
                                          ---------------------

Commitment: $50,000,000                 GENERAL ELECTRIC CAPITAL

Pro Rata Share: 50%                     CORPORATION, as a Lender



                                        By
                                          --------------------------------------

                                                     , Duly Authorized Signatory
                                          ----------



                                      104


<PAGE>   1
                                                                    EXHIBIT 13.1
Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of
Operations

Statements made below and elsewhere in the Annual Report that are not historical
facts, including any statements about expectations for fiscal year 2000 and
beyond, involve certain risks and uncertainties. Factors that could cause the
estimates and expectations to differ materially from management's projections,
estimates and expectations include, but are not limited to, the Company's
ability to successfully implement its restructuring program, increases in
promotional activities of the Company's competitors, changes in consumer buying
attitudes, the presence or absence of new products or product features in the
Company's merchandise categories, changes in vendor support for advertising and
promotional programs, changes in the Company's merchandise sales mix, general
economic conditions, risks associated with Year 2000 issues, and other factors
referred to in the Company's fiscal 1999 Annual Report on Form 10-K under
"Information Regarding Forward-Looking Statements" and in the Company's
Consolidated Financial Statements and Notes thereto. The Consolidated Financial
Statements and Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements should be read in
conjunction with this Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial
Condition and Results of Operations.

General

The following table sets forth, for the years indicated, the relative
percentages that certain income and expense items bear to net sales, and the
number of stores open at the end of each period:


Years ended September 30,

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                 1999        1998        1997
<S>                                                              <C>         <C>         <C>
Gross profit                                                     24.3%       24.6%       25.1%
Selling, general and administrative expenses                     28.1%       26.0%       27.2%
Loss before income taxes                                         (4.3%)      (1.5%)      (2.2%)
Net loss                                                         (4.3%)      (1.0%)      (1.4%)
Number of stores open at the end of period                         79          77          76
</TABLE>

Sales and Gross Profit

The following table sets forth sales by product category:

Years ended September 30,

<TABLE>
                                                                 1999        1998        1997
<S>                                                              <C>         <C>         <C>
Video                                                              43%         41%         38%
Audio and Cellular Phones                                          30%         30%         30%
Home Office                                                        14%         17%         19%

Other
Accessories, Repair Service, and
Premier Performance Guarantee                                      13%         12%         13%
Total Company                                                     100%        100%        100%
</TABLE>

In fiscal 1999 sales decreased to $915.5 million from $928.5 million and $890.5
million in fiscal 1998 and 1997, respectively. The 1% decrease in fiscal 1999
resulted from a comparable store sales decrease of 4%, offset in part by the
opening of two new stores in fiscal 1999. The decrease was primarily
attributable to the reduction in computer sales in the fourth quarter as the
Company eliminated the computer product line along with decreased sales in the
video category, primarily VCR's. These sales decreases were offset in part by
increases in sales of digital versatile disc (DVD) players, stereo components,
and televisions.

Sales increased in fiscal 1998 to $928.5 million from $890.5 million in fiscal
1997. The 4% increase in fiscal 1998 resulted from a comparable store sales
increase of 3% and the opening of one new store in fiscal 1998. The increase was
partially offset by the temporary closing of certain stores remodeled to the
Audio/Video Exposition format during the year. The introduction of new
technologies, such as DVD, Dolby Digital audio components, and new technologies
in television, fueled sales gains in the video, audio and cellular phone
categories.

The gross profit margin decreased to 24.3% of net sales in fiscal 1999 compared
with 24.6% in fiscal 1998 and 25.1% in fiscal 1997. The decrease in gross profit
percentage for fiscal 1999 was primarily due to a reduction in sales year over
year of Premier Performance Guarantee contracts, higher credit card expenses and
higher inventory shrinkage.

The decrease in gross profit percentage for fiscal 1998 was primarily due to a
reduction of Premier Performance Guarantee contracts in the sales mix. As a
percentage of net sales, Premier Performance Guarantee contracts were 4.7%, 5.0%
and 5.7% for fiscal 1999, 1998, and 1997, respectively. Profit margins on
Premier Performance Guarantee contracts are generally higher than margins on
other products the Company sells.

Comparable store sales in the future may be affected by competition, the opening
of additional Good Guys stores in existing markets, the absence or introduction
of significant new products in the consumer electronics industry, and general
economic conditions.

Selling, General and Administrative Expenses

Selling, general and administrative expenses as a percentage of sales were 28.1%
in fiscal 1999 compared to 26.0% in fiscal 1998 and 27.2% in fiscal 1997. The
increase as a percentage of sales in fiscal 1999 was partially the result of a
decrease in sales, an


<PAGE>   2
increase in store operating and preopening expenses relating to two new stores
and the remodeling/relocation of six stores during the year, and one time
expenses of $9.3 million incurred during the fourth quarter in order to
streamline the Company's cost structure. The fourth quarter charges consisted
primarily of severance payments, discontinued product lines charges, one time
bank charges and accounts receivable write-offs. The decrease as a percentage of
sales in fiscal 1998 compared to fiscal 1997 was the result of an increase in
same store sales and a decrease in net advertising expense for 1998.

Interest Expense

Net interest expense for fiscal years 1999, 1998, and 1997 was $4,737,000,
$1,277,000 and $758,000, respectively. Interest expense increased in 1999 as a
result of the average loan balance outstanding increasing from $20,822,000 in
1998 to $44,814,000 in 1999 and the increase of other one-time bank charges of
approximately $1 million. The interest rates for 1999, 1998, and 1997 were 8.0%,
8.4%, and 6.8%, respectively. The Company entered into a new borrowing agreement
in September 1999 which increased its borrowing capacity up to $100 million and
lowered the interest rate.

Net Loss

The losses before income taxes as a percentage of sales for fiscal 1999, 1998,
and 1997 were 4.3%, 1.5% and 2.2%, respectively. The effective income tax rates
for fiscal years 1999, 1998, and 1997 were 0%, 36.6% and 37.2%, respectively.
The zero tax rate in fiscal 1999 is due to the Company providing a valuation
allowance on its deferred income tax benefit generated from 1999 losses. The net
losses as a percentage of sales for fiscal years 1999, 1998, and 1997 were 4.3%,
1.0%, and 1.4%, respectively.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

The Company's sales are primarily cash and credit card transactions, providing a
source of liquidity. The Company also uses private label credit card programs
administered and financed by financial services companies, which allow the
Company to expand store sales without the burden of additional receivables.
Working capital requirements are further reduced by vendor credit terms. The
Company also uses lease financing to fund a portion of its capital requirements.

As of the end of fiscal 1999, the Company had working capital of $64.8 million,
compared to $32.4 million in fiscal 1998 and $53.4 million in fiscal 1997. In
fiscal 1999, net cash used in operating activities was $58.3 million compared to
net cash provided of $2.5 million in 1998 and $6.1 million in fiscal 1997. The
decrease in net cash provided by operating activities was primarily attributable
to the increase in the net loss for fiscal 1999 offset by depreciation, an
decrease in accounts payable partially offset by a decrease in inventories. The
net cash decrease in fiscal 1998 provided by operating activities was primarily
attributable to the increase in merchandise inventories and accounts receivable


<PAGE>   3
offset by a decrease in the net loss for fiscal 1998, an increase in accounts
payable, and an increase in depreciation expense.

During fiscal 1999, the Company opened one new Audio/Video Exposition store, one
new Audio/Video Exposition WOW! store and remodeled or relocated six existing
stores to its Audio/Video Exposition format. In fiscal 1998, the Company opened
one new Audio/Video Exposition store and remodeled and relocated four existing
stores to the Audio/Video Exposition format. Cash utilized for capital
expenditures were $21.1, $21.0, and $10.1 million for fiscal years 1999, 1998,
and 1997, respectively. The Company does not plan to open/remodel any new stores
in fiscal 2000.

Cash flow from financing activities in fiscal 1999 generated $78.9 million in
cash as the Company raised $22.4 million through private placements, employee
and non-employee stock issuances. The Company also increased the long-term debt
balance to $56.5 million. Cash flows from financing activities in fiscal 1998
provided $2.6 million from the receipt of $4.0 million in cash from the issuance
of stock under the Company's Employee Stock Purchase Plan and Profit Sharing
Plan, and the exercise of stock options. Also, the Company repurchased $1.4
million of common stock in fiscal 1998. The Company expects to be able to fund
its working capital requirements with a combination of cash flows from
operations, existing financial agreements, normal trade credit, and other
financing arrangements.

Effective September 30, 1999, the Company entered into a new three-year
revolving credit agreement. This replaced a previous agreement and allows
borrowings of up to $100,000,000 based upon a formula related to the Company's
inventory balances, and is secured by the Company's assets. At September 30,
1999, there was $56.5 million outstanding on the line. At both September 30,
1998 and 1997, there were no borrowings outstanding under the line.

Maximum borrowings outstanding under credit facilities during fiscal 1999 were
$64.3 million compared to $55 million in fiscal 1998 and $35 million in fiscal
1997. The weighted average borrowings outstanding under credit facilities during
fiscal years 1999, 1998, and 1997 were $44,814,000 , $20,822,000 and
$11,098,000, respectively. The weighted average interest rates for such
borrowings were 8.0% during fiscal 1999, 8.4% during fiscal 1998, and 6.8%
during fiscal 1997.

The Company continues to implement its strategy for returning to profitability
that was first outlined on July 26, 1999. In the fourth quarter of 1999, the
Company eliminated the home office and computer categories from the Company's
product mix. This will improve the Company's gross profit margins and selling
focus going forward into fiscal year 2000. To increase foot traffic and brand
awareness, the Company plans to increase the marketing and advertising budget in
fiscal 2000 by 20% over fiscal 1999 levels. The Company also plans to expand
product lines and showcase new technology, such as Internet-related products and
services. Additionally, the Company has outlined plans to
<PAGE>   4
significantly reduce selling, general and administrative expenses and is
committed to minimizing capital expenditures by placing a moratorium on opening
new stores, and remodeling or relocating existing stores. However, the return to
profitability is contingent on many factors, including, but not limited to, the
successful implementation of the new business strategy, consumer acceptance of
new technologies, consumer demand for existing technologies, continued vendor
support, and economic conditions in the regions where the Company's stores are
located.

Year 2000 Matters

Background As used by Good Guys, "Year 2000 compliance" means that the Operating
Systems (OS), Data Base Systems, Application or Business Systems have been
reviewed to confirm that they store, process (including sorting and performing
mathematical operations), input, and output data containing date information
correctly, regardless of whether the data contains dates before, on or after
January 1, 2000.

Readiness The Company began addressing the Year 2000 compliance issues in 1991,
and since then, has been actively pursuing the goal of Year 2000 compliance. The
Company has made Year 2000 compliance a top priority and has committed to it
significant internal and external resources, including automated tools and
third-party resources.

In 1995, a Year 2000 Task Force was formed to (1) identify Year 2000 compliance
issues within the Company's hardware, software, and business systems; and (2)
develop and implement Year 2000 compliance. An audit was conducted to identify
those computer systems, programs, and processes that are affected by the Year
2000 and other date-recognition issues. This audit was started in 1995 and the
Company continues to probe for additional date-sensitive issues that, although
subtle, could affect its business processes.

The Year 2000 Task Force analyzed the audit results and, with the participation
and approval of senior management, developed a Year 2000 remediation plan with
target dates. The remediation efforts on all of the mission-critical internal
systems were completed in July 1999. The Company engaged in thorough testing to
ensure the Year 2000 fixes were effective. The Company completed the test phase
of all mission-critical systems as of September 30, 1999.

In addition, the Company is seeking, and will continue to seek, assurances from
vendors and other third party suppliers with whom it does business that they are
on target for completing their own Year 2000 remediation programs.

Risks The Company presently believes that with modifications to existing
software, as well as conversions to new hardware and software, the Year 2000
issue is not reasonably likely to pose significant operational problems.
However, if unforeseen difficulties arise, or if the Company's vendors' or
suppliers' systems are not modified to become Year 2000 compliant, the Year 2000
issue may have a material impact on the results of operations and financial
condition of the Company.
<PAGE>   5
Currently, the Company is unable to assess the likelihood that it will
experience significant operational problems due to unresolved Year 2000 issues
of third parties who do business with the Company. There can be no assurance
that other entities will achieve timely Year 2000 compliance. If they do not,
Year 2000 problems could have a material impact on the Company's operations.
Similarly, there can be no assurance that the Company can timely mitigate its
risk related to a supplier's failure to resolve its Year 2000 issues. If such
mitigation is not achievable, Year 2000 problems could have a material impact on
the Company's operations.

Year 2000 Costs: As of September 30, 1999, the project cost approximately
$2,900,000 and is substantially complete.

Contingency Planning: The Company has completed the review of its existing
business-interruption contingency plans to address internal and external issues
specific to the Year 2000 issue for the mission critical processes to the extent
practicable. These plans, which are intended to enable the Company to continue
to operate to the extent that it can do so safely, include performing certain
processes manually, repairing or obtaining replacement systems, changing
suppliers, and reducing or suspending operations. The Company has completed
documenting its Year 2000 contingency plans in the mission critical processes.
While the Company believes it is prepared, due to the widespread nature of
potential Year 2000 issues, the contingency planning process is an ongoing one,
which may require further modifications as the Company continues to obtain
information regarding the status of third-party Year 2000 readiness.

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk: Management believes
that the market risk associated with the Company's ownership of market-risk
sensitive financial instruments (including interest rate risk and equity price
risk) as of September 30, 1999 is not material.
<PAGE>   6
Selected Financial Data


Years ended September 30,
(Dollars and shares in thousands,
except per share and sales per square foot)


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                        1999             1998             1997             1996             1995
<S>                                  <C>              <C>              <C>              <C>              <C>
Summary of Earnings
Net sales                            $ 915,508        $ 928,490        $ 890,524        $ 925,714        $ 889,206
Cost of sales                          692,636          700,158          667,409          711,463          674,179
Gross profit                           222,872          228,332          223,115          214,251          215,027
Selling, general and
administrative
expenses                               257,448          241,155          241,776          220,032          191,066
Early retirement of assets                   -                -                -            3,741                -
Income (loss) from
operations                             (34,576)         (12,823)         (18,661)          (9,522)          23,961
Interest income                             91              119              172              211              220
Interest expense                        (4,828)          (1,396)            (930)            (679)            (619)
Income (loss) before
income taxes                           (39,313)         (14,100)         (19,419)          (9,990)          23,562
Income tax expense
(benefit)                                    -           (5,167)          (7,237)          (3,771)           9,396
Net income (loss)                    $ (39,313)       $  (8,933)       $ (12,182)       $  (6,219)       $  14,166
Net income (loss) per
Basic and diluted share              $   (2.54)       $   (0.64)       $   (0.89)       $   (0.46)       $    1.06
Basic and diluted weighted
average shares                          15,484           14,012           13,626           13,576           13,427

Financial Position
Working Capital                      $  64,784        $  32,370        $  53,364        $  65,606        $  74,042
Total assets                         $ 226,090        $ 250,858        $ 236,062        $ 246,015        $ 227,729
Shareholders' Equity                 $  95,880        $ 112,007        $ 118,104        $ 129,268        $ 136,022

Other Data
Number of stores at year-end                79               77               76               75               66
Average sales per store              $  11,637        $  12,219        $  11,811        $  13,024        $  14,962
Sales per selling square foot        $     931        $   1,065        $   1,057        $   1,213        $   1,481
Sales per gross foot                 $     577        $     665        $     660        $     756        $     921
Comparable stores sales                     (4%)              3%              (8%)             (8%)              7%
Inventory turns*                           5.4              5.5              5.5              5.9              6.4
</TABLE>


*Based on average of beginning and ending inventories for each fiscal year.


<PAGE>   7
Consolidated Balance Sheets



<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
September 30,
(Dollars in thousands, except share and per share data)              1999              1998
<S>                                                                <C>               <C>
Assets

Current Assets:
Cash and cash equivalents                                          $  2,556          $  3,051
Accounts receivable, less allowance for doubtful accounts            19,021            26,653
        of $1,463 and $1,149, respectively
Merchandise inventories                                             110,276           135,072
Prepaid expenses                                                      6,637             6,445
Total current assets                                                138,490           171,221

Property and Equipment:
Land                                                                  2,306                 -
Leasehold improvements                                               73,298            63,818
Furniture, fixtures, and equipment                                   72,686            59,284
Construction in progress                                              3,785            12,684
Total property and equipment                                        152,075           135,786
Less accumulated depreciation and amortization                       72,121            63,570
Property and equipment - net                                         79,954            72,216
Other assets                                                          7,646             7,421
Total Assets                                                       $226,090          $250,858

Liabilities and Shareholders' Equity

Current Liabilities:
Accounts payable                                                   $ 36,571          $ 96,517
Accrued expenses and other liabilities:
        Payroll                                                       9,615            10,630
        Sales taxes                                                   4,936             5,940
        Other                                                        22,584            25,764
Total current liabilities                                            73,706           138,851
Revolving credit debt                                                56,504                 -

Shareholders' Equity:
Preferred stock, $.001 par value -
        Authorized, 2,000,000 shares - None issued
Common stock, $.001 par value:
        Authorized, 40,000,000 shares
        Issued and outstanding 19,636,022 and
        14,250,218 shares respectively                                   20                14
Additional paid - in capital                                         88,332            65,152
Retained earnings                                                     7,528            46,841
Total shareholders' equity                                           95,880           112,007
Total Liabilities and Shareholders' Equity                         $226,090          $250,858
</TABLE>


See notes to these consolidated financial statements.


<PAGE>   8
Consolidated Statements of Operations


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Years ended September 30,
(Dollars and shares in thousands, except per share data)         1999            1998            1997
<S>                                                           <C>             <C>             <C>
Net sales                                                     $ 915,508       $ 928,490       $ 890,524
Cost of sales                                                   692,636         700,158         667,409
Gross profit                                                    222,872         228,332         223,115
Selling, general and administrative expenses                    257,448         241,155         241,776
Loss from operations                                            (34,576)        (12,823)        (18,661)
Interest income                                                      91             119             172
Interest expense                                                 (4,828)         (1,396)           (930)
Loss before income taxes                                        (39,313)        (14,100)        (19,419)
Income tax expense (benefit)                                          -          (5,167)         (7,237)
Net loss                                                      $ (39,313)      $  (8,933)      $ (12,182)
Net loss per basic and diluted share                          $   (2.54)      $   (0.64)      $   (0.89)
Basic and diluted weighted average shares                        15,484          14,012          13,626
</TABLE>


See notes to these consolidated financial statements.

<PAGE>   9
Consolidated Statements
of Shareholders' Equity


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                             Additional
                                              Common Stock                     Paid-In           Retained
(Dollars in thousands)                           Shares           Amount       Capital           Earnings            Total
<S>                                           <C>                 <C>        <C>                 <C>               <C>
Balance at September 30, 1996                  13,554,862           $14        $61,298           $ 67,956          $129,268
Issuance of common stock under
        Employee Stock Purchase Plan              372,348                        1,938                                1,938
Exercise of stock options
including related tax benefits                     18,600                           88                                   88
Repurchase and retirement
of common stock                                  (135,500)                      (1,008)                              (1,008)
Net loss                                                                                          (12,182)          (12,182)

Balance at September  30, 1997                 13,810,310            14         62,316             55,774           118,104
Issuance of common stock under
        Employee Stock Purchase Plan              299,926                        1,740                                1,740
        Profit Sharing Plan                       196,300                        1,447                                1,447
Exercise of stock options
including related tax benefits                    110,622                          849                                  849
Issuance of restricted stock                       29,360                          181                                  181
Repurchase and retirement
of common stock                                  (196,300)                      (1,381)                              (1,381)
Net loss                                                                                          (8,933)            (8,933)

Balance at September 30, 1998                  14,250,218            14         65,152             46,841           112,007
Issuance of common stock under
        Employee Stock Purchase Plan              390,498             1          2,069                                2,070
Non-employee common stock issued
in exchange for services rendered                  80,800                          500                                  500
Exercise of stock options                          53,912                          275                                  275
Issuance of restricted stock                      160,594                          250                                  250
Proceeds from sale of common stock,
net of offering expenses                        4,700,000                            5             20,086            20,091
Net loss                                                                                          (39,313)          (39,313)

Balance at September 30, 1999                  19,636,022           $20        $88,332           $  7,528          $ 95,880
</TABLE>


<PAGE>   10
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Years ended September 30,
(Dollars in thousands)                                                               1999           1998           1997
<S>                                                                                <C>            <C>            <C>
Cash Flows from Operating Activities:
Net loss                                                                           $(39,313)      $ (8,933)      $(12,182)
Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash provided by (used in) operating
activities:
        Depreciation and amortization                                                13,348         10,945          9,667
        Allowance for doubtful accounts                                                 314            (47)           275
        Issuance of common stock in
          exchange for services rendered                                                500              -              -
        Restricted stock issuance                                                       250            212             18
        Change in:
Accounts receivable                                                                   7,318         (4,895)          (385)
        Income taxes receivable                                                           -          6,176          2,196
        Merchandise inventories                                                      24,796        (17,304)         6,034
        Prepaid expenses and other assets                                              (417)        (4,563)          (703)
        Accounts payable                                                            (59,946)        21,000          1,986
        Accrued expenses and other liabilities                                       (5,199)          (107)          (775)
Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities                                 (58,349)         2,484          6,131

Cash Flows from Investing Activities:
        Purchase of fixed assets                                                    (21,086)       (21,008)
                                                                                                                  (10,145)
Net cash used in investing activities                                               (21,086)       (21,008)
                                                                                                                  (10,145)

Cash Flows from Financing Activities:
        Issuance of long-term debt                                                   56,504              -              -
        Issuance of common stock                                                     22,436          4,005          2,008
        Repurchase and retirement of common stock                                         -         (1,381)        (1,008)
Net cash provided by financing activities                                            78,940          2,624          1,000
Net increase (decrease) in cash                                                        (495)       (15,900)        (3,014)
Cash at beginning of period                                                           3,051         18,951         21,965
Cash at end of period                                                              $  2,556       $  3,051       $ 18,951
</TABLE>


See notes to these consolidated financial statements.


<PAGE>   11
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

Note 1: Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

Business: The Good Guys, Inc., through its wholly owned subsidiary (together,
the Company), is a retailer of consumer electronic products in California,
Nevada, Oregon, and Washington.

Basis of Presentation: The consolidated financial statements include the
accounts of The Good Guys, Inc. and its wholly owned subsidiary. All significant
intercompany transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.

Use of Estimates: The preparation of financial statements in conformity with
generally accepted accounting principles requires management to make estimates
and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and
disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial
statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the
reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

Cash Equivalents: Cash equivalents represent short-term, highly liquid
investments with original maturities of three months or less. Interest earned
from these investments is included in interest income.

Merchandise Inventories: Inventories are stated at the lower of cost (first-in,
first-out method) or market.

Property and Equipment: Property and equipment are stated at cost. Depreciation
and amortization are computed using the straight line method based on an
estimated useful life of three to five years for furniture, fixtures, and
equipment, and the lesser of the estimated useful lives of assets or the
remaining lease terms for leasehold improvements. Whenever events or changes in
circumstances have indicated that the carrying amount of its assets might not be
recoverable, in accordance with SFAS No. 121, "Accounting for the Impairment of
Long-Lived Assets and for Long-Lived Assets to be Disposed Of", the Company,
using its best estimates based on reasonable and supportable assumptions and
projections, has reviewed for impairment of the carrying value of long-lived
assets.

Advertising: Advertising costs are charged to expense when incurred. Advertising
costs for fiscal years 1999, 1998, and 1997 were $46,012,000, $54,145,000, and
$60,576,000, respectively.

Store Pre-Opening Costs: Store pre-opening costs are expensed as incurred.

Employee Stock Option Plans The Company accounts for its stock option grants
using the intrinsic value method in accordance with APB No. 25, "Accounting for
Stock Issued to Employees", and its related interpretations. Because the Company
has granted its stock options to its employees at their fair market value at the
date of grant, under APB No. 25, no compensation expense is required to be
recognized in the financial statements.


<PAGE>   12
Insurance Risk Retention: The Company retains certain risks for workers'
compensation, general liability, and employee medical programs and accrues
estimated liabilities on an undiscounted basis for known claims and claims
incurred but not reported.

Revenue Recognition The Company recognizes revenue at the point of sale.
Merchandise returns are recorded at the time of return, as the effect of
returns is not significant to the Company's operating results.

Premier Performance Guarantee Contracts: The Company sells extended service
contracts ("Premier Performance Guarantee contracts") on behalf of an unrelated
company (the "Warrantor") that markets this product for merchandise sold by the
Company. Commission revenue is recognized at the time of sale. The Company acts
solely as an agent for the Warrantor and has no liability to the customer under
the extended service contract nor any other material obligation to the customer
or the Warrantor. Merchandise presented to the Company for servicing under
extended service contracts is repaired by the Company on behalf of the
Warrantor. The repairs are billed to the Warrantor at amounts customarily
charged by the Company for these services.

Income Taxes: The Company accounts for its income taxes in accordance with
Statement of Financial Accounting Standards ("SFAS") No. 109, "Accounting for
Income Taxes". Under this standard, deferred income taxes reflect the tax
effects, based on current tax law, of temporary differences resulting from
differences between the amounts of assets and liabilities recognized for
financial reporting and income tax purposes. A valuation allowance related to a
deferred tax asset is recorded when it is deemed more likely than not that a
deferred tax asset will not be realized.

Fair Value of Financial Instruments: The carrying value of cash and cash
equivalents, accounts receivable, and accounts payable approximate their
estimated fair value.

Net Loss per Common Share Net loss per share was computed based on the weighted
average number of shares of common stock outstanding during the year. SFAS No.
128, "Earnings per Share", requires dual presentation of net loss per share on
a basic and diluted basis. However, since the Company has reported net losses
for each of the three fiscal years in the period ended September 30, 1999, the
dilutive effect of 115,000, 151,000, and 6,000 stock options and warrants in
the fiscal years ended September 30, 1999, 1998 and 1997, respectively, was not
required to be reported since such items, if exercised, would be anti-dilutive.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements In fiscal 1999, the Company implemented
Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 130, "Reporting Comprehensive
Income." Comprehensive income consists of net income or loss for the current
period and other comprehensive income (incomes, expenses, gains and losses that
currently bypass the income statement and are reported directly as a separate
component of equity). The Company's comprehensive loss equals net loss for all
periods presented.


<PAGE>   13
SFAS No. 131, "Disclosure about Segment Reporting of an Enterprise and Related
Information," established annual and interim reporting standards for an
enterprise's operating segments and related disclosures about its products,
services, geographic areas and major customers. The Company's operations include
only activities related to the sale of consumer electronic products on a retail
basis throughout the Western United States and comprise only one segment.
Therefore, adoption of this statement did not impact the disclosures
accompanying the Company's consolidated financial statements.

In June 1999, the Financial Accounting Standards Board ("FASB") issued SFAS No.
137, "Accounting for Derivative Instruments." SFAS No. 137 extends the
effective date of SFAS No. 133, "Accounting for Derivative Instruments and
Hedging Activities." SFAS No. 133 establishes accounting and reporting
standards for derivative instruments embedded in other contracts, and for
hedging activities. The statement requires that an entity recognize all
derivatives as either assets or liabilities in the statement of financial
position and measure those instruments at fair value. As amended by SFAS No.
137, SFAS No. 133 is effective for fiscal years beginning after June 15, 2000
and is not to be applied retroactively. The Company has not yet evaluated the
impact of SFAS No. 133 on its financial statements. However, the Company does
not expect such adoption to have a significant impact on its financial
statements taken as a whole.

Note 2: Borrowing Arrangements

At September 30, 1999, the Company maintained a revolving credit agreement,
which fluctuated with seasonal working capital requirements and allowed
borrowings of up to $75,000,000. The agreement required maintenance of certain
financial loan covenants, including minimum tangible net worth, restrictions on
capital expenditures and prohibited payment of cash dividends. The line of
credit was secured by the Company's assets. The Company was in compliance with
these covenants for the year ended September 30, 1999. The credit line also
included a standby letter of credit facility for $250,000.

Interest paid on the facility was $5,129,000, $1,744,000, and $864,000, for the
fiscal years ended September 30, 1999, 1998, and 1997, respectively.

Effective September 30, 1999, the Company entered into a new revolving credit
agreement with a new set of lenders, which expires on September 30, 2002. The
new agreement allows borrowings up to $100,000,000 and is secured by the
Company's assets. The agreement requires maintenance of certain loan covenants.
The interest rate varies based on the type of obligation incurred by the Company
but will approximate prime rate plus .25%. At September 30, 1999, the Company
intends to keep its borrowings under the revolving credit agreement outstanding
greater than one year. As a result, such amounts have been classified as
long-term on the accompanying balance sheet.


<PAGE>   14
Note 3: Income Taxes

Income tax benefit consists of the following:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Years ended September 30,
(Dollars in thousands)                                1999         1998          1997
<S>                                                <C>          <C>           <C>
Currently Payable (Receivable):
Federal                                            $   000      $  (972)      $(6,461)
State                                                  000          373            (2)
        Total currently payable                        000         (599)       (6,463)
Deferred Tax                                           000       (4,568)         (774)
Total                                              $   000      $(5,167)      $(7,237)
</TABLE>

Due to its losses, the Company was not required to pay any federal income taxes
for the years ended September 30, 1999, 1998, and 1997.

As of September 30, 1999, the Company had net operating loss carryforwards for
federal income tax purposes of approximately $58,207,000 and net operating loss
carryforwards for state tax purposes of approximately $25,636,000 which expires
at various dates from 2003 to 2019.

These loss carryforwards translate into a combined tax benefit of $22,952,000
that can be used to offset future taxes payable. Using its best estimates, the
Company has established a valuation allowance of approximately $14,973,000 at
September 30, 1999, due to the uncertainty of realizing future tax benefits from
its net operating loss carryforwards.

The provisions for income taxes as reported are different from the tax
provisions computed by applying the statutory federal income tax rate. The
differences are reconciled as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Years ended September 30,
                                             1999           1998          1997
<S>                                        <C>             <C>           <C>
Federal income tax at statutory rate       (35.00%)        (35.0%)       (35.0%)
State franchise tax,
        Less federal tax effect              0.00           (1.5)         (2.5)
Other - net                                  0.25           (0.1)          0.3
Valuation allowance                         34.75            0.0           0.0
Total                                        0.00%         (36.6%)       (37.2%)
</TABLE>


Deferred income taxes reflect the net effect of temporary differences between
the carrying amount of assets and liabilities for financial reporting and the
amounts used for income tax purposes. Significant components of the Company's
net deferred tax assets as of September 30, 1999 and 1998 were as follows:


<PAGE>   15
Years ended September 30,

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
(Dollars in thousands)                    1999           1998
<S>                                   <C>            <C>
Current
        Vacation accruals             $    729       $  1,025
        Prepaid expenses                (1,157)        (1,048)
        Reserves                           531          1,182
        Inventory capitalization        (1,061)        (1,456)
        Other                               30            236
        Net operating loss               1,601              0
        Current assets - net               673            (61)

Noncurrent
        Depreciation                       123             74
        Net operating loss              21,351          6,859
        Other                              256            558
        Valuation allowance            (14,973)             0
        Noncurrent assets - net          6,757          7,491
        Total                         $  7,430       $  7,430
</TABLE>

Note 4: Leases

The Company's stores, distribution and administration facilities, and certain
equipment are leased under operating leases. The leases have remaining initial
terms inclusive of renewal options of one to forty-five years and generally
provide for rent increases based on the consumer price index. Certain store
leases require additional lease payments based on the achievement of specified
store sales.

The Company subleases a portion of one of its stores to a company whose Chairman
is also a member of the Company's Board of Directors. The lease expires on July
31, 2003 and provides for additional rent increases based on the consumer price
index. Under the terms of the sublease agreement, the income received for each
of the years ended September 30, 1999, 1998, and 1997 was $318,938.

The future minimum annual payments for leases having noncancelable terms in
excess of one year, net of sublease income, at September 30, 1999, are as
follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
(Dollars in thousands)          Real Property       Equipment
<S>                             <C>                 <C>
2000                              $ 39,033          $ 10,570
2001                                39,005             7,720
2002                                37,380             4,424
2003                                36,586               819
2004                                35,855               189
Later years through 2018           197,942               137
Total                             $385,801          $ 23,859
</TABLE>


<PAGE>   16
Rental expense for the years ended September 30, 1999, 1998, and 1997 was
$51,473,000, $47,099,000, and $45,001,000, respectively.

Note 5: Common Stock

In June 1999, the Company issued 1.45 million shares of common stock to its
current Chairman and Chief Executive Officer in exchange for $4.7 million in
cash. Additionally, the Company issued warrants to him for the purchase of 1.435
million shares. The warrants were issued with an exercise price of $3.396,
representing 105% of the fair market value of the common stock at the date of
issuance. The warrants become exercisable over a period of one to three years
from the date of issuance and expire five years from the date they are first
exercisable.

In August 1999, the Company issued 3.25 million shares of common stock in a
private placement of its common stock in exchange for $15.4 million in net
proceeds. As part of the private placement, the Company issued warrants totaling
1.785 million shares. The warrants were issued at an exercise price of $6.125,
which was in excess of the fair market value of the common stock at the date of
issuance and are exercisable during the three year period following the date of
issuance.

Restricted stock issuances: The Company has issued restricted stock to
directors, officers, and certain key employees as part of the Company's
compensation program. All shares awarded entitle the recipient to full rights of
a shareholder, are restricted as to disposition and are subject to forfeiture
under certain circumstances. The market value of these shares at the date of
grant is amortized to expense ratably over the vesting period of one year.
During fiscal 1999, 1998, and 1997, 160,594, 29,360, and 0 shares were issued.
During the fiscal years ended 1999, 1998, and 1997, compensation expense of
$250,000, $181,000, and $0, was recognized on the amortization of restricted
stock, leaving unamortized compensation expense of $341,000, $0, and $0 at each
respective year-end.

Non-employee stock issuances: In fiscal 1999, the Company issued 80,800 shares
of common stock and warrants for 40,400 common shares at an exercise price of
$6.125 per share with a combined fair value of $500,000 to a vendor in exchange
for $500,000 of advertising services provided. These advertising expenses have
been included in selling, general and administrative expenses in the
accompanying fiscal 1999 statement of operations.

Note 6: Deferred Pay and Profit Sharing Plans

The Company has a Deferred Pay Plan to which its employees may contribute a
portion of their annual salaries and a Profit Sharing Plan that covers
substantially all of the Company's employees. Contributions to the Profit
Sharing Plan were at the discretion of the Company's Board of Directors through
the year ended September 30, 1997 and the

<PAGE>   17
contribution for the year ended September 30, 1997 was $2,187,000. The Profit
Sharing Plan was amended for fiscal years 1999 and 1998 such that the Company
matched an employee's contributions to the Deferred Pay Plan that were invested
in the Company's common stock. The Company matched such contributions up to 6%
of the employee's annual salary. The Company's contributions for fiscal years
1999 and 1998 were $754,000 and $566,000, respectively. Effective October 1,
1999, contributions to the Profit Sharing Plan are at the discretion of the
Board of Directors.

Note 7: Employee Stock Plans

The Company's 1985 Stock Option Plan and 1994 Stock Incentive Plan authorize the
issuance of incentive stock options and non-qualified stock options covering up
to 3,515,000 shares of common stock. Although the 1985 Plan expired in 1995 and
no further options may be granted under it, options granted prior to its
expiration remain outstanding. Options granted under both Plans are at prices
equal to the fair market value of the stock on the date of grant. Options
granted prior to August 1999 vest ratably over four years. Options granted in
August 1999 and thereafter vest at the end of one year in the case of options
granted to directors and ratably over three years in the case of options granted
to employees. All options have a maximum term of ten years, except those issued
to 10% shareholders, which have a term of five years.

The following is a summary of stock option activity under the Plans for the
years ended September 30, 1999, 1998, and 1997.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                      Weighted
                                                                                       Average
                                                                      Number          Exercise
                                                                    Of Shares          Price
<S>                                                                <C>              <C>
Balance at September 30, 1996                                       1,392,450          $11.69
               Granted (weighted average fair value of $2.55)         758,600            7.54
               Exercised                                              (18,600)           4.54
               Canceled                                              (678,002)          11.98
Balance at September 30, 1997                                       1,454,448            9.48
               Granted (weighted average fair value of $2.58)         314,750            7.51
               Exercised                                             (110,622)           7.52
               Canceled                                              (160,374)           9.17
Balance at September 30, 1998                                       1,498,202            9.25
               Granted (weighted average fair value of $3.02)       2,149,240            5.30
               Exercised                                              (53,912)           5.09
               Canceled                                            (1,823,823)           8.30
Balance at September 30, 1999                                       1,769,707          $ 5.55
</TABLE>


<PAGE>   18
At September 30, 1999, incentive stock options for 1,043,240 shares were
exercisable at a weighted average price of $5.47 and 560,096 shares were
available for additional option grants. In November 1998, options to purchase
1,341,365 shares of common stock were repriced from a weighted average exercise
price of $9.22 to a weighted average exercise price of $5.09, which was equal to
fair market value at the date of repricing. During fiscal 1997, options to
purchase 459,550 shares of common stock were repriced from a weighted average
exercise price of $12.58 to a weighted average exercise price of $7.50, which
was equal to fair market value at the date of repricing. Options issued to the
Company's Directors were not included in the repricing in fiscal 1999. Options
issued to the Company's Directors and Officers were not included in the
repricing in fiscal 1997. The following table summarizes information about stock
options at September 30, 1999.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                      Options Outstanding                                    Options Exercisable
                                  Number            Weighted          Weighted             Number         Weighted
                                Outstanding          Average           Average            Exercise         Average
                                 Sept. 30,         Contractual        Exercise            at Sept.        Exercise
Range of Exercise prices           1999            Life (Years)        Price              30, 1999         Price
<S>                             <C>                <C>                <C>                 <C>              <C>
    $3.00 -  5.08                  18,000            9.4              $3.47                       0          $0.00
     5.09                       1,106,932            2.9               5.09                 875,465           5.09
     5.10 - 20.38                 644,775            8.6               6.38                 167,775           7.43
    $3.00 - 20.38               1,769,707            5.0              $5.55               1,043,240          $5.47
</TABLE>

The Company established an Employee Stock Purchase Plan (ESPP) in February 1986,
which permits employees to purchase the Company's common stock under terms
specified by this ESPP. The ESPP is a statutory Employee Stock Purchase Plan
under Section 423 of the Internal Revenue Code. Common stock issued under the
ESPP during fiscal 1999 and 1998 totaled 390,498 and 299,926 shares at a
weighted average price of $5.30 and $5.80. The weighted average fair value of
the fiscal 1999 and 1998 awards was $2.25 and $2.34 per share. At September 30,
1999, 374,858 shares were reserved for future issuances under the ESPP.

Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 123, "Accounting for Stock-Based
Compensation" (SFAS No. 123), requires the disclosure of pro forma net earnings
and earnings per share as if the Company had adopted the fair value method as of
the beginning of fiscal 1996. Under SFAS No. 123, the fair value of stock-based
awards to

<PAGE>   19
employees is calculated through the use of option pricing models, even though
such models were developed to estimate the fair value of freely tradeable, fully
transferable options without vesting restrictions, which significantly differ
from the Company's stock option awards. These models also require subjective
assumptions, including future stock price volatility and expected time to
exercise, which greatly affect the calculated value.

The Company's calculations are based on a single-option valuation approach and
forfeitures are recognized as they occur. The impact of outstanding unvested
stock options granted prior to 1996 has been excluded from the pro forma
calculation accordingly, and the 1999, 1998, and 1997 pro forma adjustments are
not indicative of future period pro forma adjustments. The Company's
calculations were made using the Black-Scholes option pricing model, with the
following weighted average assumptions: expected option life, 5 years; stock
volatility, 60% in fiscal 1999, and 50% in fiscal years 1998 and 1997; risk-free
interest rates, 5.75% in fiscal 1999 and 1998, and 6.12% in fiscal 1997; and no
dividends during the expected term. Had compensation cost been recognized in
accordance with SFAS No. 123, the pro forma net losses would have been
$43,452,000 or $2.81 per share in fiscal 1999, $9,926,000 or $0.71 per share in
fiscal 1998, and $13,805,000 or $1.01 per share in fiscal 1997.

Note 8: Repurchase, and Retirement of Stock

In January 1996 and September 1997, the Company's Board of Directors authorized
the purchase of up to 1,000,000 shares of the Company's common stock on the open
market or in private transactions. For the year ended September 30, 1999, 1998,
and 1997, the Company had repurchased 0, 196,300, and 135,500 shares for $0,
$1,381,000, and $1,008,000, respectively.

Note 9: Legal Proceedings

The Company is involved in various legal proceedings arising during the normal
course of business. Management believes that the ultimate outcome of these
proceedings, individually and in the aggregate, will not have a material impact
on the financial position or results of operations of the Company.

Note 10: Quarterly Financial Data (Unaudited)

Quarterly financial data for the years ended September 30, 1999 and 1998 are
summarized in the following table:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                    December 31,      March 31,       June 30,      September 30,
(Dollars in thousands, except per share amounts)       1998             1999            1999            1999
<S>                                                 <C>              <C>             <C>            <C>
Net sales                                             $ 294,098      $ 219,099       $ 210,451       $ 191,858
Gross profit                                             71,450         51,943          54,640          44,839
Net income (loss)                                         1,652         (7,246)         (8,131)        (25,588)
Net income (loss) per
  basic and diluted share                             $    0.12      $   (0.50)      $   (0.54)      $   (1.42)
</TABLE>
<PAGE>   20
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                    December 31,      March 31,       June 30,      September 30,
(Dollars in thousands, except per share amounts)        1997           1998            1998            1998
<S>                                                 <C>              <C>             <C>            <C>
Net sales                                             $ 290,303      $ 209,062       $ 209,057       $ 220,068
Gross profit                                             71,621         52,332          53,265          51,114
Net income (loss)                                         2,403         (1,994)         (2,591)         (6,751)
Net income (loss) per
  basic and diluted share                             $    0.18      $   (0.14)      $   (0.18)      $   (0.47)
</TABLE>


<PAGE>   21



Independent Auditor's Report

Board of Directors and Shareholders
The Good Guys, Inc.
Brisbane, California

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of The Good Guys,
Inc. and subsidiary as of September 30, 1999 and 1998, and the related
consolidated statements of operations, shareholders' equity, and cash flows for
each of the three years in the period ended September 30, 1999. These financial
statements are the responsibility of the Company's management. Our
responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on
our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with generally accepted auditing
standards. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material
misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting
the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes
assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by
management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation.
We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, such consolidated financial statements present fairly, in all
material respects, the consolidated financial position of The Good Guys, Inc.
and subsidiary at September 30, 1999 and 1998, and the results of their
operations and their cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended
September 30, 1999 in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles.



San Francisco, California
November 3, 1999

<PAGE>   22
Corporate Information


Officers

Ronald A. Unkefer
Chief Executive Officer

Paul N. Erickson
Chief Financial Officer

Cathy A. Stauffer
Vice President, Merchandising

Jonathan K. Wylie
Vice President, Advertising

Vance R. Schram
Vice President, Finance,
Controller and Secretary

Directors

Ronald A. Unkefer
Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of the Company

Stanley R. Baker
Director

Joseph P. Clayton
Chief Executive Officer of Frontier Corporation and Vice Chairman of Global
Crossing Ltd.

Gary M. Lawrence
Partner in the law firm of Akin, Gump, Strauss, Hauer & Feld, L.L.P.

W. Howard Lester
Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of Williams-Sonoma, Inc.

John E. Martin
Chairman of Easyriders, Inc. and Chairman of Diedrich Coffee, Inc.

Joseph M. Schell
Director

Horst H. Schulze
President and Chief Operating Officer of The Ritz-Carlton Company L.L.C.


<PAGE>   23
Russell M. Solomon
Founder and Chairman of MTS, Inc. (Tower Records)

Annual Meeting

January 26, 2000, 11:00 AM
Ritz-Carlton Hotel
600 Stockton Street
San Francisco, CA

Independent Auditors

Deloitte & Touche LLP
50 Fremont Street
San Francisco, CA 94105

Transfer Agent

ChaseMellon Shareholders Services, L.L.C.
85 Challenger Road
Ridgefield Park, NJ 07660
(800) 356-2017
Home page on the Internet:
http://www.chasemellon.com

Form 10-K

A copy of the Company's Form 10-K Annual Report filed with the Securities and
Exchange Commission may be obtained without charge by writing to Investor
Relations at the address noted below.

Quarterly Reports

Shareholders can obtain a faxed copy of recent quarterly financial press
releases by calling Company News On Call, a division of PR Newswire, at:
1-800-758-5804.

Or write to:

Good Guys
Attn: Investor Relations
7000 Marina Blvd.
Brisbance, CA 94005-1840

Common Stock

The Good Guys, Inc. common stock is traded on the Nasdaq National Market under
the symbol GGUY. The following table sets forth the quarterly high and low sales
prices for the Company's common stock as quoted for fiscal 1998 and 1999.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Fiscal Quarter Ended          High            Low
<S>                         <C>              <C>
December 31, 1997           8 1/2            6 5/16
March 31, 1998              10 9/16          6 5/16
June 30, 1998               15 3/4           10 1/4
September 30, 1998          13 5/8           5 3/4
December 31, 1998           6 13/16          2 11/16
March 31, 1999              7                2 3/4
June 30, 1999               8 3/16           2 29/32
September 30, 1999          8 5/16           4 5/8
</TABLE>

As of November 15, 1999, there were 2,381 shareholders of record, excluding
shareholders whose stock is held in nominee or street name by brokers.


<PAGE>   1
                                  EXHIBIT 21.1

                              List of Subsidiaries

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
               Name                     Place of Incorporation
               ----                     ----------------------
<S>                                           <C>
The Good Guys -- California, Inc.             California
</TABLE>


                                      -1-

<PAGE>   1
                                 EXHIBIT 23.1

INDEPENDENT AUDITORS' CONSENT


Board of Directors
The Good Guys, Inc.




We consent to the incorporation by reference in Registration Statement Nos.
33-5935, 33-19342, 33-38749, 33-39421, 33-60957 and 333-67545 of The Good Guys,
Inc. on Form S-8 and in Registration Statement Nos. 333-87477 on Form S-3 of
our report dated November 3, 1999, incorporated by reference in this Annual
Report on Form 10-K of The Good Guys, Inc. for the fiscal year ended
September 30, 1999.





DELOITTE & TOUCH LLP

December 22, 1999

<PAGE>   1

                                  EXHIBIT 24.1

                               POWER OF ATTORNEY

      KNOW ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS, that each of the persons whose
signature appears below, being a member of the Board of Directors of The Good
Guys, Inc. (the "Company"), hereby constitutes and appoints Ronald A. Unkefer
and Vance R. Schram, and each of them, as his true and lawful attorney-in-fact
and agent, with full power of substitution and resubstitution, for and in his
name, place and stead, in any and all capacities, to sign on his behalf the
Company's ANNUAL REPORT ON FORM 10-K for its fiscal year ended September 30,
1999, and to execute any amendments thereto, and to file the same, with all
exhibits thereto, and all other documents in connection therewith, with the
Securities and Exchange Commission, with the full power and authority to do and
perform each and every act and thing necessary or advisable to be done in
connection therewith, as fully to all intents and purposes as he might or could
do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorney-in-fact
and agent, or his substitute or substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be
done by virtue hereof.

      This power of attorney may be executed in any number of counterparts.


DATED: December 1, 1999


/s/ STANLEY R. BAKER                      /s/ RUSSELL M. SOLOMON
- --------------------------------          --------------------------------
Stanley R. Baker                          Russell M. Solomon

/s/ W. HOWARD LESTER                      /s/ HORST H. SCHULZE
- --------------------------------          --------------------------------
W. Howard Lester                          Horst H. Schulze


/s/ JOHN E. MARTIN                        /s/ JOSEPH P. CLAYTON
- --------------------------------          --------------------------------
John E. Martin                            Joseph P. Clayton


/s/ GARY M. LAWRENCE                      /s/ JOSEPH M. SCHELL
- --------------------------------          --------------------------------
Gary M. Lawrence                          Joseph M. Schell





<TABLE> <S> <C>

<ARTICLE> 5
<MULTIPLIER> 1,000

<S>                             <C>
<PERIOD-TYPE>                   12-MOS
<FISCAL-YEAR-END>                          SEP-30-1999
<PERIOD-START>                             OCT-01-1998
<PERIOD-END>                               SEP-30-1999
<CASH>                                           2,556
<SECURITIES>                                         0
<RECEIVABLES>                                   20,484
<ALLOWANCES>                                     1,463
<INVENTORY>                                    110,276
<CURRENT-ASSETS>                               138,490
<PP&E>                                         152,075
<DEPRECIATION>                                  72,121
<TOTAL-ASSETS>                                 226,090
<CURRENT-LIABILITIES>                           73,706
<BONDS>                                         56,504
                                0
                                          0
<COMMON>                                            20
<OTHER-SE>                                      95,860
<TOTAL-LIABILITY-AND-EQUITY>                   226,090
<SALES>                                        915,508
<TOTAL-REVENUES>                               915,508
<CGS>                                          692,636
<TOTAL-COSTS>                                  692,636
<OTHER-EXPENSES>                               255,604
<LOSS-PROVISION>                                 1,753
<INTEREST-EXPENSE>                               4,828
<INCOME-PRETAX>                               (39,313)
<INCOME-TAX>                                         0
<INCOME-CONTINUING>                           (39,313)
<DISCONTINUED>                                       0
<EXTRAORDINARY>                                      0
<CHANGES>                                            0
<NET-INCOME>                                  (39,313)
<EPS-BASIC>                                     (2.54)
<EPS-DILUTED>                                   (2.54)


</TABLE>


© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission